TW201741395A - Liquid crystal aligning agents for forming liquid crystal alignment films, liquid crystal alignment films and liquid crystal display devices using the same - Google Patents

Liquid crystal aligning agents for forming liquid crystal alignment films, liquid crystal alignment films and liquid crystal display devices using the same Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201741395A
TW201741395A TW106105159A TW106105159A TW201741395A TW 201741395 A TW201741395 A TW 201741395A TW 106105159 A TW106105159 A TW 106105159A TW 106105159 A TW106105159 A TW 106105159A TW 201741395 A TW201741395 A TW 201741395A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
formula
group
liquid crystal
ring
independently
Prior art date
Application number
TW106105159A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
大木洋一郎
Original Assignee
捷恩智股份有限公司
捷恩智石油化學股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 捷恩智股份有限公司, 捷恩智石油化學股份有限公司 filed Critical 捷恩智股份有限公司
Publication of TW201741395A publication Critical patent/TW201741395A/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/52Liquid crystal materials characterised by components which are not liquid crystals, e.g. additives with special physical aspect: solvents, solid particles
    • C09K19/54Additives having no specific mesophase characterised by their chemical composition
    • C09K19/56Aligning agents
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J5/00Manufacture of articles or shaped materials containing macromolecular substances
    • C08J5/18Manufacture of films or sheets
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/16Nitrogen-containing compounds
    • C08K5/34Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen in the ring
    • C08K5/3467Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen in the ring having more than two nitrogen atoms in the ring
    • C08K5/3477Six-membered rings
    • C08K5/3492Triazines
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1337Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1337Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers
    • G02F1/133711Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers by organic films, e.g. polymeric films
    • G02F1/133723Polyimide, polyamide-imide
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J2379/00Characterised by the use of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen, or carbon only, not provided for in groups C08J2361/00 - C08J2377/00
    • C08J2379/04Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08J2379/08Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L2205/00Polymer mixtures characterised by other features
    • C08L2205/14Polymer mixtures characterised by other features containing polymeric additives characterised by shape
    • C08L2205/16Fibres; Fibrils
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/52Liquid crystal materials characterised by components which are not liquid crystals, e.g. additives with special physical aspect: solvents, solid particles
    • C09K19/54Additives having no specific mesophase characterised by their chemical composition
    • C09K19/542Macromolecular compounds
    • C09K2019/548Macromolecular compounds stabilizing the alignment; Polymer stabilized alignment

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)
  • Macromolecular Compounds Obtained By Forming Nitrogen-Containing Linkages In General (AREA)
  • Manufacture Of Macromolecular Shaped Articles (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention relates to a liquid crystal alignment agent containing at least one polymer selected from a polyamic acid obtained by making tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride react with a diamine compound and derivatives of the polyamic acid, and at least one among compounds represented by formula (1). A liquid crystal alignment film which has a high film hardness, is not cut well, and has good liquid crystal aligning properties can be formed by using the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention. In formula (1), R1 is a monovalent organic group, which are directly connected to N or connected to N by interposing linking groups between the structures and N in *. Further, R2 and R3 are each independently a monovalent organic group, which are directly connected to N or connected to N by interposing the linking groups between the structures and N in *.

Description

用以形成液晶配向膜的液晶配向劑、液晶配向膜及使用其的液晶顯示元件Liquid crystal alignment agent for forming liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element using the same

本發明是有關於一種含有聚醯胺酸或其衍生物及特定的化合物的液晶配向劑、使用所述液晶配向劑形成的液晶配向膜、包括所述液晶配向膜的液晶顯示元件。The present invention relates to a liquid crystal alignment agent containing polyamic acid or a derivative thereof and a specific compound, a liquid crystal alignment film formed using the liquid crystal alignment agent, and a liquid crystal display element including the liquid crystal alignment film.

個人電腦(personal computer)的監視器、液晶電視、攝像機的取景器(View Finder)、投影型顯示器等各種顯示裝置、進而光學印刷頭、光傅利葉變換元件、光閥等光電子學(optoelectronics)相關元件等如今已產品化且普遍流通的液晶顯示元件的主流是使用向列液晶的顯示元件。向列液晶顯示元件的顯示方式廣為人知的是扭轉向列(Twisted Nematic,TN)模式、超扭轉向列(Super Twisted Nematic,STN)模式。近年來為了改善這些模式的問題之一即視角狹小,提出有使用光學補償膜的TN型液晶顯示元件,併用垂直配向與突起構造物的技術的多區域垂直配向(Multi-domain Vertical Alignment,MVA)模式、或橫向電場方式的共面切換(In-Plane Switching,IPS)模式、邊緣場切換(Fringe Field Switching,FFS)模式等,且已實用化。Personal computer monitors, LCD TVs, camera viewfinders (View Finder), projection displays, and other display devices, and optical optics, optical Fourier transform components, optical valves, and other optoelectronics related components The mainstream of liquid crystal display elements that have been commercialized and generally circulated today are display elements using nematic liquid crystals. The display mode of the nematic liquid crystal display element is widely known as a twisted nematic (TN) mode or a super twisted nematic (STN) mode. In recent years, in order to improve the problem of one of these modes, that is, the viewing angle is narrow, a multi-domain vertical alignment (MVA) using a TN type liquid crystal display element using an optical compensation film and using a technique of vertical alignment and protrusion structures has been proposed. In-Plane Switching (IPS) mode or Fringe Field Switching (FFS) mode, such as mode or transverse electric field mode, has been put into practical use.

液晶顯示元件的技術的發展不僅僅通過這些驅動方式或元件結構的改良而實現,而且還通過元件中所使用的構成構件的改良而實現。液晶顯示元件中所使用的構成構件中,特別是液晶配向膜是關係到顯示品質的重要材料之一,隨著液晶顯示元件的高品質化,使配向膜的性能提高變得重要。The development of the technology of the liquid crystal display element is realized not only by the improvement of these driving methods or the structure of the elements, but also by the improvement of the constituent members used in the elements. Among the constituent members used in the liquid crystal display device, in particular, the liquid crystal alignment film is one of important materials related to display quality, and as the liquid crystal display element is made higher in quality, it is important to improve the performance of the alignment film.

液晶配向膜是由液晶配向劑形成。目前,主要使用的液晶配向劑是使聚醯胺酸、聚醯胺酸酯或聚醯亞胺等溶解在有機溶劑中而成的溶液(清漆)。將所述溶液塗布在基板上後,通過加熱等方法來進行成膜,從而形成聚醯亞胺系液晶配向膜。製膜後,視需要實施適於所述顯示模式的配向處理。The liquid crystal alignment film is formed of a liquid crystal alignment agent. At present, a liquid crystal alignment agent which is mainly used is a solution (varnish) obtained by dissolving polyacrylic acid, polyamidomate or polyimine in an organic solvent. After the solution is applied onto a substrate, film formation is carried out by heating or the like to form a polyimide film of the polyimide film. After film formation, an alignment process suitable for the display mode is performed as needed.

可在工業性上簡便地進行大面積高速處理的摩擦法被作為配向處理法而廣泛地使用。摩擦法是使用移植了尼龍、人造絲、聚酯等纖維的布,在一個方向對液晶配向膜的表面進行摩擦的處理,由此可獲得液晶分子的一致的配向。然而,指出有由摩擦法引起的起塵、靜電的產生等問題點,且近年來正積極地開發代替摩擦法的配向處理法。A rubbing method which can easily perform large-area high-speed processing in an industrial manner is widely used as an alignment treatment method. In the rubbing method, a cloth to which a fiber such as nylon, rayon, or polyester is grafted is used, and the surface of the liquid crystal alignment film is rubbed in one direction, whereby uniform alignment of liquid crystal molecules can be obtained. However, it has been pointed out that there are problems such as dusting and static electricity generated by the friction method, and in recent years, an alignment treatment method instead of the rubbing method has been actively developed.

作為代替摩擦法的配向處理法而受到關注的是照射光而實施配向處理的光配向處理法。在光配向處理法中提出光分解法、光異構化法、光二聚化法、光交聯法等大量的配向機構(例如,參照非專利文獻1、專利文獻1及專利文獻2)。與摩擦法相比,光配向法的配向的均勻性高,且為非接觸的配向處理法,因此具有不損傷膜、能夠減少起塵或靜電等使液晶顯示元件產生顯示不良的原因等優點。As an alignment treatment method instead of the rubbing method, attention has been paid to an optical alignment treatment method in which light is irradiated and an alignment treatment is performed. In the photo-alignment processing method, a large number of alignment mechanisms such as a photo-decomposition method, a photo-isomerization method, a photodimerization method, and a photo-crosslinking method are proposed (for example, refer to Non-Patent Document 1, Patent Document 1 and Patent Document 2). Since the alignment of the photo-alignment method is higher than that of the rubbing method, and it is a non-contact alignment treatment method, there is an advantage that the liquid crystal display element can be reduced in display or the like without causing damage to the film.

目前為止,正在對聚醯胺酸結構中具有引起光異構化或光二聚化等的光反應性基的光配向膜進行研究(例如,參照專利文獻1~專利文獻6)。其中,通過應用專利文獻4~專利文獻6中所記載的光異構化的技術,可獲得錨定能大、配向性良好、且電壓保持率等電特性良好的液晶配向膜。然而,若將此種液晶配向膜應用在實際的液晶顯示元件中,則存在配向膜被削薄、所產生的異物使液晶顯示元件的顯示品質降低的問題。In the past, a photo-alignment film having a photoreactive group such as photoisomerization or photodimerization has been studied in the polyamic acid structure (see, for example, Patent Documents 1 to 6). By applying the technique of photoisomerization described in Patent Documents 4 to 6, it is possible to obtain a liquid crystal alignment film having high anchoring energy, good alignment, and excellent electrical characteristics such as voltage holding ratio. However, when such a liquid crystal alignment film is applied to an actual liquid crystal display element, there is a problem that the alignment film is thinned and foreign matter generated causes a deterioration in display quality of the liquid crystal display element.

為了改善所述不良,已知有在液晶配向劑中添加交聯劑而改善配向膜的膜硬度的方法(例如,參照專利文獻7~專利文獻9)。然而得知:若添加此種交聯劑,則膜硬度得以改善,但液晶的配向性會大幅度降低,在FFS模式的液晶顯示元件的情況下,長時間加以驅動後,會產生殘像。另外得知:也存在不使液晶的配向性降低的交聯劑,但關於此種交聯劑,膜硬度不充分,且當用作面板時,液晶配向膜被削薄,產生顯示不良。 [現有技術文獻] [專利文獻]In order to improve the above-mentioned defects, a method of adding a crosslinking agent to a liquid crystal alignment agent to improve the film hardness of the alignment film is known (for example, refer to Patent Document 7 to Patent Document 9). However, it has been found that when such a crosslinking agent is added, the film hardness is improved, but the alignment of the liquid crystal is greatly lowered. In the case of the liquid crystal display element of the FFS mode, after a long time of driving, an afterimage is generated. Further, it has been found that there is also a crosslinking agent which does not lower the alignment property of the liquid crystal. However, the film hardness is insufficient for such a crosslinking agent, and when used as a panel, the liquid crystal alignment film is thinned to cause display failure. [Prior Art Document] [Patent Literature]

專利文獻1:日本專利特開平9-297313 專利文獻2:日本專利特開平10-251646 專利文獻3:日本專利特開2005-275364 專利文獻4:日本專利特開2010-049230 專利文獻5:日本專利特開2010-197999 專利文獻6:國際公開第2013-157463 專利文獻7:日本專利特開平9-146100 專利文獻8:日本專利特開平10-333153 專利文獻9:日本專利特開2007-139949 [非專利文獻]Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 9-297313 Patent Document 2: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 10-251646 Patent Document 3: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2005-275364 Patent Document 4: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2010-049230 Patent Document 5: Japanese Patent JP-A-2010-197999 Patent Document 6: International Publication No. 2013-157463 Patent Document 7: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 9-146100 Patent Document 8: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-333153 Patent Document 9: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2007-139949 [Non- Patent literature]

非專利文獻1:《液晶》第3卷、第4號、第262頁、1999年Non-Patent Document 1: Liquid Crystal, Vol. 3, No. 4, Page 262, 1999

[發明所要解決之課題] 如上所述,通過將具有兩個以上的縮水甘油基等交聯性基的化合物添加至液晶配向劑中,可提高配向膜的膜硬度。然而,由於直接與聚醯胺酸的羧酸進行反應,因此若交聯部位存在兩個以上,則成為剛性結構,存在有損撓性,使液晶配向性大幅降低的問題。特別是在用於橫向電場方式的元件中的情況下,造成因配向不良引起的殘像特性的惡化,而正加快解決。本發明的課題在於提供一種可形成膜硬度高、難以削薄、液晶的配向性良好的液晶配向膜的液晶配向劑,而且在於提供一種包括由所述液晶配向劑形成的液晶配向膜的液晶顯示元件。[Problems to be Solved by the Invention] As described above, by adding a compound having a crosslinkable group such as two or more glycidyl groups to a liquid crystal alignment agent, the film hardness of the alignment film can be improved. However, since it reacts directly with the carboxylic acid of poly-proline, when it exists in two or more bridge|crosslinking sites, it is a rigid structure, and it exists in the damage of the flexibility, and the liquid-crystal alignability is the thing of the fall. In particular, in the case of an element for a transverse electric field method, deterioration of afterimage characteristics due to misalignment is caused, and the solution is speeding up. An object of the present invention is to provide a liquid crystal alignment agent capable of forming a liquid crystal alignment film having a high film hardness, being difficult to be thinned, and having good liquid crystal alignment properties, and further providing a liquid crystal display including a liquid crystal alignment film formed of the liquid crystal alignment agent. element.

[用以解決問題的技術手段] 本發明者進行努力研究的結果發現:通過使用本發明的含有由式(1)所表示的化合物的液晶配向劑,可獲得膜硬度高、難以削薄、液晶的配向性良好的液晶配向膜,從而完成了本發明。 本發明包含以下的構成。[Technical means for solving the problem] As a result of intensive studies, the present inventors have found that by using the liquid crystal alignment agent containing the compound represented by the formula (1) of the present invention, it is possible to obtain a film hardness which is difficult to be thinned and which is difficult to be thinned. The alignment of the liquid crystal alignment film is good, thereby completing the present invention. The present invention includes the following constitutions.

[1] 一種液晶配向劑,其含有以下聚合物與由下述式(1)所表示的化合物的至少一種,所述聚合物為選自使四羧酸二酐與二胺化合物反應而獲得的聚醯胺酸及其衍生物的至少一種,式(1)中,R1 為具有在*處直接或經由連結基與N連結的下述結構的任一者的一價有機基;而且,R2 及R3 分别獨立為具有在*處直接或經由連結基與N連結的下述結構的任一者的一價有機基;[1] A liquid crystal alignment agent comprising at least one of a polymer selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the following formula (1), wherein the polymer is selected from the group consisting of reacting a tetracarboxylic dianhydride with a diamine compound. At least one of polyamine and its derivatives, In the formula (1), R 1 is a monovalent organic group having any of the following structures which are bonded to N at a position directly or via a linking group; Further, R 2 and R 3 are each independently a monovalent organic group having any of the following structures bonded directly to or via a linking group to N; .

[2] 根據[1]所述的液晶配向劑,其中式(1)的化合物為由式(1-1)~式(1-4)所表示的化合物的至少一種;。 式(1-3)中,R為-CH3 或-CH2 CH3[2] The liquid crystal alignment agent according to [1], wherein the compound of the formula (1) is at least one of the compounds represented by the formulae (1-1) to (1-4); . In the formula (1-3), R is -CH 3 or -CH 2 CH 3 .

[3] 根據[1]或[2]所述的液晶配向劑,其中 四羧酸二酐含有選自由下述式(AN-I)~式(AN-VII)所表示的化合物的群組中的至少一種; 二胺包括選自由下述式(DI-1)~式(DI-16)所表示的不具有側鏈的二胺、由下述式(DIH-1)~式(DIH-3)所表示的不具有側鏈的二醯肼及由下述式(DI-31)~式(DI-35)所表示的具有側鏈的二胺的群組中的至少一種;式(AN-I)、式(AN-IV)及式(AN-V)中,X獨立為單鍵或-CH2 -;式(AN-II)中,G為單鍵、碳數1~20的伸烷基、-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO2 -、-C(CH3 )2 -、或-C(CF3 )2 -; 式(AN-II)~式(AN-IV)中,Y獨立為選自下述的三價的基的群組中的一種,結合鍵與任意的碳連結,所述基的至少一個氫可由甲基、乙基或苯基取代;式(AN-III)~式(AN-V)中,環A10 為碳數3~10的單環式烴的基或碳數6~30的縮合多環式烴的基,所述基的至少一個氫可由甲基、乙基或苯基取代,連接在環上的結合鍵與構成環的任意的碳連結,兩根結合鍵可與同一個碳連結; 式(AN-VI)中,X10 為碳數2~6的伸烷基,Me表示甲基,Ph表示苯基; 式(AN-VII)中,G10 獨立為-O-、-COO-或-OCO-,r獨立為0或1; 所述式(DI-1)中,G20 為-CH2 -,至少一個-CH2 -可被-NH-、-O-取代,m為1~12的整數,伸烷基的至少一個氫可被-OH取代; 式(DI-3)及式(DI-5)~式(DI-7)中,G21 獨立為單鍵、-NH-、-NCH3 -、-O-、-S-、-S-S-、-SO2 -、-CO-、-COO-、-CONCH3 -、-CONH-、-C(CH3 )2 -、-C(CF3 )2 -、-(CH2 )m -、-O-(CH2 )m -O-、-N(-CH3 )-(CH2 )k -N(-CH3 )-、-(O-C2 H4 )m -O-、-O-CH2 -C(CF3 )2 -CH2 -O-、-O-CO-(CH2 )m -CO-O-、-CO-O-(CH2 )m -O-CO-、-(CH2 )m -NH-(CH2 )m -、-CO-(CH2 )k -NH-(CH2 )k -、-(NH-(CH2 )m )k -NH-、-CO-C3 H6 -(NH-C3 H6 )n -CO-、或-S-(CH2 )m -S-,m獨立為1~12的整數,k為1~5的整數,n為1或2; 式(DI-4)中,s獨立為0~2的整數; 式(DI-6)及式(DI-7)中,G22 獨立為單鍵、-O-、-S-、-CO-、-C(CH3 )2 -、-C(CF3 )2 -、-NH-、或碳數1~10的伸烷基; 式(DI-2)~式(DI-7)中的環己烷環及苯環的至少一個氫可由-F、-Cl、碳數1~3的烷基、-OCH3 、-OH、-CF3 、-CO2 H、-CONH2 、-NHC6 H5 、苯基、或苄基取代,並且,在式(DI-4)中,苯環的至少一個氫可由選自由下述式(DI-4-a)~式(DI-4-e)所表示的基的群組中的一個取代;鍵結位置未固定在構成所述式中的環的碳原子上的基表示在所述環上的鍵結位置為任意; -NH2 在環己烷環或苯環上的鍵結位置為除G21 或G22 的鍵結位置以外的任意的位置;式(DI-4-a)及式(DI-4-b)中,R20 獨立為氫或-CH3式(DI-11)中,r為0或1; 式(DI-8)~式(DI-11)中,鍵結在環上的-NH2 的鍵結位置為任意的位置;式(DI-12)中,R21 及R22 獨立為碳數1~3的烷基或苯基,G23 獨立為碳數1~6的伸烷基、伸苯基或經烷基取代的伸苯基,w為1~10的整數; 式(DI-13)中,R23 獨立為碳數1~5的烷基、碳數1~5的烷氧基或-Cl,p獨立為0~3的整數,q為0~4的整數; 式(DI-14)中,環B為單環式雜芳香族,R24 為氫、-F、-Cl、碳數1~6的烷基、烷氧基、乙烯基、炔基,q獨立為0~4的整數; 式(DI-15)中,環C為含有雜原子的單環; 式(DI-16)中,G24 為單鍵、碳數2~6的伸烷基或1,4-伸苯基,r為0或1; 鍵結位置未固定在構成所述式中的環的碳原子上的基表示在所述環上的鍵結位置為任意; 式(DI-13)~式(DI-16)中,鍵結在環上的-NH2 的鍵結位置為任意的位置;式(DIH-1)中,G25 為單鍵、碳數1~20的伸烷基、-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO2 -、-C(CH3 )2 -、或-C(CF3 )2 -; 式(DIH-2)中,環D為環己烷環、苯環或萘環,這些環的至少一個氫可由甲基、乙基、或苯基取代; 式(DIH-3)中,環E分別獨立為環己烷環、或苯環,這些環的至少一個氫可由甲基、乙基、或苯基取代,Y為單鍵、碳數1~20的伸烷基、-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO2 -、-C(CH3 )2 -、或-C(CF3 )2 -; 式(DIH-2)及式(DIH-3)中,鍵結在環上的-CONHNH2 的鍵結位置為任意的位置;式(DI-31)中,G26 為單鍵、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CO-、-CONH-、-CH2 O-、-OCH2 -、-CF2 O-、-OCF2 -、或-(CH2 )m' -,m'為1~12的整數; R25 為碳數3~30的烷基、苯基、具有類固醇骨架的基、或由下述的式(DI-31-a)所表示的基,所述烷基中,至少一個氫可由-F取代,而且,至少一個-CH2 -可由-O-、-CH=CH-或-C≡C-取代,所述苯基的氫可由-F、-CH3 、-OCH3 、-OCH2 F、-OCHF2 、-OCF3 、碳數3~30的烷基或碳數3~30的烷氧基取代,鍵結在苯環上的-NH2 的鍵結位置表示在所述環中為任意的位置,式(DI-31-a)中,G27 、G28 及G29 為鍵結基,它們獨立為單鍵、或碳數1~12的伸烷基,所述伸烷基的一個以上的-CH2 -可由-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-CH=CH-取代,環B21 、環B22 、環B23 及環B24 獨立為1,4-伸苯基、1,4-伸環己基、1,3-二噁烷-2,5-二基、嘧啶-2,5-二基、吡啶-2,5-二基、哌啶-1,4-二基、萘-1,5-二基、萘-2,7-二基或蒽-9,10-二基,環B21 、環B22 、環B23 及環B24 中,至少一個氫可由-F或-CH3 取代,s、t及u獨立為0~2的整數,它們的合計為0~5,當s、t或u為2時,各個括弧內的兩個鍵結基可以相同,也可以不同,而且,兩個環可以相同,也可以不同,R26 為氫、-F、-OH、碳數1~30的烷基、碳數1~30的氟取代烷基、碳數1~30的烷氧基、-CN、-OCH2 F、-OCHF2 、或-OCF3 ,所述碳數1~30的烷基的至少一個-CH2 -可由下述式(DI-31-b)所表示的二價的基取代,式(DI-31-b)中,R27 及R28 獨立為碳數1~3的烷基,v為1~6的整數;式(DI-32)及式(DI-33)中,G30 獨立為單鍵、-CO-或-CH2 -,R29 獨立為氫或-CH3 ,R30 為氫、碳數1~20的烷基、或碳數2~20的烯基; 式(DI-33)中的苯環的至少一個氫可由碳數1~20的烷基或苯基取代, 鍵結位置未固定在構成所述式中的環的任一個碳原子上的基表示在所述環上的鍵結位置為任意; 式(DI-32)及式(DI-33)中,鍵結在苯環上的-NH2 表示在所述環上的鍵結位置為任意;式(DI-34)及式(DI-35)中,G31 獨立為-O-、-NH-或碳數1~6的伸烷基,G32 為單鍵或碳數1~3的伸烷基,R31 為氫或碳數1~20的烷基,所述烷基的至少一個-CH2 -可由-O-、-CH=CH-或-C≡C-取代,R32 為碳數6~22的烷基,R33 為氫或碳數1~22的烷基,環B25 為1,4-伸苯基或1,4-伸環己基,r為0或1,而且,鍵結在苯環上的-NH2 表示在所述環上的鍵結位置為任意。[3] The liquid crystal alignment agent according to [1], wherein the tetracarboxylic dianhydride contains a group selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the following formulas (AN-I) to (AN-VII) At least one of the diamines includes a diamine having no side chain represented by the following formula (DI-1) to formula (DI-16), and a formula (DIH-1) to (DIH-3) And at least one of a group of diterpenes having no side chain and a group of diamines having a side chain represented by the following formula (DI-31) to formula (DI-35); In the formula (AN-I), the formula (AN-IV) and the formula (AN-V), X is independently a single bond or -CH 2 -; in the formula (AN-II), G is a single bond, and the carbon number is 1 to 20 alkyl, -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO 2 -, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, or -C(CF 3 ) 2 -; (AN-II)~ In (AN-IV), Y is independently one selected from the group consisting of trivalent groups, the bonding bond is bonded to any carbon, and at least one hydrogen of the group may be methyl, ethyl or phenyl. Replace In the formula (AN-III) to the formula (AN-V), the ring A 10 is a group of a monocyclic hydrocarbon having 3 to 10 carbon atoms or a group of a condensed polycyclic hydrocarbon having 6 to 30 carbon atoms. At least one hydrogen may be substituted by a methyl group, an ethyl group or a phenyl group, and a bond bonded to the ring may be bonded to any carbon constituting the ring, and the two bond bonds may be bonded to the same carbon; in the formula (AN-VI), X 10 is an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, Me represents a methyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group; in the formula (AN-VII), G 10 is independently -O-, -COO- or -OCO-, and r is independently 0. Or 1; in the formula (DI-1), G 20 is -CH 2 -, at least one -CH 2 - may be substituted by -NH-, -O-, m is an integer of 1 to 12, an alkyl group At least one hydrogen may be substituted by -OH; in formula (DI-3) and formula (DI-5) to formula (DI-7), G 21 is independently a single bond, -NH-, -NCH 3 -, -O- , -S-, -SS-, -SO 2 -, -CO-, -COO-, -CONCH 3 -, -CONH-, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, - (CH 2 ) m -, -O-(CH 2 ) m -O-, -N(-CH 3 )-(CH 2 ) k -N(-CH 3 )-, -(OC 2 H 4 ) m - O-, -O-CH 2 -C(CF 3 ) 2 -CH 2 -O-, -O-CO-(CH 2 ) m -CO-O-, -CO-O-(CH 2 ) m -O -CO-, -(CH 2 ) m -NH-(CH 2 ) m -, -CO-(CH 2 ) k -NH-(CH 2 ) k -, -(NH-(CH 2 ) m ) k -NH-, -CO-C 3 H 6 -(NH-C 3 H 6 n -CO-, or -S-(CH 2 ) m -S-, m is independently an integer of 1 to 12, k is an integer of 1 to 5, and n is 1 or 2; in the formula (DI-4), s is independently an integer of 0 to 2; in the formula (DI-6) and formula (DI-7), G 22 is independently a single bond, -O-, -S-, -CO-, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, -NH-, or an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms; at least a cyclohexane ring and a benzene ring in the formula (DI-2) to the formula (DI-7) One hydrogen may be -F, -Cl, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbons, -OCH 3 , -OH, -CF 3 , -CO 2 H, -CONH 2 , -NHC 6 H 5 , phenyl, or benzyl. And, in the formula (DI-4), at least one hydrogen of the benzene ring may be selected from the group consisting of a group represented by the following formula (DI-4-a) to formula (DI-4-e) a substitution; a group in which the bonding position is not fixed to a carbon atom constituting the ring in the formula means that the bonding position on the ring is arbitrary; - NH 2 bonding on a cyclohexane ring or a benzene ring The position is any position other than the bonding position of G 21 or G 22 ; In formula (DI-4-a) and formula (DI-4-b), R 20 is independently hydrogen or -CH 3 ; In the formula (DI-11), r is 0 or 1; in the formula (DI-8) to the formula (DI-11), the bonding position of -NH 2 bonded to the ring is an arbitrary position; In the formula (DI-12), R 21 and R 22 are independently an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or a phenyl group, and G 23 is independently an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a phenyl group or an alkyl group. a phenyl group, w is an integer of 1 to 10; in the formula (DI-13), R 23 is independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or -Cl, and p is independently 0. An integer of ~3, q is an integer of 0 to 4; in the formula (DI-14), ring B is a monocyclic heteroaromatic group, and R 24 is hydrogen, -F, -Cl, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. , alkoxy, vinyl, alkynyl, q is independently an integer from 0 to 4; in the formula (DI-15), ring C is a monocyclic ring containing a hetero atom; in the formula (DI-16), G 24 is a single a bond, an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms or a 1,4-phenylene group, and r is 0 or 1; a group at which a bonding position is not fixed to a carbon atom constituting a ring in the formula is represented by the ring The bonding position on the upper side is arbitrary; in the formula (DI-13) to the formula (DI-16), the bonding position of -NH 2 bonded to the ring is an arbitrary position; In the formula (DIH-1), G 25 is a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO 2 -, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, Or -C(CF 3 ) 2 -; in the formula (DIH-2), ring D is a cyclohexane ring, a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring, and at least one hydrogen of these rings may be substituted by a methyl group, an ethyl group, or a phenyl group; In the formula (DIH-3), the ring E is independently a cyclohexane ring or a benzene ring, and at least one hydrogen of these rings may be substituted by a methyl group, an ethyl group or a phenyl group, and Y is a single bond, and the carbon number is 1-20. Alkyl, -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO 2 -, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, or -C(CF 3 ) 2 -; (DIH-2) and formula ( In DIH-3), the bonding position of -CONHNH 2 bonded to the ring is an arbitrary position; In the formula (DI-31), G 26 is a single bond, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -CO-, -CONH-, -CH 2 O-, -OCH 2 -, -CF 2 O- -OCF 2 -, or -(CH 2 ) m' -, m' is an integer of 1 to 12; R 25 is an alkyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, a group having a steroid skeleton, or a group represented by the formula (DI-31-a) in which at least one hydrogen may be substituted by -F, and at least one -CH 2 - may be -O-, -CH=CH- or -C≡ C-substituted, the hydrogen of the phenyl group may be -F, -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -OCH 2 F, -OCHF 2 , -OCF 3 , an alkyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms or a carbon number of 3 to 30 The alkoxy group is substituted, and the bonding position of -NH 2 bonded to the benzene ring means an arbitrary position in the ring. In the formula (DI-31-a), G 27 , G 28 and G 29 are a bonding group which are independently a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and one or more of the alkyl groups are - CH 2 - may be substituted by -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -CONH-, -CH=CH-, and ring B 21 , ring B 22 , ring B 23 and ring B 24 are independently 1,4-phenylene Base, 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1,3-dioxane-2,5-diyl, pyrimidine-2,5-diyl, pyridine-2,5-diyl, piperidine-1,4- At least one hydrogen of diyl, naphthalene-1,5-diyl, naphthalene-2,7-diyl or fluoren-9,10-diyl, ring B 21 , ring B 22 , ring B 23 and ring B 24 It can be substituted by -F or -CH 3 , and s, t and u are independently an integer of 0 to 2, and their total is 0 to 5. When s, t or u is 2, the two bonding groups in each parenthesis can be The same or different, and the two rings may be the same or different, and R 26 is hydrogen, -F, -OH, an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a fluorine-substituted alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, or carbon. The alkoxy group having 1 to 30, -CN, -OCH 2 F, -OCHF 2 or -OCF 3 , and at least one -CH 2 - of the alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms may be represented by the following formula (DI- The divalent base substitution represented by 31-b), In the formula (DI-31-b), R 27 and R 28 are independently an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and v is an integer of 1 to 6; In the formula (DI-32) and the formula (DI-33), G 30 is independently a single bond, -CO- or -CH 2 -, R 29 is independently hydrogen or -CH 3 , R 30 is hydrogen, and carbon number is 1 - An alkyl group of 20 or an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms; at least one hydrogen of the benzene ring in the formula (DI-33) may be substituted by an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a phenyl group, and the bonding position is not fixed in the constitution. The group on any one of the carbon atoms of the ring in the formula represents any bonding position on the ring; in the formula (DI-32) and the formula (DI-33), bonded to the benzene ring - NH 2 indicates that the bonding position on the ring is arbitrary; In the formula (DI-34) and the formula (DI-35), G 31 is independently -O-, -NH- or an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and G 32 is a single bond or a carbon number of 1 to 3 An alkyl group, R 31 is hydrogen or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and at least one -CH 2 - of the alkyl group may be substituted by -O-, -CH=CH- or -C≡C-, and R 32 is carbon An alkyl group of 6 to 22, R 33 is hydrogen or an alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms, and ring B 25 is 1,4-phenylene or 1,4-cyclohexylene, and r is 0 or 1, and The -NH 2 bonded to the benzene ring indicates that the bonding position on the ring is arbitrary.

[4] 根據[3]所述的液晶配向劑,其中 四羧酸二酐為選自下述式(AN-1-1)、式(AN-1-2)、式(AN-1-13)、式(PA-1)、式(AN-3-1)、式(AN-3-2)、式(AN-4-5)、式(AN-4-17)、式(AN-4-21)、式(AN-4-29)、式(AN-4-30)、式(AN-5-1)、式(AN-7-2)、式(AN-10-1)、式(AN-11-3)、式(AN-16-1)、式(AN-16-3)、及式(AN-16-4)中的至少一種; 二胺為選自由下述式(DI-1-3)、式(DI-2-1)、式(DI-4-1)、式(DI-4-2)、式(DI-4-10)、式(DI-4-15)、式(DI-5-1)、式(DI-5-5)、式(DI-5-9)、式(DI-5-12)、式(DI-5-13)、式(DI-5-17)、式(DI-5-28)、式(DI-5-30)、式(DI-6-7)、式(DI-7-3)、式(DI-11-2)、式(DI-13-1)、式(DI-16-1)、式(DI-31-56)、及式(DIH-2-1)所組成的群組中的至少一種;式(AN-1-2)及式(AN-4-17)中,m獨立為1~12的整數; 式(DI-5-1)、式(DI-5-12)、式(DI-5-13)、及式(DI-7-3)中,m獨立為1~12的整數; 式(DI-5-30)中,k為1~5的整數;而且 式(DI-7-3)中,n分别獨立為1或2。[4] The liquid crystal alignment agent according to [3], wherein the tetracarboxylic dianhydride is selected from the group consisting of the following formula (AN-1-1), the formula (AN-1-2), and the formula (AN-1-13) ), Formula (PA-1), Formula (AN-3-1), Formula (AN-3-2), Formula (AN-4-5), Formula (AN-4-17), Formula (AN-4) -21), formula (AN-4-29), formula (AN-4-30), formula (AN-5-1), formula (AN-7-2), formula (AN-10-1), (AN-11-3), at least one of the formula (AN-16-1), the formula (AN-16-3), and the formula (AN-16-4); the diamine is selected from the following formula (DI) -1-3), formula (DI-2-1), formula (DI-4-1), formula (DI-4-2), formula (DI-4-10), formula (DI-4-15) , formula (DI-5-1), formula (DI-5-5), formula (DI-5-9), formula (DI-5-12), formula (DI-5-13), formula (DI- 5-17), formula (DI-5-28), formula (DI-5-30), formula (DI-6-7), formula (DI-7-3), formula (DI-11-2), At least one of the group consisting of formula (DI-13-1), formula (DI-16-1), formula (DI-31-56), and formula (DIH-2-1); In the formula (AN-1-2) and the formula (AN-4-17), m is independently an integer of 1 to 12; In the formula (DI-5-1), the formula (DI-5-12), the formula (DI-5-13), and the formula (DI-7-3), m is independently an integer of 1 to 12; In -5-30), k is an integer of 1 to 5; and in the formula (DI-7-3), n is independently 1 or 2.

[5] 根據[1]至[4]中任一項所述的液晶配向劑,其中聚醯胺酸及其衍生物為使四羧酸二酐及二胺的至少一種與具有光反應性結構的化合物反應而獲得的聚合物(a)。[5] The liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of [1], wherein the polyphthalic acid and the derivative thereof are at least one of a tetracarboxylic dianhydride and a diamine and a photoreactive structure. The polymer (a) obtained by the reaction of the compound.

[6] 根據[5]所述的液晶配向劑,其中所述光反應性結構為選自由下述式(P-1)~式(P-7)所表示的結構所組成的群組中的至少一種;式(P-1)中,R61 獨立為氫原子、碳數1~5的烷基、或苯基。[6] The liquid crystal alignment agent according to [5], wherein the photoreactive structure is selected from the group consisting of structures represented by the following formulas (P-1) to (P-7) At least one In the formula (P-1), R 61 is independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group.

[7] 根據[6]所述的液晶配向劑,其中具有所述光反應性結構的化合物為選自由下述式(II-1)、式(II-2)、式(III-1)、式(III-2)、式(IV-1)、式(IV-2)、式(V-1)~式(V-3)、及式(VI-1)、式(VI-2)所組成的群組中的至少一種四羧酸二酐或二胺化合物; 所述各式中,鍵結位置未固定在構成環的任一個碳原子上的基表示在所述環上的鍵結位置為任意;式(V-2)中,R6 獨立為-CH3 、-OCH3 、-CF3 、或-COOCH3 ,a分别獨立為0~2的整數;式(V-3)中,環A及環B分别獨立為選自單環式烴、縮合多環式烴及雜環的至少一種,R11 為碳數1~20的直鏈伸烷基、-COO-、-OCO-、-NHCO-或-N(CH3 )CO-,R12 為碳數1~20的直鏈伸烷基、-COO-、-OCO-、-NHCO-或-N(CH3 )CO-,R11 及R12 中,直鏈伸烷基的-CH2 -的一個或兩個可由-O-取代,R7 ~R10 分别獨立為-F、-CH3 、-OCH3 、-CF3 、或-OH,而且,b~e分别獨立為0~4的整數。[7] The liquid crystal alignment agent according to [6], wherein the compound having the photoreactive structure is selected from the group consisting of the following formula (II-1), formula (II-2), and formula (III-1). Formula (III-2), Formula (IV-1), Formula (IV-2), Formula (V-1) to Formula (V-3), and Formula (VI-1) and Formula (VI-2) At least one tetracarboxylic dianhydride or diamine compound in the group consisting; In the above formula, the group in which the bonding position is not fixed to any one of the carbon atoms constituting the ring means that the bonding position on the ring is arbitrary; in the formula (V-2), R 6 is independently -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -CF 3 , or -COOCH 3 , a are each independently an integer of 0 to 2; in the formula (V-3), ring A and ring B are each independently selected from a monocyclic hydrocarbon, a condensed polycyclic ring. At least one of a hydrocarbon and a heterocyclic ring, R 11 is a linear alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, -COO-, -OCO-, -NHCO- or -N(CH 3 )CO-, and R 12 is a carbon number 1 to 20 of a linear alkyl group, -COO-, -OCO-, -NHCO- or -N(CH 3 )CO-, R 11 and R 12 , a linear alkyl group of -CH 2 - Or two may be substituted by -O-, and R 7 to R 10 are each independently -F, -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -CF 3 or -OH, and b to e are each independently an integer of 0 to 4.

[8] 根據[7]所述的液晶配向劑,其中具有所述光反應性結構的二胺化合物由下述式(PDI-7)表示;式(PDI-7)中,R51 分别獨立為-CH3 、-OCH3 、-CF3 、或-COOCH3 ,s分别獨立為0~2的整數。[8] The liquid crystal alignment agent according to [7], wherein the diamine compound having the photoreactive structure is represented by the following formula (PDI-7); In the formula (PDI-7), R 51 is independently -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -CF 3 or -COOCH 3 , and s is independently an integer of 0 to 2, respectively.

[9] 根據[5]至[8]中任一項所述的液晶配向劑,其含有聚合物(a),並且進而含有聚合物(b),所述聚合物(b)為選自使不具有光反應性結構的四羧酸二酐及不具有光反應性結構的二胺反應而獲得的聚醯胺酸及其衍生物的至少一種。[9] The liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of [5] to [8] which contains a polymer (a) and further contains a polymer (b) selected from the group consisting of At least one of polyamic acid and a derivative thereof obtained by reacting a tetracarboxylic dianhydride having no photoreactive structure and a diamine having no photoreactive structure.

[10] 根據[9]所述的液晶配向劑,其中 用於聚合物(b)的合成中的四羧酸二酐為選自下述式(AN-1-1)、式(AN-1-2)、式(AN-1-13)、式(PA-1)、式(AN-3-1)、式(AN-3-2)、式(AN-4-5)、式(AN-4-17)、式(AN-4-21)、式(AN-4-29)、式(AN-4-30)、式(AN-5-1)、式(AN-7-2)、式(AN-10-1)、式(AN-11-3)、式(AN-16-1)、式(AN-16-3)、及式(AN-16-4)中的至少一種; 二胺為選自由下述式(DI-1-3)、式(DI-2-1)、式(DI-4-1)、式(DI-4-2)、式(DI-4-10)、式(DI-4-15)、式(DI-5-1)、式(DI-5-5)、式(DI-5-9)、式(DI-5-12)、式(DI-5-13)、式(DI-5-17)、式(DI-5-28)、式(DI-5-30)、式(DI-6-7)、式(DI-7-3)、式(DI-11-2)、式(DI-13-1)、式(DI-16-1)、式(DI-31-56)、及式(DIH-2-1)所組成的群組中的至少一種;式(AN-1-2)及式(AN-4-17)中,m獨立為1~12的整數; 式(DI-5-1)、式(DI-5-12)、式(DI-5-13)、及式(DI-7-3)中,m獨立為1~12的整數; 式(DI-5-30)中,k為1~5的整數;而且 式(DI-7-3)中,n分别獨立為1或2。[10] The liquid crystal alignment agent according to [9], wherein the tetracarboxylic dianhydride used in the synthesis of the polymer (b) is selected from the following formula (AN-1-1), formula (AN-1) -2), Formula (AN-1-13), Formula (PA-1), Formula (AN-3-1), Formula (AN-3-2), Formula (AN-4-5), Formula (AN) -4-17), formula (AN-4-21), formula (AN-4-29), formula (AN-4-30), formula (AN-5-1), formula (AN-7-2) At least one of the formula (AN-10-1), the formula (AN-11-3), the formula (AN-16-1), the formula (AN-16-3), and the formula (AN-16-4) The diamine is selected from the following formula (DI-1-3), formula (DI-2-1), formula (DI-4-1), formula (DI-4-2), formula (DI-4- 10), formula (DI-4-15), formula (DI-5-1), formula (DI-5-5), formula (DI-5-9), formula (DI-5-12), formula ( DI-5-13), formula (DI-5-17), formula (DI-5-28), formula (DI-5-30), formula (DI-6-7), formula (DI-7-3 ), formula (DI-11-2), formula (DI-13-1), formula (DI-16-1), formula (DI-31-56), and formula (DIH-2-1) At least one of the groups; In the formula (AN-1-2) and the formula (AN-4-17), m is independently an integer of 1 to 12; In the formula (DI-5-1), the formula (DI-5-12), the formula (DI-5-13), and the formula (DI-7-3), m is independently an integer of 1 to 12; In -5-30), k is an integer of 1 to 5; and in the formula (DI-7-3), n is independently 1 or 2.

[11] 根據[1]至[10]中任一項所述的液晶配向劑,其進而含有選自由噁嗪化合物、噁唑啉化合物、所述式(1)所表示的化合物以外的環氧化合物、及矽烷偶合劑所組成的化合物的群組中的至少一種。[11] The liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of [1] to [10] further comprising an epoxy group selected from the group consisting of an oxazine compound, an oxazoline compound, and a compound represented by the formula (1). At least one of the group consisting of a compound and a compound of a decane coupling agent.

[12] 一種液晶配向膜,其是由根據[1]至[11]中任一項所述的液晶配向劑而形成。[12] A liquid crystal alignment film which is formed by the liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of [1] to [11].

[13] 一種横向電場驅動型液晶顯示元件用液晶配向膜,其是由根據[1]至[11]中任一項所述的液晶配向劑而形成。[13] A liquid crystal alignment film for a lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal display device, which is formed by the liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of [1] to [11].

[14] 一種液晶顯示元件,其包括根據[12]或[13]所述的液晶配向膜。 [發明的效果][14] A liquid crystal display element comprising the liquid crystal alignment film according to [12] or [13]. [Effects of the Invention]

若使用本發明的含有由式(1)所表示的化合物的液晶配向劑,可獲得膜硬度高、液晶的配向性良好的液晶配向膜。而且,通過使用所述液晶配向膜,可獲得不會因異物而導致亮點不良、且顯示特性優異的液晶顯示元件。When the liquid crystal alignment agent containing the compound represented by the formula (1) of the present invention is used, a liquid crystal alignment film having high film hardness and good liquid crystal alignment property can be obtained. Further, by using the liquid crystal alignment film, it is possible to obtain a liquid crystal display element which does not cause a bright spot defect due to foreign matter and which is excellent in display characteristics.

<式(1)所表示的化合物> 本發明為一種液晶配向劑,其含有以下聚合物與由下述式(1)所表示的化合物的至少一種,所述聚合物為選自使四羧酸二酐與二胺反應而獲得的聚醯胺酸及其衍生物的至少一種。式(1)中,R1 為具有在*處直接或經由連結基與N連結的下述結構的任一者的一價有機基;而且,R2 及R3 分別獨立為具有在*處直接或經由連結基與N連結的下述結構的任一者的一價有機基;<Compound represented by the formula (1)> The present invention is a liquid crystal alignment agent containing at least one of the following polymers and a compound represented by the following formula (1), which is selected from the group consisting of tetracarboxylic acids At least one of polyphthalic acid and a derivative thereof obtained by reacting a dianhydride with a diamine. In the formula (1), R 1 is a monovalent organic group having any of the following structures which are bonded to N at a position directly or via a linking group; Further, R 2 and R 3 are each independently a monovalent organic group having any of the following structures bonded directly to or via a linking group to N; .

式(1)所表示的化合物具體而言可由以下的式(1-1)~式(1-4)表示。 Specifically, the compound represented by the formula (1) can be represented by the following formula (1-1) to formula (1-4).

關於式(1)所表示的化合物的添加量,在用於摩擦用液晶配向劑的情況下,為了獲得防止因膜硬度的降低引起摩擦時的削薄的效果,添加量優選聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的總重量的0.1 wt%(重量百分比)以上。另一方面,為了防止伴隨著液晶配向膜的配向性的降低而配向不良,添加量優選10 wt%以下。用於摩擦用液晶配向劑時的添加量更優選0.3 wt%~3 wt%。另外,在用於光配向用液晶配向劑的情況下,為了獲得防止因膜硬度的降低引起膜削薄的效果,優選聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的總重量的0.1 wt%以上。另一方面,為了防止伴隨著液晶配向膜的配向性的降低而配向不良,添加量優選30 wt%以下。用於光配向用液晶配向劑時的添加量更優選5 wt%~20 wt%。When the amount of the compound represented by the formula (1) is used for a liquid crystal alignment agent for rubbing, in order to obtain an effect of preventing thinning at the time of friction due to a decrease in film hardness, the amount of addition is preferably polyamine or The total weight of the derivative is 0.1 wt% or more. On the other hand, in order to prevent misalignment due to a decrease in the alignment property of the liquid crystal alignment film, the amount of addition is preferably 10 wt% or less. The amount of addition for use in the liquid crystal alignment agent for rubbing is more preferably 0.3% by weight to 3% by weight. Further, in the case of use for a liquid alignment alignment agent for photoalignment, in order to obtain an effect of preventing film thinning due to a decrease in film hardness, 0.1 wt% or more of the total weight of the polyaminic acid or its derivative is preferable. On the other hand, in order to prevent misalignment due to a decrease in the alignment property of the liquid crystal alignment film, the amount of addition is preferably 30% by weight or less. The amount of addition for use in the liquid alignment alignment agent for photoalignment is more preferably 5 wt% to 20 wt%.

為了獲得液晶的配向性高、高膜硬度的液晶配向膜,式(1)所表示的化合物中,優選使用由式(1-1)~式(1-4)所表示的化合物,更優選使用式(1-1)的化合物。In the compound represented by the formula (1), a compound represented by the formula (1-1) to the formula (1-4) is preferably used, and more preferably used, in order to obtain a liquid crystal alignment film having high liquid crystal alignment and high film hardness. A compound of the formula (1-1).

<液晶配向劑> 本發明的液晶配向劑為選自四羧酸二酐及其衍生物的至少一種與二胺的反應產物,其特徵在於:含有以下聚合物與由所述式(1)所表示的化合物的至少一種,所述聚合物為選自由聚醯胺酸及其衍生物所組成的群組中的至少一種。所謂聚醯胺酸的衍生物是指當製成含有溶劑的後述的液晶配向劑時溶解在溶劑中的成分,且是指當將所述液晶配向劑製成液晶配向膜時,可形成以聚醯亞胺為主成分的液晶配向膜的成分。作為此種聚醯胺酸的衍生物,例如可列舉可溶性聚醯亞胺、聚醯胺酸酯、及聚醯胺酸醯胺等,更具體而言,可列舉:1)聚醯胺酸的所有胺基與羧基進行脫水閉環反應而成的聚醯亞胺、2)部分地進行脫水閉環反應而成的部分聚醯亞胺、3)將聚醯胺酸的羧基變換成酯而成的聚醯胺酸酯、4)將四羧酸二酐化合物中所含有的酸二酐的一部分取代成有機二羧酸並進行反應而獲得的聚醯胺酸-聚醯亞胺共聚物、以及5)使所述聚醯胺酸-聚醯亞胺共聚物的一部分或全部進行脫水閉環反應而成的聚醯胺醯亞胺。所述聚醯胺酸及其衍生物可以是一種聚合物,也可以是兩種以上。另外,所述聚醯胺酸及其衍生物只要為具有四羧酸二酐與二胺的反應產物的結構的聚合物即可,也可含有以下反應產物:使用其他原料,通過四羧酸二酐與二胺的反應以外的其他反應而得。<Liquid crystal alignment agent> The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is a reaction product of at least one selected from the group consisting of tetracarboxylic dianhydride and a derivative thereof and a diamine, and is characterized by containing the following polymer and the formula (1) At least one of the compounds represented, the polymer being at least one selected from the group consisting of polylysine and derivatives thereof. The term "polyamine derivative" refers to a component which is dissolved in a solvent when it is prepared as a liquid crystal alignment agent to be described later containing a solvent, and means that when the liquid crystal alignment agent is formed into a liquid crystal alignment film, it can be formed into a polymer. A component of a liquid crystal alignment film containing quinone imine as a main component. Examples of the derivative of the polyproline are, for example, soluble polyimine, polyphthalamide, and polyamine amide, and more specifically, 1) polylysine Polyimine which is obtained by dehydration ring-closing reaction of all amine groups and carboxyl groups, 2) partial polyimine which is partially subjected to dehydration ring-closure reaction, and 3) polycondensation obtained by converting carboxyl group of poly-proline to ester a phthalic acid ester, 4) a polyphthalic acid-polyimine copolymer obtained by substituting a part of an acid dianhydride contained in a tetracarboxylic dianhydride compound into an organic dicarboxylic acid, and 5) A polyamidoquinone imine obtained by subjecting a part or all of the polyamic acid-polyimine copolymer to a dehydration ring-closure reaction. The polyamic acid and its derivative may be one type of polymer or two or more types. Further, the polyamic acid and a derivative thereof may be a polymer having a structure of a reaction product of a tetracarboxylic dianhydride and a diamine, and may also contain the following reaction product: using other raw materials, passing through a tetracarboxylic acid It is obtained by a reaction other than the reaction of an anhydride with a diamine.

聚醯胺酸酯可通過以下方法來合成:通過使所述的聚醯胺酸與含羥基的化合物、鹵化物、含環氧基的化合物等反應而合成的方法,或通過使自酸二酐衍生的四羧酸二酯或四羧酸二酯二氯化物與二胺反應而合成的方法。自酸二酐衍生的四羧酸二酯例如可使酸二酐與2當量的醇反應並開環而獲得,四羧酸二酯二氯化物可通過使四羧酸二酯與2當量的氯化劑(例如亞硫醯氯等)反應而獲得。再者,聚醯胺酸酯可僅具有醯胺酸酯結構,也可為醯胺酸結構與醯胺酸酯結構併存的部分酯化物。Polyammonium esters can be synthesized by a method of synthesizing the polylysine with a hydroxyl group-containing compound, a halide, an epoxy group-containing compound, or the like, or by subjecting an acid dianhydride to A method of synthesizing a derivatized tetracarboxylic acid diester or tetracarboxylic acid diester dichloride with a diamine. The tetracarboxylic acid diester derived from an acid dianhydride can be obtained, for example, by reacting an acid dianhydride with 2 equivalents of an alcohol and ring-opening, and the tetracarboxylic acid diester dichloride can be obtained by making a tetracarboxylic acid diester and 2 equivalents of chlorine. It is obtained by reacting a chemical (for example, sulfoxide, etc.). Further, the polyglycolate may have only a phthalate structure, or may be a partial ester compound in which a valeric acid structure and a phthalate structure coexist.

對用於製造本發明的液晶配向劑中所含有的聚醯胺酸及其衍生物的四羧酸二酐進行說明。本發明中所使用的四羧酸二酐可無限制地從公知的四羧酸二酐中選擇。此種四羧酸二酐可以是屬於二羧酸酐直接鍵結在芳香環上的芳香族系(包含雜芳香環系)、及二羧酸酐未直接鍵結在芳香環上的脂肪族系(包含雜環系)的任一者的群組中的四羧酸二酐。關於四羧酸二酐,可使一種化合物與二胺反應,也可將兩種以上的化合物混合而與二胺反應。本說明書中,所謂「四羧酸二酐」,不僅指一種化合物,有時也將兩種以上的化合物的混合物包含於其含義中。The tetracarboxylic dianhydride used for producing the polyphthalic acid and its derivative contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention will be described. The tetracarboxylic dianhydride used in the present invention can be selected from known tetracarboxylic dianhydrides without limitation. The tetracarboxylic dianhydride may be an aromatic system (including a heteroaromatic ring system) in which a dicarboxylic acid anhydride is directly bonded to an aromatic ring, and an aliphatic system in which a dicarboxylic acid anhydride is not directly bonded to an aromatic ring (including Tetracarboxylic dianhydride in the group of any of the heterocyclic groups. As the tetracarboxylic dianhydride, one compound may be reacted with a diamine, or two or more kinds of compounds may be mixed and reacted with a diamine. In the present specification, the term "tetracarboxylic dianhydride" means not only one compound but also a mixture of two or more kinds of compounds.

四羧酸二酐可大致區分成具有光反應性結構的四羧酸二酐及不具有光反應性結構的四羧酸二酐。The tetracarboxylic dianhydride can be roughly classified into a tetracarboxylic dianhydride having a photoreactive structure and a tetracarboxylic dianhydride having no photoreactive structure.

作為不具有所述光反應性結構的四羧酸二酐的適宜的例子,就原料獲得的容易性、或聚合物聚合時的容易性、膜的電特性的觀點而言,可列舉由式(AN-I)~式(AN-VII)所表示的四羧酸二酐。式(AN-I)、式(AN-IV)及式(AN-V)中,X獨立為單鍵或-CH2 -。式(AN-II)中,G為單鍵、碳數1~20的伸烷基、-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO2 -、-C(CH3 )2 -、或-C(CF3 )2 -。式(AN-II)~式(AN-IV)中,Y獨立為選自下述的三價的基的群組中的一種,結合鍵與任意的碳連結,所述基的至少一個氫可由甲基、乙基或苯基取代。式(AN-III)~式(AN-V)中,環A10 為碳數3~10的單環式烴的基或碳數6~30的縮合多環式烴的基,所述基的至少一個氫可由甲基、乙基或苯基取代,連接在環上的結合鍵與構成環的任意的碳連結,兩根結合鍵可與同一個碳連結。式(AN-VI)中,X10 為碳數2~6的伸烷基,Me表示甲基,Ph表示苯基。式(AN-VII)中,G10 獨立為-O-、-COO-或-OCO-,r獨立為0或1。A suitable example of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride which does not have the photoreactive structure is a formula (for the viewpoint of easiness of obtaining a raw material, easiness in polymerization of a polymer, and electrical properties of a film) AN-I) to a tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (AN-VII). In the formula (AN-I), the formula (AN-IV), and the formula (AN-V), X is independently a single bond or -CH 2 -. In the formula (AN-II), G is a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO 2 -, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, or -C(CF 3 ) 2 -. In the formula (AN-II) to the formula (AN-IV), Y is independently one selected from the group of trivalent groups described below, and the bond is bonded to any carbon, and at least one hydrogen of the group may be Substituted by methyl, ethyl or phenyl. In the formula (AN-III) to the formula (AN-V), the ring A 10 is a group of a monocyclic hydrocarbon having 3 to 10 carbon atoms or a group of a condensed polycyclic hydrocarbon having 6 to 30 carbon atoms. At least one of the hydrogens may be substituted by a methyl group, an ethyl group or a phenyl group, and the bonding bond attached to the ring may be bonded to any carbon constituting the ring, and the two bonding bonds may be bonded to the same carbon. In the formula (AN-VI), X 10 is an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, Me represents a methyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group. In the formula (AN-VII), G 10 is independently -O-, -COO- or -OCO-, and r is independently 0 or 1.

更詳細而言,可列舉由以下的式(AN-1)、及式(AN-3)~式(AN-16-15)所表示的四羧酸二酐。 [式(AN-1)所表示的四羧酸二酐]式(AN-1)中,G11 為單鍵、碳數1~12的伸烷基、1,4-伸苯基、或1,4-伸環己基。X11 獨立為單鍵或-CH2 -。G12 獨立為下述的三價的基的任一種。當G12 為>CH-時,>CH-的氫可被-CH3 取代。當G12 為>N-時,G11 不為單鍵及-CH2 -,X11 不為單鍵。而且,R11 為氫或-CH3More specifically, tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the following formula (AN-1) and formula (AN-3) to formula (AN-16-15) can be mentioned. [Tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (AN-1)] In the formula (AN-1), G 11 is a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a 1,4-phenylene group, or a 1,4-cyclohexylene group. X 11 is independently a single bond or -CH 2 -. G 12 is independently any of the following trivalent groups. When G 12 is >CH-, the hydrogen of >CH- can be substituted by -CH 3 . When G 12 is >N-, G 11 is not a single bond and -CH 2 -, and X 11 is not a single bond. Moreover, R 11 is hydrogen or -CH 3 .

作為由式(AN-1)所表示的四羧酸二酐的例子,可列舉由下述的式所表示的化合物。式(AN-1-2)及式(AN-1-14)中,m為1~12的整數。 [式(AN-3)所表示的四羧酸二酐]式(AN-3)中,環A11 為環己烷環或苯環。Examples of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (AN-1) include compounds represented by the following formulas. In the formula (AN-1-2) and the formula (AN-1-14), m is an integer of 1 to 12. [Tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (AN-3)] In the formula (AN-3), the ring A 11 is a cyclohexane ring or a benzene ring.

作為由式(AN-3)所表示的四羧酸二酐的例子,可列舉由下述的式所表示的化合物。[式(AN-4)所表示的四羧酸二酐]式(AN-4)中,G13 為單鍵、-(CH2 )m -、-O-、-S-、-C(CH3 )2 -、-SO2 -、-CO-、-C(CF3 )2 -、或由下述的式(G13-1)所表示的二價的基,m為1~12的整數。環A11 分別獨立為環己烷環或苯環。G13 可鍵結於環A11 的任意的位置。式(G13-1)中,G13a 及G13b 分別獨立為單鍵、-O-或由-NHCO-所表示的二價的基。伸苯基優選1,4-伸苯基及1,3-伸苯基。Examples of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (AN-3) include compounds represented by the following formulas. [Tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (AN-4)] In the formula (AN-4), G 13 is a single bond, -(CH 2 ) m -, -O-, -S-, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -SO 2 -, -CO-, -C (CF 3 ) 2 - or a divalent group represented by the following formula (G13-1), and m is an integer of 1 to 12. Ring A 11 is independently a cyclohexane ring or a benzene ring. G 13 can be bonded to any position of the ring A 11 . In the formula (G13-1), G 13a and G 13b are each independently a single bond, -O- or a divalent group represented by -NHCO-. The phenyl group is preferably a 1,4-phenylene group and a 1,3-phenylene group.

作為由式(AN-4)所表示的四羧酸二酐的例子,可列舉由下述的式所表示的化合物。 式(AN-4-17)中,m為1~12的整數。 [式(AN-5)所表示的四羧酸二酐]式(AN-5)中,R11 為氫、或-CH3 。鍵結位置未固定在構成苯環的碳原子上的R11 表示在苯環中的鍵結位置為任意。Examples of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (AN-4) include compounds represented by the following formulas. In the formula (AN-4-17), m is an integer of 1 to 12. [Tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (AN-5)] In the formula (AN-5), R 11 is hydrogen or -CH 3 . R 11 in which the bonding position is not fixed to the carbon atom constituting the benzene ring indicates that the bonding position in the benzene ring is arbitrary.

作為由式(AN-5)所表示的四羧酸二酐的例子,可列舉由下述的式所表示的化合物。[式(AN-6)所表示的四羧酸二酐]式(AN-6)中,X11 獨立為單鍵或-CH2 -。X12 為-CH2 -、-CH2 CH2 -或-CH=CH-。n為1或2。Examples of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (AN-5) include compounds represented by the following formulas. [Tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (AN-6)] In the formula (AN-6), X 11 is independently a single bond or -CH 2 -. X 12 is -CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 - or -CH=CH-. n is 1 or 2.

作為由式(AN-6)所表示的四羧酸二酐的例子,可列舉由下述的式所表示的化合物。[式(AN-7)所表示的四羧酸二酐]式(AN-7)中,X11 為單鍵或-CH2 -。Examples of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (AN-6) include compounds represented by the following formulas. [Tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (AN-7)] In the formula (AN-7), X 11 is a single bond or -CH 2 -.

作為由式(AN-7)所表示的四羧酸二酐的例子,可列舉由下述的式所表示的化合物。[式(AN-8)所表示的四羧酸二酐]式(AN-8)中,X11 為單鍵或-CH2 -。R12 為氫、-CH3 、-CH2 CH3 、或苯基,環A12 為環己烷環或環己烯環。Examples of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (AN-7) include compounds represented by the following formulas. [Tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (AN-8)] In the formula (AN-8), X 11 is a single bond or -CH 2 -. R 12 is hydrogen, -CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 3 or a phenyl group, and ring A 12 is a cyclohexane ring or a cyclohexene ring.

作為由式(AN-8)所表示的四羧酸二酐的例子,可列舉由下述的式所表示的化合物。[式(AN-9)所表示的四羧酸二酐]式(AN-9)中,r分別獨立為0或1。Examples of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (AN-8) include compounds represented by the following formulas. [Tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (AN-9)] In the formula (AN-9), r is independently 0 or 1.

作為由式(AN-9)所表示的四羧酸二酐的例子,可列舉由下述的式所表示的化合物。[式(AN-10-1)及式(AN-10-2)所表示的四羧酸二酐][式(AN-11)所表示的四羧酸二酐]式(AN-11)中,環A11 獨立為環己烷環或苯環。Examples of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (AN-9) include compounds represented by the following formulas. [Tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride represented by the formula (AN-10-1) and the formula (AN-10-2)] [Tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (AN-11)] In the formula (AN-11), the ring A 11 is independently a cyclohexane ring or a benzene ring.

作為由式(AN-11)所表示的四羧酸二酐的例子,可列舉由下述的式所表示的化合物。[式(AN-12)所表示的四羧酸二酐]式(AN-12)中,環A11 分別獨立為環己烷環或苯環。Examples of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (AN-11) include compounds represented by the following formulas. [Tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (AN-12)] In the formula (AN-12), the ring A 11 is independently a cyclohexane ring or a benzene ring.

作為由式(AN-12)所表示的四羧酸二酐的例子,可列舉由下述的式所表示的化合物。[式(AN-13)所表示的四羧酸二酐]式(AN-13)中,X13 為碳數2~6的伸烷基,Ph表示苯基。Examples of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (AN-12) include compounds represented by the following formulas. [Tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by formula (AN-13)] In the formula (AN-13), X 13 is an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and Ph represents a phenyl group.

作為由式(AN-13)所表示的四羧酸二酐的例子,可列舉由下述的式所表示的化合物。[式(AN-14)所表示的四羧酸二酐]式(AN-14)中,G14 獨立為-O-、-COO-或-OCO-,r獨立為0或1。Examples of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (AN-13) include compounds represented by the following formulas. [Tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (AN-14)] In the formula (AN-14), G 14 is independently -O-, -COO- or -OCO-, and r is independently 0 or 1.

作為由式(AN-14)所表示的四羧酸二酐的例子,可列舉由下述的式所表示的化合物。[式(AN-15)所表示的四羧酸二酐]式(AN-15)中,w為1~10的整數。Examples of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (AN-14) include compounds represented by the following formulas. [Tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (AN-15)] In the formula (AN-15), w is an integer of 1 to 10.

作為由式(AN-15)所表示的四羧酸二酐的例子,可列舉由下述的式所表示的化合物。 Examples of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (AN-15) include compounds represented by the following formulas.

作為所述以外的四羧酸二酐,可列舉下述的化合物。 Examples of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride other than the above include the following compounds.

對不具有所述光反應性結構的四羧酸二酐中提升各特性的適宜材料進行敘述。A suitable material for improving various properties in a tetracarboxylic dianhydride having no such photoreactive structure will be described.

在重視提升液晶的配向性的情況下,優選由式(AN-1)、式(AN-3)、及式(AN-4)所表示的化合物,更優選由式(AN-1-2)、式(AN-1-13)、式(AN-3-2)、式(AN-4-5)、式(AN-4-17)及式(AN-4-29)所表示的化合物。在式(AN-1-2)中,優選m=4或8。在式(AN-4-17)中,優選m=4或8,更優選m=8。When it is important to improve the alignment of the liquid crystal, a compound represented by the formula (AN-1), the formula (AN-3), and the formula (AN-4) is preferable, and the formula (AN-1-2) is more preferable. A compound represented by the formula (AN-1-13), the formula (AN-3-2), the formula (AN-4-5), the formula (AN-4-17), and the formula (AN-4-29). In the formula (AN-1-2), m = 4 or 8 is preferred. In the formula (AN-4-17), m = 4 or 8 is preferable, and m = 8 is more preferable.

在重視提升液晶顯示元件的透過率的情況下,所述四羧酸二酐中,優選由式(AN-1-1)、式(AN-1-2)、式(AN-3-1)、式(AN-4-17)、式(AN-4-30)、式(AN-5-1)、式(AN-7-2)、式(AN-10-1)、式(AN-16-3)、及式(AN-16-4)所表示的化合物。在式(AN-1-2)中,優選m=4或8。在式(AN-4-17)中,優選m=4或8,更優選m=8。When it is important to increase the transmittance of the liquid crystal display element, the tetracarboxylic dianhydride preferably has the formula (AN-1-1), the formula (AN-1-2), and the formula (AN-3-1). , formula (AN-4-17), formula (AN-4-30), formula (AN-5-1), formula (AN-7-2), formula (AN-10-1), formula (AN- 16-3), and a compound represented by the formula (AN-16-4). In the formula (AN-1-2), m = 4 or 8 is preferred. In the formula (AN-4-17), m = 4 or 8 is preferable, and m = 8 is more preferable.

在重視提升液晶顯示元件的電壓保持率(voltage holding ratio,VHR)的情況下,所述四羧酸二酐中,優選由式(AN-1-1)、式(AN-1-2)、式(AN-3-1)、式(AN-4-17)、式(AN-4-30)、式(AN-7-2)、式(AN-10-1)、式(AN-16-1)、式(AN-16-3)、及式(AN-16-4)所表示的化合物,在式(AN-1-2)中,優選m=4或8。在式(AN-4-17)中,優選m=4或8,更優選m=8。When it is important to increase the voltage holding ratio (VHR) of the liquid crystal display element, the tetracarboxylic dianhydride preferably has the formula (AN-1-1), the formula (AN-1-2), Formula (AN-3-1), Formula (AN-4-17), Formula (AN-4-30), Formula (AN-7-2), Formula (AN-10-1), Formula (AN-16) The compound represented by the formula (1), the formula (AN-16-3), and the formula (AN-16-4) is preferably m = 4 or 8 in the formula (AN-1-2). In the formula (AN-4-17), m = 4 or 8 is preferable, and m = 8 is more preferable.

作為防止燒痕的方法之一,有效的是通過使液晶配向膜的體積電阻值降低而使配向膜中的殘留電荷(殘留DC)的緩和速度提升。在重視所述目的的情況下,所述四羧酸二酐中,優選由式(AN-1-13)、式(AN-3-2)、式(AN-4-21)、式(AN-4-29)、及式(AN-11-3)所表示的化合物。As one of methods for preventing burn marks, it is effective to increase the relaxation speed of residual electric charge (residual DC) in the alignment film by lowering the volume resistance value of the liquid crystal alignment film. When the above object is emphasized, the tetracarboxylic dianhydride preferably has the formula (AN-1-13), the formula (AN-3-2), the formula (AN-4-21), and the formula (AN). -4-29), and a compound represented by the formula (AN-11-3).

對用於製造本發明的液晶配向劑中所含有的聚醯胺酸及其衍生物的二胺及二醯肼進行說明。本發明中所使用的二胺及二醯肼可無限制地從公知的二胺及二醯肼中選擇。關於二胺,可使一種化合物與四羧酸二酐反應,也可將兩種以上的化合物混合而與四羧酸二酐反應。本說明書中,所謂「二胺」,不僅指一種化合物,有時也將兩種以上的化合物的混合物包含於其含義中。另外,在本說明書中,二醯肼也可作為「二胺」來處理。The diamine and dioxime used to produce the poly-proline and its derivative contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention will be described. The diamine and dioxime used in the present invention can be selected from known diamines and dioxins without limitation. As the diamine, one compound may be reacted with a tetracarboxylic dianhydride, or two or more kinds of compounds may be mixed and reacted with a tetracarboxylic dianhydride. In the present specification, the term "diamine" means not only one compound but also a mixture of two or more kinds of compounds. In addition, in this specification, the diterpene can also be treated as a "diamine".

二胺也與四羧酸二酐同樣地可大致區分成具有光反應性結構的二胺及不具有光反應性結構的二胺。不具有光反應性結構的二胺可根據其結構而分成兩種。即,具有側鏈基的二胺與不具有側鏈基的二胺,所述側鏈基是當將連結兩個胺基的骨架看作主鏈時,從主鏈中分支的基。所述側鏈基是具有增大預傾角的效果的基。具有此種效果的側鏈基必須是碳數3以上的基,作為具體例,可列舉:碳數3以上的烷基、碳數3以上的烷氧基、碳數3以上的烷氧基烷基、及具有類固醇骨架的基。具有一個以上的環、且其末端的環具有碳數1以上的烷基、碳數1以上的烷氧基及碳數2以上的烷氧基烷基的任一者作為取代基的基也具有作為側鏈基的效果。在以下的說明中,有時將具有此種側鏈基的二胺稱為側鏈型二胺。而且,有時將不具有此種側鏈基的二胺稱為非側鏈型二胺。Similarly to the tetracarboxylic dianhydride, the diamine can be roughly classified into a diamine having a photoreactive structure and a diamine having no photoreactive structure. Diamines which do not have a photoreactive structure can be classified into two according to their structures. That is, a diamine having a side chain group and a diamine having no side chain group, the side chain group being a group branched from the main chain when the skeleton linking the two amine groups is regarded as a main chain. The side chain group is a group having an effect of increasing the pretilt angle. The side chain group having such an effect is required to have a carbon number of 3 or more. Specific examples thereof include an alkyl group having 3 or more carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 3 or more carbon atoms, and an alkoxyalkyl group having 3 or more carbon atoms. a base, and a group having a steroid skeleton. A group having one or more rings and having a ring having a carbon number of 1 or more, an alkoxy group having 1 or more carbon atoms, and an alkoxyalkyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms as a substituent As an effect of the side chain. In the following description, a diamine having such a side chain group may be referred to as a side chain type diamine. Further, a diamine having no such a side chain group is sometimes referred to as a non-side chain type diamine.

通過將非側鏈型二胺與側鏈型二胺適當地分開使用,可對應於各自所需要的預傾角。側鏈型二胺優選以無損本發明的特性的程度來併用。另外,關於側鏈型二胺及非側鏈型二胺,優選以提升對於液晶的垂直配向性、電壓保持率、燒痕特性及配向性為目的進行取捨選擇來使用。By suitably separating the non-side chain type diamine from the side chain type diamine, it is possible to correspond to the respective pretilt angles required. The side chain type diamine is preferably used in combination to the extent that the characteristics of the present invention are not impaired. In addition, it is preferable to use a side chain type diamine and a non-side chain type diamine for the purpose of improving the vertical alignment property, the voltage holding ratio, the burn-in property, and the alignment property of the liquid crystal.

對非側鏈型二胺進行說明。作為已知的不具有側鏈的二胺,可列舉以下的式(DI-1)~式(DI-16)的二胺。 The non-side chain type diamine is described. Examples of the known diamine having no side chain include the following diamines of the formula (DI-1) to the formula (DI-16).

所述式(DI-1)中,G20 為-CH2 -,至少一個-CH2 -可被-NH-、-O-取代,m為1~12的整數,伸烷基的至少一個氫可被-OH取代。式(DI-3)及式(DI-5)~式(DI-7)中,G21 獨立為單鍵、-NH-、-NCH3 -、-O-、-S-、-S-S-、-SO2 -、-CO-、-COO-、-CONCH3 -、-CONH-、-C(CH3 )2 -、-C(CF3 )2 -、-(CH2 )m -、-O-(CH2 )m -O-、-N(CH3 )-(CH2 )k -N(CH3 )-、-(O-C2 H4 )m -O-、-O-CH2 -C(CF3 )2 -CH2 -O-、-O-CO-(CH2 )m -CO-O-、-CO-O-(CH2 )m -O-CO-、-(CH2 )m -NH-(CH2 )m -、-CO-(CH2 )k -NH-(CH2 )k -、-(NH-(CH2 )m )k -NH-、-CO-C3 H6 -(NH-C3 H6 )n -CO-、或-S-(CH2 )m -S-,m獨立為1~12的整數,k獨立為1~5的整數,n為1或2。式(DI-4)中,s獨立為0~2的整數。式(DI-6)及式(DI-7)中,G22 獨立為單鍵、-O-、-S-、-CO-、-C(CH3 )2 -、-C(CF3 )2 -、-NH-、或碳數1~10的伸烷基。式(DI-2)~式(DI-7)中的環己烷環及苯環的至少一個氫可由-F、-Cl、碳數1~3的烷基、-OCH3 、-OH、-CF3 、-CO2 H、-CONH2 、-NHC6 H5 、苯基或苄基取代,此外,在式(DI-4)中,環己烷環及苯環的至少一個氫可由選自下述式(DI-4-a)~式(DI-4-e)所表示的基的群組中的一個取代。鍵結位置未固定在構成環的碳原子上的基表示在所述環上的鍵結位置為任意。而且,-NH2 在環己烷環或苯環上的鍵結位置為除G21 或G22 的鍵結位置以外的任意的位置。式(DI-4-a)及式(DI-4-b)中,R20 獨立為氫或-CH3 In the formula (DI-1), G 20 is -CH 2 -, at least one -CH 2 - may be substituted by -NH-, -O-, m is an integer of from 1 to 12, and at least one hydrogen of the alkyl group is extended. Can be replaced by -OH. In the formula (DI-3) and the formula (DI-5) to the formula (DI-7), G 21 is independently a single bond, -NH-, -NCH 3 -, -O-, -S-, -SS-, -SO 2 -, -CO-, -COO-, -CONCH 3 -, -CONH-, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, -(CH 2 ) m -, -O -(CH 2 ) m -O-, -N(CH 3 )-(CH 2 ) k -N(CH 3 )-, -(OC 2 H 4 ) m -O-, -O-CH 2 -C( CF 3 ) 2 -CH 2 -O-, -O-CO-(CH 2 ) m -CO-O-, -CO-O-(CH 2 ) m -O-CO-, -(CH 2 ) m - NH-(CH 2 ) m -, -CO-(CH 2 ) k -NH-(CH 2 ) k -, -(NH-(CH 2 ) m ) k -NH-, -CO-C 3 H 6 - (NH-C 3 H 6 ) n -CO- or -S-(CH 2 ) m -S-, m is independently an integer of 1 to 12, k is independently an integer of 1 to 5, and n is 1 or 2. In the formula (DI-4), s is independently an integer of 0 to 2. In the formula (DI-6) and the formula (DI-7), G 22 is independently a single bond, -O-, -S-, -CO-, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, -NH-, or an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. At least one hydrogen of the cyclohexane ring and the benzene ring in the formula (DI-2) to the formula (DI-7) may be -F, -Cl, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, -OCH 3 , -OH, - CF 3 , -CO 2 H, -CONH 2 , -NHC 6 H 5 , phenyl or benzyl substitution, further, in formula (DI-4), at least one hydrogen of the cyclohexane ring and the benzene ring may be selected from One of the groups of the groups represented by the following formulas (DI-4-a) to (DI-4-e) is substituted. The group in which the bonding position is not fixed to the carbon atom constituting the ring indicates that the bonding position on the ring is arbitrary. Further, the bonding position of -NH 2 on the cyclohexane ring or the benzene ring is any position other than the bonding position of G 21 or G 22 . In the formula (DI-4-a) and the formula (DI-4-b), R 20 is independently hydrogen or -CH 3 .

式(DI-11)中,r為0或1。式(DI-8)~式(DI-11)中,鍵結在環上的-NH2 的鍵結位置為任意的位置。 In the formula (DI-11), r is 0 or 1. In the formula (DI-8) to the formula (DI-11), the bonding position of -NH 2 bonded to the ring is an arbitrary position.

式(DI-12)中,R21 及R22 獨立為碳數1~3的烷基或苯基,G23 獨立為碳數1~6的伸烷基、伸苯基或由烷基取代的伸苯基,w為1~10的整數。式(DI-13)中,R23 獨立為碳數1~5的烷基、碳數1~5的烷氧基或-Cl,p獨立為0~3的整數,q為0~4的整數。式(DI-14)中,環B為單環式雜芳香族,R24 為氫、-F、-Cl、碳數1~6的烷基、烷氧基、乙烯基、炔基,q獨立為0~4的整數。式(DI-15)中,環C為含有雜原子的單環。式(DI-16)中,G24 為單鍵、碳數2~6的伸烷基或1,4-伸苯基,r為0或1。而且,鍵結位置未固定在構成環的碳原子上的基表示在所述環上的鍵結位置為任意。式(DI-13)~式(DI-16)中,鍵結在環上的-NH2 的鍵結位置為任意的位置。In the formula (DI-12), R 21 and R 22 are independently an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or a phenyl group, and G 23 is independently an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a phenyl group or a substituted alkyl group. Phenyl is extended, and w is an integer of from 1 to 10. In the formula (DI-13), R 23 is independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or -Cl, p is independently an integer of 0 to 3, and q is an integer of 0 to 4 . In the formula (DI-14), ring B is a monocyclic heteroaromatic group, R 24 is hydrogen, -F, -Cl, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group, a vinyl group, an alkynyl group, and q is independently It is an integer from 0 to 4. In the formula (DI-15), the ring C is a single ring containing a hetero atom. In the formula (DI-16), G 24 is a single bond, an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms or a 1,4-phenylene group, and r is 0 or 1. Further, the group in which the bonding position is not fixed to the carbon atom constituting the ring indicates that the bonding position on the ring is arbitrary. In the formula (DI-13) to the formula (DI-16), the bonding position of -NH 2 bonded to the ring is an arbitrary position.

作為所述式(DI-1)~式(DI-16)的不具有側鏈的二胺,可列舉以下的式(DI-1-1)~式(DI-16-1)的具體例。 以下表示由式(DI-1)所表示的二胺的例子。式(DI-1-7)及式(DI-1-8)中,k分別獨立為1~3的整數。Specific examples of the diamine having no side chain of the formula (DI-1) to the formula (DI-16) include the following formula (DI-1-1) to formula (DI-16-1). An example of the diamine represented by the formula (DI-1) is shown below. In the formula (DI-1-7) and the formula (DI-1-8), k is independently an integer of 1 to 3.

以下表示由式(DI-2)及式(DI-3)所表示的二胺的例子。 Examples of the diamine represented by the formula (DI-2) and the formula (DI-3) are shown below.

以下表示由式(DI-4)所表示的二胺的例子。 An example of the diamine represented by the formula (DI-4) is shown below.

以下表示由式(DI-5)所表示的二胺的例子。式(DI-5-1)中,m為1~12的整數。式(DI-5-1)、式(DI-5-12)及式(DI-5-13)中,m為1~12的整數。式(DI-5-16)中,v為1~6的整數。式(DI-5-30)中,k為1~5的整數。式(DI-5-35)~式(DI-5-37)、及式(DI-5-39)中,m獨立為1~12的整數,式(DI-5-38)及式(DI-5-39)中,k獨立為1~5的整數,式(DI-5-40)中,n為1或2的整數。An example of the diamine represented by the formula (DI-5) is shown below. In the formula (DI-5-1), m is an integer of 1 to 12. In the formula (DI-5-1), the formula (DI-5-12), and the formula (DI-5-13), m is an integer of 1 to 12. In the formula (DI-5-16), v is an integer of 1 to 6. In the formula (DI-5-30), k is an integer of 1 to 5. In the formula (DI-5-35) to the formula (DI-5-37) and the formula (DI-5-39), m is independently an integer of 1 to 12, and the formula (DI-5-38) and the formula (DI) In -5-39), k is independently an integer of 1 to 5, and in the formula (DI-5-40), n is an integer of 1 or 2.

以下表示由式(DI-6)所表示的二胺的例子。 An example of the diamine represented by the formula (DI-6) is shown below.

以下表示由式(DI-7)所表示的二胺的例子。式(DI-7-3)及式(DI-7-4)中,m為1~12的整數,n獨立為1或2。 式(DI-7-12)中,m為1~12的整數。An example of the diamine represented by the formula (DI-7) is shown below. In the formula (DI-7-3) and the formula (DI-7-4), m is an integer of 1 to 12, and n is independently 1 or 2. In the formula (DI-7-12), m is an integer of 1 to 12.

以下表示由式(DI-8)所表示的二胺的例子。 An example of the diamine represented by the formula (DI-8) is shown below.

以下表示由式(DI-9)所表示的二胺的例子。 An example of the diamine represented by the formula (DI-9) is shown below.

以下表示由式(DI-10)所表示的二胺的例子。 An example of the diamine represented by the formula (DI-10) is shown below.

以下表示由式(DI-11)所表示的二胺的例子。 An example of the diamine represented by the formula (DI-11) is shown below.

以下表示由式(DI-12)所表示的二胺的例子。 An example of the diamine represented by the formula (DI-12) is shown below.

以下表示由式(DI-13)所表示的二胺的例子。 An example of the diamine represented by the formula (DI-13) is shown below.

以下表示由式(DI-14)所表示的二胺的例子。 An example of the diamine represented by the formula (DI-14) is shown below.

以下表示由式(DI-15)所表示的二胺的例子。 An example of the diamine represented by the formula (DI-15) is shown below.

以下表示由式(DI-16)所表示的二胺的例子。 An example of the diamine represented by the formula (DI-16) is shown below.

對二醯肼進行說明。作為已知的不具有側鏈的二醯肼,可列舉以下的式(DIH-1)~式(DIH-3)。式(DIH-1)中,G25 為單鍵、碳數1~20的伸烷基、-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO2 -、-C(CH3 )2 -、或-C(CF3 )2 -。式(DIH-2)中,環D為環己烷環、苯環或萘環,這些環的至少一個氫可由甲基、乙基或苯基取代。式(DIH-3)中,環E分別獨立為環己烷環、或苯環,這些環的至少一個氫可由甲基、乙基或苯基取代,Y為單鍵、碳數1~20的伸烷基、-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO2 -、-C(CH3 )2 -、或-C(CF3 )2 -。式(DIH-2)及式(DIH-3)中,鍵結在環上的-CONHNH2 的鍵結位置為任意的位置。Explain the second. Examples of the known diterpenes having no side chain include the following formula (DIH-1) to formula (DIH-3). In the formula (DIH-1), G 25 is a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO 2 -, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, Or -C(CF 3 ) 2 -. In the formula (DIH-2), the ring D is a cyclohexane ring, a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring, and at least one hydrogen of these rings may be substituted by a methyl group, an ethyl group or a phenyl group. In the formula (DIH-3), the ring E is independently a cyclohexane ring or a benzene ring, and at least one hydrogen of these rings may be substituted by a methyl group, an ethyl group or a phenyl group, and Y is a single bond and has a carbon number of 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Alkyl, -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO 2 -, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, or -C(CF 3 ) 2 -. In the formula (DIH-2) and the formula (DIH-3), the bonding position of -CONHNH 2 bonded to the ring is an arbitrary position.

以下表示式(DIH-1)~式(DIH-3)的例子。式(DIH-1-2)中,m為1~12的整數。 Examples of the formula (DIH-1) to the formula (DIH-3) are shown below. In the formula (DIH-1-2), m is an integer of 1 to 12.

此種非側鏈型二胺及二醯肼具有使液晶顯示元件的離子密度降低等改善電特性的效果。在使用非側鏈型二胺及/或二醯肼作為用以製造包含本發明的液晶配向劑中所使用的聚醯胺酸、聚醯胺酸酯或聚醯亞胺的液晶配向劑的二胺的情況下,優選將在二胺及二醯肼的總量中所占的其比例設為0 mol%(莫耳百分比)~90 mol%,更優選設為0 mol%~50 mol%Such a non-side chain type diamine and diterpene have an effect of improving electrical characteristics such as a decrease in ion density of a liquid crystal display element. The use of a non-side chain type diamine and/or dioxime as a liquid crystal alignment agent for producing a polyglycolic acid, a polyamidomate or a polyimine used in the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention In the case of an amine, the proportion of the total amount of the diamine and the dioxane is preferably 0 mol% (% by mole) to 90 mol%, more preferably 0 mol% to 50 mol%.

對側鏈型二胺進行說明。作為側鏈型二胺的側鏈基,可列舉以下的基。The side chain type diamine is described. Examples of the side chain group of the side chain type diamine include the following groups.

作為側鏈基,首先可列舉:烷基、烷氧基、烷氧基烷基、烷基羰基、烷基羰氧基、烷氧基羰基、烷基胺基羰基、烯基、烯氧基、烯基羰基、烯基羰氧基、烯氧基羰基、烯基胺基羰基、炔基、炔氧基、炔基羰基、炔基羰氧基、炔氧基羰基、炔基胺基羰基等。這些基中的烷基、烯基及炔基均是碳數3以上的基。但是,在烷氧基烷基中,只要整個基的碳數3以上即可。這些基可以是直鏈狀,也可以是支鏈狀。The side chain group may, first, be an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxyalkyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylaminocarbonyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkenyloxy group, or the like. Alkenylcarbonyl, alkenylcarbonyloxy, alkenoxycarbonyl, alkenylaminocarbonyl, alkynyl, alkynyloxy, alkynylcarbonyl, alkynylcarbonyloxy, alkynyloxycarbonyl, alkynylaminocarbonyl, and the like. The alkyl group, the alkenyl group and the alkynyl group in these groups are each a group having 3 or more carbon atoms. However, in the alkoxyalkyl group, the carbon number of the entire group may be 3 or more. These groups may be linear or branched.

其次,以末端的環具有碳數1以上的烷基、碳數1以上的烷氧基或碳數2以上的烷氧基烷基作為取代基為條件,可列舉:苯基、苯基烷基、苯基烷氧基、苯氧基、苯基羰基、苯基羰氧基、苯氧基羰基、苯基胺基羰基、苯基環己氧基、碳數3以上的環烷基、環己基烷基、環己氧基、環己氧基羰基、環己基苯基、環己基苯基烷基、環己基苯氧基、雙(環己基)氧基、雙(環己基)烷基、雙(環己基)苯基、雙(環己基)苯基烷基、雙(環己基)氧基羰基、雙(環己基)苯氧基羰基、及環己基雙(苯基)氧基羰基等環結構的基。Next, the terminal ring has an alkyl group having 1 or more carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 or more carbon atoms, or an alkoxyalkyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms as a substituent, and examples thereof include a phenyl group and a phenylalkyl group. , phenylalkoxy, phenoxy, phenylcarbonyl, phenylcarbonyloxy, phenoxycarbonyl, phenylaminocarbonyl, phenylcyclohexyloxy, cycloalkyl having 3 or more carbon atoms, cyclohexyl Alkyl, cyclohexyloxy, cyclohexyloxycarbonyl, cyclohexylphenyl, cyclohexylphenylalkyl, cyclohexylphenoxy, bis(cyclohexyl)oxy, bis(cyclohexyl)alkyl, bis( Cyclohexyl)phenyl, bis(cyclohexyl)phenylalkyl, bis(cyclohexyl)oxycarbonyl, bis(cyclohexyl)phenoxycarbonyl, and cyclohexylbis(phenyl)oxycarbonyl base.

進而,可列舉如下的環集合基,其為具有兩個以上的苯環的基、具有兩個以上的環己烷環的基、或包含苯環及環己烷環的兩個環以上的基,且鍵結基獨立為單鍵、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-或碳數1~3的伸烷基,末端的環具有碳數1以上的烷基、碳數1以上的氟取代烷基、碳數1以上的烷氧基、或碳數2以上的烷氧基烷基作為取代基。具有類固醇骨架的基作為側鏈基也有效。Further, examples thereof include a ring group having two or more benzene rings, a group having two or more cyclohexane rings, or two or more rings including a benzene ring and a cyclohexane ring. And the bonding group is independently a single bond, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -CONH- or an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and the terminal ring has an alkyl group having 1 or more carbon atoms and a carbon number A fluorine-substituted alkyl group having 1 or more, an alkoxy group having 1 or more carbon atoms, or an alkoxyalkyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms is used as a substituent. A group having a steroid skeleton is also effective as a side chain group.

作為具有側鏈的二胺,可列舉由以下的式(DI-31)~式(DI-35)所表示的化合物。式(DI-31)中,G26 為單鍵、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CO-、-CONH-、-CH2 O-、-OCH2 -、-CF2 O-、-OCF2 -或-(CH2 )m' -,m'為1~12的整數。G26 的優選的例子為單鍵、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CH2 O-、及碳數1~3的伸烷基,特優選的例子為單鍵、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CH2 O-、-CH2 -及-CH2 CH2 -。R25 為碳數3~30的烷基、苯基、具有類固醇骨架的基、或由下述的式(DI-31-a)所表示的基。所述烷基中,至少一個氫可由-F取代,而且至少一個-CH2 -可由-O-、-CH=CH-或-C≡C-取代。所述苯基的氫可由-F、-CH3 、-OCH3 、-OCH2 F、-OCHF2 、-OCF3 、碳數3~30的烷基或碳數3~30的烷氧基取代。鍵結在苯環上的-NH2 的鍵結位置表示在所述環中為任意的位置,所述鍵結位置優選間位或對位。即,當將基「R25 -G26 -」的鍵結位置設為1位時,兩個鍵結位置優選3位與5位、或2位與5位。 The diamine having a side chain includes a compound represented by the following formula (DI-31) to formula (DI-35). In the formula (DI-31), G 26 is a single bond, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -CO-, -CONH-, -CH 2 O-, -OCH 2 -, -CF 2 O- -OCF 2 - or -(CH 2 ) m' -, m' is an integer from 1 to 12. Preferable examples of G 26 are a single bond, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -CH 2 O-, and an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and a particularly preferred example is a single bond, -O- , -COO-, -OCO-, -CH 2 O-, -CH 2 -, and -CH 2 CH 2 -. R 25 is an alkyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, a group having a steroid skeleton, or a group represented by the following formula (DI-31-a). In the alkyl group, at least one hydrogen may be substituted by -F, and at least one -CH 2 - may be substituted by -O-, -CH=CH- or -C≡C-. The hydrogen of the phenyl group may be substituted by -F, -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -OCH 2 F, -OCHF 2 , -OCF 3 , an alkyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms. . The bonding position of -NH 2 bonded to the benzene ring indicates an arbitrary position in the ring, and the bonding position is preferably a meta or para position. That is, when the bonding position of the base "R 25 -G 26 -" is set to 1 bit, the two bonding positions are preferably 3 bits and 5 bits, or 2 bits and 5 bits.

式(DI-31-a)中,G27 、G28 及G29 為鍵結基,它們獨立為單鍵、或碳數1~12的伸烷基,所述伸烷基的一個以上的-CH2 -可由-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-CH=CH-取代。環B21 、環B22 、環B23 及環B24 獨立為1,4-伸苯基、1,4-伸環己基、1,3-二噁烷-2,5-二基、嘧啶-2,5-二基、吡啶-2,5-二基、哌啶-1,4-二基、萘-1,5-二基、萘-2,7-二基或蒽-9,10-二基,環B21 、環B22 、環B23 及環B24 中,至少一個氫可由-F或-CH3 取代,s、t及u獨立為0~2的整數,它們的合計為0~5,當s、t或u為2時,各個括弧內的兩個鍵結基可以相同,也可以不同,而且,兩個環可以相同,也可以不同。R26 為氫、-F、-OH、碳數1~30的烷基、碳數1~30的氟取代烷基、碳數1~30的烷氧基、-CN、-OCH2 F、-OCHF2 或-OCF3 ,所述碳數1~30的烷基的至少一個-CH2 -可由以下述式(DI-31-b)所表示的二價的基取代。 In the formula (DI-31-a), G 27 , G 28 and G 29 are a bonding group which are independently a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and one or more of the alkyl groups are - CH 2 - may be substituted by -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -CONH-, -CH=CH-. Ring B 21 , ring B 22 , ring B 23 and ring B 24 are independently 1,4-phenylene, 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1,3-dioxane-2,5-diyl, pyrimidine- 2,5-diyl, pyridine-2,5-diyl, piperidin-1,4-diyl, naphthalene-1,5-diyl, naphthalene-2,7-diyl or oxime-9,10- In the diradical, ring B 21 , ring B 22 , ring B 23 and ring B 24 , at least one hydrogen may be substituted by -F or -CH 3 , and s, t and u are independently an integer of 0 to 2, and their total is 0. ~5, when s, t or u is 2, the two bonding groups in each parenthesis may be the same or different, and the two rings may be the same or different. R 26 is hydrogen, -F, -OH, an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a fluorine-substituted alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, -CN, -OCH 2 F, - OCHF 2 or -OCF 3 , at least one -CH 2 - of the alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms may be substituted with a divalent group represented by the following formula (DI-31-b).

式(DI-31-b)中,R27 及R28 獨立為碳數1~3的烷基,v為1~6的整數。R26 的優選的例子為碳數1~30的烷基及碳數1~30的烷氧基。 In the formula (DI-31-b), R 27 and R 28 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and v is an integer of 1 to 6. Preferable examples of R 26 are an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms and an alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms.

式(DI-32)及式(DI-33)中,G30 獨立為單鍵、-CO-或-CH2 -,R29 獨立為氫或-CH3 ,R30 為氫、碳數1~20的烷基、或碳數2~20的烯基。式(DI-32)及式(DI-33)中的苯環的至少一個氫可由碳數1~20的烷基或苯基取代。而且,鍵結位置未固定在構成環的任一個碳原子上的基表示在所述環中的鍵結位置為任意。優選式(DI-32)中的兩個基「-伸苯基-G30 -O-」的一個鍵結在類固醇核的3位,另一個鍵結在類固醇核的6位。式(DI-33)中的兩個基「-伸苯基-G30 -O-」在苯環上的鍵結位置優選相對於類固醇核的鍵結位置,分別為間位或對位。式(DI-32)及式(DI-33)中,鍵結在苯環上的-NH2 表示在所述環中的鍵結位置為任意。 In the formula (DI-32) and the formula (DI-33), G 30 is independently a single bond, -CO- or -CH 2 -, R 29 is independently hydrogen or -CH 3 , R 30 is hydrogen, and carbon number is 1 - An alkyl group of 20 or an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms. At least one hydrogen of the benzene ring in the formula (DI-32) and the formula (DI-33) may be substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a phenyl group. Further, the group in which the bonding position is not fixed to any one of the carbon atoms constituting the ring means that the bonding position in the ring is arbitrary. Preferably, one of the two base "-phenyl-G 30 -O-" in the formula (DI-32) is bonded to the 3-position of the steroid core, and the other is bonded to the 6-position of the steroid core. The bonding position of the two base "-phenyl-G 30 -O-" in the formula (DI-33) on the benzene ring is preferably a meta position or a para position relative to the steroid nucleus. In the formula (DI-32) and the formula (DI-33), -NH 2 bonded to the benzene ring means that the bonding position in the ring is arbitrary.

式(DI-34)及式(DI-35)中,G31 獨立為-O-、-NH-、或碳數1~6的伸烷基,G32 為單鍵或碳數1~3的伸烷基。R31 為氫或碳數1~20的烷基,所述烷基的至少一個-CH2 -可由-O-、-CH=CH-或-C≡C-取代。R32 為碳數6~22的烷基,R33 為氫或碳數1~22的烷基。環B25 為1,4-伸苯基或1,4-伸環己基,r為0或1。而且,鍵結在苯環上的-NH2 表示在所述環上的鍵結位置為任意,但優選獨立且相對於G31 的鍵結位置為間位或對位。In the formula (DI-34) and the formula (DI-35), G 31 is independently -O-, -NH-, or an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and G 32 is a single bond or a carbon number of 1 to 3. Alkyl. R 31 is hydrogen or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and at least one -CH 2 - of the alkyl group may be substituted by -O-, -CH=CH- or -C≡C-. R 32 is an alkyl group having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, and R 33 is hydrogen or an alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms. Ring B 25 is 1,4-phenylene or 1,4-cyclohexylene, and r is 0 or 1. Moreover, -NH 2 bonded to the benzene ring means that the bonding position on the ring is arbitrary, but is preferably independent and the bonding position with respect to G 31 is meta or para.

以下例示側鏈型二胺的具體例。作為所述式(DI-31)~式(DI-35)的具有側鏈的二胺,可列舉由下述的式(DI-31-1)~式(DI-35-3)所表示的化合物。Specific examples of the side chain type diamine are exemplified below. The diamine having a side chain of the formula (DI-31) to the formula (DI-35) is represented by the following formula (DI-31-1) to formula (DI-35-3). Compound.

以下表示由式(DI-31)所表示的化合物的例子。 An example of the compound represented by the formula (DI-31) is shown below.

式(DI-31-1)~式(DI-31-11)中,R34 獨立為碳數1~30的烷基或碳數1~30的烷氧基,優選碳數5~25的烷基或碳數5~25的烷氧基。R35 獨立為碳數1~30的烷基或碳數1~30的烷氧基,優選碳數3~25的烷基或碳數3~25的烷氧基。 In the formula (DI-31-1) to the formula (DI-31-11), R 34 is independently an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, preferably an alkane having 5 to 25 carbon atoms. a group or an alkoxy group having 5 to 25 carbon atoms. R 35 is independently an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, preferably an alkyl group having 3 to 25 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 3 to 25 carbon atoms.

式(DI-31-12)~式(DI-31-17)中,R36 獨立為碳數4~30的烷基,優選碳數6~25的烷基。R37 獨立為碳數6~30的烷基,優選碳數8~25的烷基。 In the formula (DI-31-12) to the formula (DI-31-17), R 36 is independently an alkyl group having 4 to 30 carbon atoms, and preferably an alkyl group having 6 to 25 carbon atoms. R 37 is independently an alkyl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and preferably an alkyl group having 8 to 25 carbon atoms.

式(DI-31-18)~式(DI-31-43)中,R38 獨立為碳數1~20的烷基或碳數1~20的烷氧基,優選碳數3~20的烷基或碳數3~20的烷氧基。R39 獨立為氫、-F、碳數1~30的烷基、碳數1~30的烷氧基、-CN、-OCH2 F、-OCHF2 或-OCF3 ,優選碳數3~25的烷基、或碳數3~25的烷氧基。而且,G33 為碳數1~20的伸烷基。 In the formula (DI-31-18) to the formula (DI-31-43), R 38 is independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably an alkane having 3 to 20 carbon atoms. a group or an alkoxy group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms. R 39 is independently hydrogen, -F, an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, -CN, -OCH 2 F, -OCHF 2 or -OCF 3 , preferably having a carbon number of 3 to 25 An alkyl group or an alkoxy group having 3 to 25 carbon atoms. Further, G 33 is an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.

以下表示由式(DI-32)所表示的化合物的例子。 An example of the compound represented by the formula (DI-32) is shown below.

以下表示由式(DI-33)所表示的化合物的例子。 An example of the compound represented by the formula (DI-33) is shown below.

以下表示由式(DI-34)所表示的化合物的例子。 式(DI-34-1)~式(DI-34-14)中,R40 獨立為氫或碳數1~20的烷基,優選氫或碳數1~10的烷基,而且,R41 獨立為氫或碳數1~12的烷基。An example of the compound represented by the formula (DI-34) is shown below. In the formula (DI-34-1) to the formula (DI-34-14), R 40 is independently hydrogen or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably hydrogen or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and R 41 is further contained. Independently hydrogen or an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.

以下表示由式(DI-35)所表示的化合物的例子。 An example of the compound represented by the formula (DI-35) is shown below.

式(DI-35-1)~式(DI-35-3)中,R37 獨立為碳數6~30的烷基,R41 獨立為氫或碳數1~12的烷基。In the formula (DI-35-1) to the formula (DI-35-3), R 37 is independently an alkyl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and R 41 is independently hydrogen or an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.

作為本發明中的二胺,也可以使用由式(DI-1-1)~式(DI-16-1)、式(DIH-1-1)~式(DIH-3-6)及式(DI-31-1)~式(DI-35-3)所表示的二胺以外的二胺。作為此種二胺,例如可列舉由下述式(DI-36-1)~式(DI-36-13)所表示的化合物。 As the diamine in the present invention, a formula (DI-1-1) to a formula (DI-16-1), a formula (DIH-1-1) to a formula (DIH-3-6), and a formula ( DI-31-1) to a diamine other than the diamine represented by the formula (DI-35-3). Examples of such a diamine include compounds represented by the following formula (DI-36-1) to formula (DI-36-13).

式(DI-36-1)~式(DI-36-8)中,R42 分別獨立地表示碳數3~30的烷基。 In the formula (DI-36-1) to the formula (DI-36-8), R 42 each independently represents an alkyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms.

式(DI-36-9)~式(DI-36-11)中,e為2~10的整數,式(DI-36-12)中,R43 分別獨立為氫、-NHBoc或-N(Boc)2 ,R43 的至少一個為-NHBoc或-N(Boc)2 ,式(DI-36-13)中,R44 為-NHBoc或-N(Boc)2 ,而且,m為1~12的整數。此處,Boc為第三丁氧基羰基。In the formula (DI-36-9) to the formula (DI-36-11), e is an integer of 2 to 10, and in the formula (DI-36-12), R 43 is independently hydrogen, -NHBoc or -N ( Boc) 2 , at least one of R 43 is -NHBoc or -N(Boc) 2 , in the formula (DI-36-13), R 44 is -NHBoc or -N(Boc) 2 , and m is 1 to 12 The integer. Here, Boc is a third butoxycarbonyl group.

對所述二胺及二醯肼中提升各特性的適宜材料進行敘述。 在重視進一步提升液晶的配向性的情況下,所述二胺及二醯肼中,優選使用由式(DI-1-3)、式(DI-4-1)、式(DI-5-1)、式(DI-5-5)、式(DI-5-9)、式(DI-5-12)、式(DI-5-13)、式(DI-5-29)、式(DI-6-7)、式(DI-7-3)、及式(DI-11-2)所表示的化合物。更優選由式(DI-4-1)、式(DI-5-1)、式(DI-5-12)、式(DI-5-13)、式(DI-7-3)所表示的二胺。在式(DI-5-1)中,優選m=2、4或6,更優選m=4。在式(DI-5-12)中,優選m=2~6,更優選m=5。在式(DI-5-13)中,優選m=1、或2,更優選m=1。在式(DI-7-3)中,優選m=2、或3,且n=1、或2,更優選m=1。Suitable materials for enhancing the properties of the diamines and dioximes are described. When it is important to further improve the alignment of the liquid crystal, it is preferable to use the formula (DI-1-3), the formula (DI-4-1), and the formula (DI-5-1) among the diamine and the dioxime. ), formula (DI-5-5), formula (DI-5-9), formula (DI-5-12), formula (DI-5-13), formula (DI-5-29), formula (DI -6-7), a compound represented by the formula (DI-7-3) and the formula (DI-11-2). More preferably, it is represented by the formula (DI-4-1), the formula (DI-5-1), the formula (DI-5-12), the formula (DI-5-13), and the formula (DI-7-3). Diamine. In the formula (DI-5-1), m = 2, 4 or 6, preferably m = 4. In the formula (DI-5-12), m = 2 to 6, preferably m = 5. In the formula (DI-5-13), m = 1, or 2 is preferable, and m = 1 is more preferable. In the formula (DI-7-3), m = 2, or 3, and n = 1, or 2, more preferably m = 1 is preferable.

在重視提升透過率的情況下,所述二胺及二醯肼中,優選使用由式(DI-1-3)、式(DI-2-1)、式(DI-5-1)、式(DI-5-5)、式(DI-5-17)、及式(DI-7-3)所表示的化合物,更優選由式(DI-2-1)所表示的二胺。式(DI-5-1)中,優選m=2、4或6,更優選m=4。在式(DI-7-3)中,優選m=2、或3,且n=1、或2,更優選m=1。When it is important to increase the transmittance, it is preferable to use the formula (DI-1-3), the formula (DI-2-1), the formula (DI-5-1), and the diamine and the dioxime. The compound represented by the formula (DI-5-5), the formula (DI-5-17), and the formula (DI-7-3) is more preferably a diamine represented by the formula (DI-2-1). In the formula (DI-5-1), m = 2, 4 or 6, preferably m = 4. In the formula (DI-7-3), m = 2, or 3, and n = 1, or 2, more preferably m = 1 is preferable.

在重視提升液晶顯示元件的VHR的情況下,所述二胺及二醯肼中,優選使用由式(DI-2-1)、式(DI-4-1)、式(DI-4-2)、式(DI-4-10)、式(DI-4-15)、式(DI-5-1)、式(DI-5-28)、式(DI-5-30)、及式(DI-13-1)、及式(DI-31-56)所表示的化合物,更優選由式(DI-2-1)、式(DI-5-1)、式(DI-13-1)、及式(DI-31-56)所表示的化合物。在式(DI-5-1)中,優選m=1。在式(DI-5-30)中,優選k=2。In the case where the VHR of the liquid crystal display element is emphasized, in the diamine and the dioxime, it is preferred to use the formula (DI-2-1), the formula (DI-4-1), and the formula (DI-4-2). ), formula (DI-4-10), formula (DI-4-15), formula (DI-5-1), formula (DI-5-28), formula (DI-5-30), and formula ( The compound represented by DI-13-1) and the formula (DI-31-56) is more preferably of the formula (DI-2-1), the formula (DI-5-1), and the formula (DI-13-1). And a compound represented by the formula (DI-31-56). In the formula (DI-5-1), m = 1 is preferred. In the formula (DI-5-30), k = 2 is preferred.

作為防止燒痕的方法之一,有效的是通過使液晶配向膜的體積電阻值降低而使配向膜中的殘留電荷(殘留DC)的緩和速度提升。在重視所述目的的情況下,所述二胺及二醯肼中,優選使用由式(DI-4-1)、式(DI-4-2)、式(DI-4-10)、式(DI-4-15)、式(DI-5-1)、式(DI-5-12)、式(DI-5-13)、式(DI-5-28)、及式(DI-16-1)所表示的化合物,更優選由式(DI-4-1)、式(DI-5-1)、及式(DI-5-13)所表示的化合物。在式(DI-5-1)中,優選m=2、4或6,更優選m=4。在式(DI-5-12)中,優選m=2~6,更優選m=5。在式(DI-5-13)中,優選m=1、或2,更優選m=1。As one of methods for preventing burn marks, it is effective to increase the relaxation speed of residual electric charge (residual DC) in the alignment film by lowering the volume resistance value of the liquid crystal alignment film. In the case where the above object is emphasized, in the diamine and the dioxime, it is preferred to use the formula (DI-4-1), the formula (DI-4-2), the formula (DI-4-10), (DI-4-15), formula (DI-5-1), formula (DI-5-12), formula (DI-5-13), formula (DI-5-28), and formula (DI-16 The compound represented by the formula (1) is more preferably a compound represented by the formula (DI-4-1), the formula (DI-5-1), and the formula (DI-5-13). In the formula (DI-5-1), m = 2, 4 or 6, preferably m = 4. In the formula (DI-5-12), m = 2 to 6, preferably m = 5. In the formula (DI-5-13), m = 1, or 2 is preferable, and m = 1 is more preferable.

在各二胺中,也可以在單胺相對於二胺的比率為40 mol%以下的範圍內,將二胺的一部分取代成單胺。此種取代可引起生成聚醯胺酸時的聚合反應的終止,可抑制聚合反應的進一步的進行。因此,通過此種取代,可容易地控制所獲得的聚合物(聚醯胺酸、聚醯胺酸酯或聚醯亞胺)的分子量,例如可無損本發明的效果而改善液晶配向劑的塗布特性。只要無損本發明的效果,則被取代成單胺的二胺可以是一種,也可以是兩種以上。作為所述單胺,例如可列舉:苯胺、4-羥基苯胺、環己胺、正丁胺、正戊胺、正己胺、正庚胺、正辛胺、正壬胺、正癸胺、正十一胺、正十二胺、正十三胺、正十四胺、正十五胺、正十六胺、正十七胺、正十八胺、及正二十胺。In each of the diamines, a part of the diamine may be substituted with a monoamine in a range of a ratio of the monoamine to the diamine of 40 mol% or less. Such substitution can cause termination of the polymerization reaction when polyamic acid is formed, and further progress of the polymerization reaction can be suppressed. Therefore, by such substitution, the molecular weight of the obtained polymer (polyglycine, polyphthalate or polyimide) can be easily controlled, for example, the coating of the liquid crystal alignment agent can be improved without impairing the effects of the present invention. characteristic. The diamine substituted with a monoamine may be one type or two or more types as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. Examples of the monoamine include aniline, 4-hydroxyaniline, cyclohexylamine, n-butylamine, n-pentylamine, n-hexylamine, n-heptylamine, n-octylamine, n-decylamine, n-decylamine, and positive ten Monoamine, n-dodecylamine, n-tridecylamine, n-tetradecylamine, n-pentadecylamine, n-hexadecylamine, n-heptadecylamine, n-octadecylamine, and n-dodecylamine.

本發明的聚醯胺酸及其衍生物可在其單體中進而含有單異氰酸酯化合物。通過在單體中含有單異氰酸酯化合物,所獲得的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的末端得到修飾,分子量得到調節。通過使用所述末端修飾型的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物,例如可無損本發明的效果而改善液晶配向劑的塗布特性。就所述觀點而言,相對於單體中的二胺及四羧酸二酐的總量,單體中的單異氰酸酯化合物的含量優選1 mol%~10 mol%。作為所述單異氰酸酯化合物,例如可列舉:異氰酸苯酯、及異氰酸萘酯。The poly-proline and the derivative thereof of the present invention may further contain a monoisocyanate compound in the monomer. By containing a monoisocyanate compound in the monomer, the terminal of the obtained polyaminic acid or its derivative is modified, and the molecular weight is adjusted. By using the terminal-modified polyglycine or a derivative thereof, for example, the coating properties of the liquid crystal alignment agent can be improved without impairing the effects of the present invention. From this point of view, the content of the monoisocyanate compound in the monomer is preferably from 1 mol% to 10 mol% based on the total amount of the diamine and the tetracarboxylic dianhydride in the monomer. Examples of the monoisocyanate compound include phenyl isocyanate and naphthyl isocyanate.

本發明中,可適宜地使用具有光反應性結構的聚醯胺酸及其衍生物。所謂光反應性結構,例如可列舉:利用紫外線照射引起異構化的光異構化結構、引起分解的光分解結構、引起二聚化的光二聚化結構等。In the present invention, polylysine having a photoreactive structure and a derivative thereof can be suitably used. The photoreactive structure may, for example, be a photoisomerization structure which is isomerized by ultraviolet irradiation, a photodecomposition structure which causes decomposition, a photodimerization structure which causes dimerization, and the like.

將具有光反應性結構的聚醯胺酸及其衍生物設為聚合物(a)。聚合物(a)中,可將具有光反應性結構的二胺或具有光反應性結構四羧酸二酐及其衍生物用於原料中,也可併用具有光反應性結構的二胺與具有光反應性結構的四羧酸二酐及其衍生物。作為光反應性結構,可列舉由下述式(P-1)~式(P-7)所表示的結構。式(P-1)中,R61 獨立為氫原子、碳數1~5的烷基、或苯基。Polylysine having a photoreactive structure and a derivative thereof are referred to as polymer (a). In the polymer (a), a diamine having a photoreactive structure or a photoreactive structure tetracarboxylic dianhydride and a derivative thereof may be used in a raw material, or a diamine having a photoreactive structure may be used in combination with Photoreactive structure of tetracarboxylic dianhydride and its derivatives. The photoreactive structure is a structure represented by the following formula (P-1) to formula (P-7). In the formula (P-1), R 61 is independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group.

作為具有由式(P-1)所表示的引起光分解的光反應性結構的化合物,可列舉由下述式(PA-1)~式(PA-6)所表示的化合物。式(PA-3)~式(PA-6)中,R62 獨立為碳數1~5的烷基。 在式(P-1)所表示的化合物中,可適宜地使用所述式(PA-1)、式(PA-2)及式(PA-5)。The compound represented by the following formula (PA-1) to formula (PA-6) is exemplified as the compound having a photoreactive structure which causes photodecomposition represented by the formula (P-1). In the formulae (PA-3) to (PA-6), R 62 is independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Among the compounds represented by the formula (P-1), the formula (PA-1), the formula (PA-2) and the formula (PA-5) can be suitably used.

式(PA-1)~式(PA-6)所表示的化合物在作為以下液晶配向劑的材料而使用的情況下,可用作所述的不具有光反應性結構的四羧酸二酐,所述液晶配向劑為利用基於光異構化反應的液晶配向能的液晶配向劑、利用基於光二聚化的液晶配向能的液晶配向劑、或摩擦用液晶配向劑。When the compound represented by the formula (PA-1) to the formula (PA-6) is used as a material of the following liquid crystal alignment agent, it can be used as the tetracarboxylic dianhydride having no photoreactive structure. The liquid crystal alignment agent is a liquid crystal alignment agent using a liquid crystal alignment energy based on a photoisomerization reaction, a liquid crystal alignment agent using a liquid crystal alignment energy based on photodimerization, or a liquid crystal alignment agent for rubbing.

作為具有由式(P-2)~式(P-4)所表示的光反應性結構的化合物,可列舉由下述式(II-1)~式(VI-2)所表示的四羧酸二酐及二胺化合物。 Examples of the compound having a photoreactive structure represented by the formula (P-2) to the formula (P-4) include a tetracarboxylic acid represented by the following formula (II-1) to formula (VI-2). Di-anhydride and diamine compounds.

所述各式中,鍵結位置未固定在構成環的任一個碳原子上的基表示在所述環上的鍵結位置為任意;式(V-2)中,R6 獨立為-CH3 、-OCH3 、-CF3 、或-COOCH3 ,a獨立為0~2的整數;式(V-3)中,環A及環B分別獨立為選自單環式烴、縮合多環式烴及雜環的至少一種,R11 為碳數1~20的直鏈伸烷基、-COO-、-OCO-、-NHCO-或-N(CH3 )CO-,R12 為碳數1~20的直鏈伸烷基、-COO-、-OCO-、-NHCO-或-N(CH3 )CO-,R11 及R12 中,直鏈伸烷基的-CH2 -的一個或兩個可由-O-取代,R7 ~R10 分別獨立為-F、-CH3 、-OCH3 、-CF3 、或-OH,而且,b~e分別獨立為0~4的整數。In the above formula, the group in which the bonding position is not fixed to any one of the carbon atoms constituting the ring means that the bonding position on the ring is arbitrary; in the formula (V-2), R 6 is independently -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -CF 3 , or -COOCH 3 , a is independently an integer of 0 to 2; in the formula (V-3), ring A and ring B are each independently selected from a monocyclic hydrocarbon, a condensed polycyclic ring. At least one of a hydrocarbon and a heterocyclic ring, R 11 is a linear alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, -COO-, -OCO-, -NHCO- or -N(CH 3 )CO-, and R 12 is a carbon number of 1 ~20 of a linear alkyl group, -COO-, -OCO-, -NHCO- or -N(CH 3 )CO-, R 11 and R 12 , a linear alkyl group of -CH 2 - or Two may be substituted by -O-, and R 7 to R 10 are each independently -F, -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -CF 3 or -OH, and b to e are each independently an integer of 0 to 4.

就所述感光性的觀點而言,可特別適宜地使用所述式(V-1)、式(V-2)及式(VI-2)所表示的化合物。就所述配向性的觀點而言,可更適宜地使用式(V-2)及式(VI-2)中胺基的鍵結位置為對位的化合物,以及式(V-2)中a=0的化合物。From the viewpoint of the photosensitivity, the compounds represented by the above formula (V-1), formula (V-2) and formula (VI-2) can be used particularly suitably. From the viewpoint of the above-mentioned alignment, a compound in which the bonding position of the amine group in the formula (V-2) and the formula (VI-2) is para-position, and a in the formula (V-2) can be more suitably used. Compound with =0.

式(II-1)~式(VI-2)表示的具有可利用紫外線照射引起光異構化的結構的酸二酐或二胺可由下述式(II-1-1)~式(VI-2-3)具體地表示。 The acid dianhydride or diamine having a structure capable of photoisomerization by ultraviolet irradiation represented by the formula (II-1) to the formula (VI-2) can be represented by the following formula (II-1-1) to formula (VI-). 2-3) Specifically indicated.

通過將式(VI-1-1)~式(V-3-8)設為具有可利用紫外線照射而引起異構化的結構的化合物,能夠獲得對紫外線照射的感度更高的光配向用液晶配向劑。通過將式(V-1-1)、式(V-2-1)、式(V-2-4)~式(V-2-11)及式(V-3-1)~式(V-3-8)設為具有可利用紫外線照射而引起異構化的結構的化合物,能夠獲得可使液晶分子更一致地進行配向的光配向用液晶配向劑。通過將式(V-2-4)~式(V-3-8)設為具有可利用紫外線照射而引起異構化的結構的化合物,能夠獲得可使所形成的配向膜的著色進一步減少的光配向用液晶配向劑。By using the compound of the formula (VI-1-1) to the formula (V-3-8) having a structure capable of isomerization by ultraviolet irradiation, it is possible to obtain a liquid alignment liquid crystal having higher sensitivity to ultraviolet light irradiation. An aligning agent. By formula (V-1-1), formula (V-2-1), formula (V-2-4) to formula (V-2-11), and formula (V-3-1) to formula (V) -3-8) A compound having a structure capable of isomerization by irradiation with ultraviolet rays, and a liquid crystal alignment agent for photoalignment which can align liquid crystal molecules more uniformly can be obtained. By setting the formula (V-2-4) to the formula (V-3-8) as a compound having a structure capable of isomerization by ultraviolet irradiation, it is possible to obtain a color reduction which can further reduce the coloration of the formed alignment film. A liquid crystal alignment agent for light alignment.

其中,就當形成液晶配向膜時顯現更大的各向異性的觀點而言,可更適宜地使用式(V-2-1)所表示的化合物。Among them, the compound represented by the formula (V-2-1) can be more suitably used from the viewpoint of exhibiting greater anisotropy when the liquid crystal alignment film is formed.

作為具有式(P-5)~式(P-7)所表示的光反應性結構的化合物,可列舉由下述式(PDI-9)~式(PDI-13)所表示的二胺化合物。式(PDI-12)中,R54 為碳數1~10的烷基或烷氧基,烷基或烷氧基的至少一個氫可由氟取代。 可適宜地使用所述式(PDI-9)~式(PDI-11)。Examples of the compound having a photoreactive structure represented by the formula (P-5) to the formula (P-7) include a diamine compound represented by the following formula (PDI-9) to formula (PDI-13). In the formula (PDI-12), R 54 is an alkyl group or alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and at least one hydrogen of the alkyl group or alkoxy group may be substituted with fluorine. The above formula (PDI-9) to formula (PDI-11) can be suitably used.

在併用不具有光反應性結構(非感光性)的四羧酸二酐及具有光反應性結構(感光性)的四羧酸二酐的態樣中,為了防止液晶配向膜對光的感度的降低,相對於作為製造本發明的聚醯胺酸及其衍生物時的原料所使用的四羧酸二酐的總量,感光性四羧酸二酐優選0 mol%~70 mol%,特優選0 mol%~50 mol%。另外,為了改善對光的感度、電特性、殘像特性等所述各種特性,也可併用兩種以上的感光性四羧酸二酐。In the case of using a tetracarboxylic dianhydride having no photoreactive structure (non-photosensitive) and a tetracarboxylic dianhydride having a photoreactive structure (photosensitive property), in order to prevent the sensitivity of the liquid crystal alignment film to light The total amount of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride used as a raw material in the production of the poly-proline and the derivative of the present invention is preferably 0 mol% to 70 mol%, particularly preferably 0 mol% to 70 mol%. 0 mol% to 50 mol%. Further, in order to improve various characteristics such as sensitivity to light, electrical characteristics, and afterimage characteristics, two or more kinds of photosensitive tetracarboxylic dianhydrides may be used in combination.

在併用不具有光反應性結構(非感光性)的二胺及具有光反應性結構(感光性)的二胺的態樣中,為了防止配向膜對光的感度的降低,相對於作為製造本發明的聚醯胺酸及其衍生物時的原料所使用的二胺的總量,感光性二胺優選20 mol%~100 mol%,特優選50 mol%~100 mol%。另外,為了改善對光的感度、殘像特性等所述各種特性,也可併用兩種以上的感光性二胺。如上所述,在本發明的態樣中包含以非感光性四羧酸二酐佔據四羧酸二酐的總量的情況,即便在所述情況下也要求二胺的總量的最低20 mol%為感光性二胺。In the case where a diamine having no photoreactive structure (non-photosensitive) and a diamine having a photoreactive structure (photosensitive) are used in combination, in order to prevent a decrease in sensitivity of the alignment film to light, as a manufacturing cost The total amount of the diamine used in the raw material of the polyglycine and the derivative thereof is preferably 20 mol% to 100 mol%, particularly preferably 50 mol% to 100 mol%. Further, in order to improve various characteristics such as sensitivity to light and afterimage characteristics, two or more kinds of photosensitive diamines may be used in combination. As described above, in the aspect of the present invention, the case where the non-photosensitive tetracarboxylic dianhydride occupies the total amount of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride is contained, and even in the case, the minimum amount of the diamine is required to be 20 mol. % is a photosensitive diamine.

為了改善對光的感度、殘像特性等所述各種特性,可併用感光性四羧酸二酐及感光性二胺,也可分別併用兩種以上。In order to improve various characteristics such as sensitivity to light and afterimage characteristics, a photosensitive tetracarboxylic dianhydride and a photosensitive diamine may be used in combination, or two or more kinds may be used in combination.

本發明的聚醯胺酸及其衍生物可通過使所述的四羧酸二酐的混合物與二胺在溶劑中反應而獲得。在所述合成反應中,除原料的選擇以外,無需特別的條件,可直接應用通常的聚醯胺酸合成中的條件。對於所使用的溶劑將後述。The polyproline and its derivative of the present invention can be obtained by reacting a mixture of the above tetracarboxylic dianhydride with a diamine in a solvent. In the synthesis reaction, conditions other than the usual polyamine synthesis can be directly applied, except for the selection of the raw materials, without special conditions. The solvent to be used will be described later.

本發明的液晶配向劑中所含有的所述聚合物可以是一種,也可將兩種以上摻雜使用。在摻雜兩種以上的聚合物的態樣中,包含以下情況:聚合物的至少一種為使四羧酸二酐及二胺的至少一種與具有光反應性結構的原料單體反應而獲得的聚合物(a),除此以外的聚合物的至少一種為選自使不具有光反應性結構的四羧酸二酐及不具有光反應性結構的二胺反應而獲得的聚醯胺酸及其衍生物的至少一種的聚合物(b)。聚合物(a)可通過利用紫外線等能量線的照射而光反應性結構進行異構化、分解或二聚化,從而其結構產生變化,伴隨於此而具有使與所述高分子膜相接的液晶分子沿特定的方向配向(光配向)的性能。有時將此種聚合物與不具有光反應性結構的其他聚合物摻雜使用。The polymer contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention may be one type or two or more types of doping. In the aspect of doping two or more kinds of polymers, the case where at least one of the polymers is obtained by reacting at least one of a tetracarboxylic dianhydride and a diamine with a raw material monomer having a photoreactive structure At least one of the polymer (a) and the other polymer is selected from the group consisting of a polyamic acid obtained by reacting a tetracarboxylic dianhydride having no photoreactive structure and a diamine having no photoreactive structure, and a polymer (b) of at least one of its derivatives. The polymer (a) can be isomerized, decomposed, or dimerized by irradiation with an energy ray such as ultraviolet rays, and the structure thereof is changed, and the polymer film is brought into contact with the polymer film. The liquid crystal molecules are aligned (light alignment) in a specific direction. Such polymers are sometimes doped with other polymers that do not have a photoreactive structure.

本發明的液晶配向劑可進而含有聚醯胺酸或其衍生物以外的其他成分。其他成分可以是一種,也可以是兩種以上。作為其他成分,例如可列舉後述的其他聚合物或化合物等。The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention may further contain other components than polyglycine or a derivative thereof. The other components may be one type or two or more types. As another component, other polymers, compounds, etc. which are mentioned later are mentioned, for example.

本發明的液晶配向劑中,在將多種聚合物摻雜使用的情況下,控制各種聚合物的結構或分子量,如後述般,塗布在基板上,並進行預乾燥,由此,例如可使具有所述的光配向的功能的聚合物(a)分離為塗布膜的上層,使其以外的聚合物(b)分離為塗布膜的下層。在混合存在的聚合物中,其可通過利用將表面能量小的聚合物分離為上層,表面能量大的聚合物分離為下層的現象來進行控制。層分離的確認可通過以下方式確認:所形成的配向膜的表面能量為與利用僅含有所述聚合物(a)的液晶配向劑所形成的配向膜的表面能量相同或與其相近的值。In the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention, when a plurality of polymers are used by doping, the structure or molecular weight of each polymer is controlled, and as described later, it is applied onto a substrate and pre-dried, whereby, for example, it may have The photo-aligned polymer (a) is separated into the upper layer of the coating film, and the other polymer (b) is separated into the lower layer of the coating film. In the mixed polymer, it can be controlled by separating a polymer having a small surface energy into an upper layer and a polymer having a large surface energy as a lower layer. The confirmation of the layer separation was confirmed by the fact that the surface energy of the formed alignment film was the same as or close to the surface energy of the alignment film formed using the liquid crystal alignment agent containing only the polymer (a).

作為用於合成所述聚合物(b)的四羧酸二酐,可無限制地從作為用於合成本發明的液晶配向劑的必需成分即聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的四羧酸二酐所公知的四羧酸二酐中選擇,可列舉與所述例示的四羧酸二酐相同者。As the tetracarboxylic dianhydride for synthesizing the polymer (b), it can be used without limitation from the tetracarboxylic acid II which is an essential component for synthesizing the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention, that is, polyglycine or a derivative thereof The tetracarboxylic dianhydride which is known as an anhydride is selected, and the same as the above-mentioned tetracarboxylic dianhydride is mentioned.

其中,在重視提升層分離性的情況下,所述四羧酸二酐中,優選式(AN-3-2)、式(AN-1-13)、及式(AN-4-30)。Among them, in the case where the separation property of the layer is emphasized, the tetracarboxylic dianhydride is preferably a formula (AN-3-2), a formula (AN-1-13), and a formula (AN-4-30).

在重視提升液晶顯示元件的透過率的情況下,所述酸二酐中,優選由式(AN-1-1)、式(AN-1-2)、式(PA-1)、式(AN-3-1)、式(AN-4-17)、式(AN-4-30)、式(AN-5-1)、式(AN-7-2)、式(AN-10-1)、式(AN-10-2)、式(AN-16-3)、及式(AN-16-4)所表示的化合物。在式(AN-1-2)中,優選m=4或8。在式(AN-4-17)中,優選m=4、或8,更優選m=8。When it is important to increase the transmittance of the liquid crystal display device, the acid dianhydride preferably has the formula (AN-1-1), the formula (AN-1-2), the formula (PA-1), and the formula (AN). -3-1), formula (AN-4-17), formula (AN-4-30), formula (AN-5-1), formula (AN-7-2), formula (AN-10-1) A compound represented by the formula (AN-10-2), the formula (AN-16-3), and the formula (AN-16-4). In the formula (AN-1-2), m = 4 or 8 is preferred. In the formula (AN-4-17), m = 4 or 8, more preferably m = 8.

在重視提升液晶顯示元件的VHR的情況下,所述酸二酐中,優選由式(PA-1)、式(AN-4-17)、式(AN-7-2)、式(AN-10-1)、式(AN-10-2)、式(AN-16-1)、式(AN-16-3)及式(AN-16-4)所表示的化合物。在式(AN-1-2)及式(AN-4-17)中,優選m=4或8。In the case where the VHR of the liquid crystal display element is emphasized, the acid dianhydride preferably has the formula (PA-1), the formula (AN-4-17), the formula (AN-7-2), and the formula (AN-). 10-1), a compound represented by the formula (AN-10-2), the formula (AN-16-1), the formula (AN-16-3), and the formula (AN-16-4). In the formula (AN-1-2) and the formula (AN-4-17), m = 4 or 8 is preferred.

作為防止燒痕的方法之一,有效的是通過使液晶配向膜的體積電阻值降低而使配向膜中的殘留電荷(殘留DC)的緩和速度提升。在重視所述目的的情況下,所述四羧酸二酐中,優選由式(AN-1-13)、式(AN-3-2)、式(AN-4-21)、式(AN-4-29)、及式(AN-11-3)所表示的化合物。As one of methods for preventing burn marks, it is effective to increase the relaxation speed of residual electric charge (residual DC) in the alignment film by lowering the volume resistance value of the liquid crystal alignment film. When the above object is emphasized, the tetracarboxylic dianhydride preferably has the formula (AN-1-13), the formula (AN-3-2), the formula (AN-4-21), and the formula (AN). -4-29), and a compound represented by the formula (AN-11-3).

關於用於合成聚合物(b)的四羧酸二酐,優選相對於所有四羧酸二酐而包含10 mol%以上的芳香族四羧酸二酐,更優選包含30 mol%以上的芳香族四羧酸二酐。The tetracarboxylic dianhydride used for the synthesis of the polymer (b) preferably contains 10 mol% or more of an aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride with respect to all tetracarboxylic dianhydrides, and more preferably contains 30 mol% or more of aromatics. Tetracarboxylic dianhydride.

作為用於合成聚合物(b)的二胺及二醯肼,可列舉與作為可用於合成本發明的液晶配向劑的必需成分即聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的其他二胺而在上文例示的二胺相同者。Examples of the diamine and the dioxime used for the synthesis of the polymer (b) include the other diamines which are polyamines or derivatives thereof which are essential components for synthesizing the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention. The exemplified diamines are the same.

其中,在重視層分離性即進一步提升液晶的配向性的情況下,所述二胺及二醯肼中,優選使用由式(DI-4-1)、式(DI-4-2)、式(DI-4-10)、式(DI-5-1)、式(DI-5-9)、式(DI-5-28)、及式(DIH-2-1)所表示的化合物。在式(DI-5-1)中,優選m=1、2、或4,更優選m=1、或2。In the case where the layer separation property is emphasized, that is, the alignment property of the liquid crystal is further improved, it is preferable to use the formula (DI-4-1), the formula (DI-4-2), and the formula in the diamine and the dioxime. (DI-4-10), a compound represented by the formula (DI-5-1), the formula (DI-5-9), the formula (DI-5-28), and the formula (DIH-2-1). In the formula (DI-5-1), m = 1, 2, or 4 is preferable, and m = 1, or 2 is more preferable.

在重視提升透過率的情況下,所述二胺及二醯肼中,優選使用由式(DI-1-2)、式(DI-2-1)、式(DI-5-1)、及式(DI-7-3)所表示的二胺,更優選由式(DI-2-1)所表示的二胺。式(DI-5-1)中,優選m=1、2、或4,更優選m=1、或2。在式(DI-7-3)中,優選m=2或3,且n=1或2,更優選m=1。When it is important to increase the transmittance, it is preferable to use the formula (DI-1-2), the formula (DI-2-1), the formula (DI-5-1), and the diamine and the dioxime. The diamine represented by the formula (DI-7-3) is more preferably a diamine represented by the formula (DI-2-1). In the formula (DI-5-1), m = 1, 2, or 4 is preferable, and m = 1, or 2 is more preferable. In the formula (DI-7-3), m = 2 or 3 is preferable, and n = 1 or 2, and more preferably m = 1.

在重視提升液晶顯示元件的VHR的情況下,所述二胺及二醯肼中,優選使用由式(DI-2-1)、式(DI-4-1)、式(DI-4-2)、式(DI-4-15)、式(DI-5-1)、式(DI-5-28)、式(DI-5-30)、式(DI-13-1)及式(DI-13-56)所表示的二胺。更優選由式(DI-2-1)、式(DI-5-1)、式(DI-13-1)及式(DI-36-14)所表示的二胺。式(DI-5-1)中,優選m=1、或2。式(DI-5-30)中,優選k=2。In the case where the VHR of the liquid crystal display element is emphasized, in the diamine and the dioxime, it is preferred to use the formula (DI-2-1), the formula (DI-4-1), and the formula (DI-4-2). ), formula (DI-4-15), formula (DI-5-1), formula (DI-5-28), formula (DI-5-30), formula (DI-13-1) and formula (DI -13-56) The diamine represented. More preferably, the diamine represented by the formula (DI-2-1), the formula (DI-5-1), the formula (DI-13-1), and the formula (DI-36-14). In the formula (DI-5-1), m=1 or 2 is preferable. In the formula (DI-5-30), k = 2 is preferred.

作為防止燒痕的方法之一,有效的是通過使液晶配向膜的體積電阻值降低而使配向膜中的殘留電荷(殘留DC)的緩和速度提升。在重視所述目的的情況下,所述二胺及二醯肼中,優選使用由式(DI-4-1)、式(DI-4-2)、式(DI-4-10)、式(DI-4-15)、式(DI-5-1)、式(DI-5-9)、式(DI-5-12)、式(DI-5-13)、式(DI-5-28)、式(DI-5-30)、及式(DI-16-1)所表示的化合物,更優選由式(DI-4-1)、式(DI-5-1)、及式(DI-5-12)所表示的二胺。在式(DI-5-1)中,優選m=1、或2。式(DI-5-12)中,優選m=2~6,更優選m=5。式(DI-5-13)中,優選m=1、或2,更優選m=1。式(DI-5-30)中,優選k=2。As one of methods for preventing burn marks, it is effective to increase the relaxation speed of residual electric charge (residual DC) in the alignment film by lowering the volume resistance value of the liquid crystal alignment film. In the case where the above object is emphasized, in the diamine and the dioxime, it is preferred to use the formula (DI-4-1), the formula (DI-4-2), the formula (DI-4-10), (DI-4-15), formula (DI-5-1), formula (DI-5-9), formula (DI-5-12), formula (DI-5-13), formula (DI-5- 28), a compound represented by the formula (DI-5-30) and the formula (DI-16-1), more preferably a formula (DI-4-1), a formula (DI-5-1), and a formula ( Diamine represented by DI-5-12). In the formula (DI-5-1), m=1 or 2 is preferable. In the formula (DI-5-12), m = 2 to 6, preferably m = 5. In the formula (DI-5-13), m=1 or 2 is preferable, and m=1 is more preferable. In the formula (DI-5-30), k = 2 is preferred.

關於用於合成聚合物(b)的二胺,優選相對於所有二胺而包含30 mol%以上的芳香族二胺,更優選包含50 mol%以上的芳香族二胺。The diamine used for the synthesis of the polymer (b) preferably contains 30 mol% or more of an aromatic diamine with respect to all diamines, and more preferably contains 50 mol% or more of an aromatic diamine.

本發明的液晶配向劑中,作為聚合物(a)相對於所述聚合物(a)及聚合物(b)的合計量的比例,優選10 wt%~100 wt%,進而更優選20 wt%~100 wt%。In the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention, the ratio of the polymer (a) to the total amount of the polymer (a) and the polymer (b) is preferably 10% by weight to 100% by weight, and more preferably 20% by weight. ~100 wt%.

本發明的液晶配向劑也可進而含有本發明的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物以外的其他成分。其他成分可以是一種,也可以是兩種以上。作為其他成分,例如可列舉後述的其他聚合物或化合物等。The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention may further contain other components than the polyaminic acid of the present invention or a derivative thereof. The other components may be one type or two or more types. As another component, other polymers, compounds, etc. which are mentioned later are mentioned, for example.

作為其他聚合物,可列舉:聚酯、聚醯胺、聚矽氧烷、纖維素衍生物、聚縮醛、聚苯乙烯衍生物、聚(苯乙烯-苯基順丁烯二醯亞胺)衍生物、聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。可以是一種,也可以是兩種以上。這些聚合物中,優選其他聚醯胺酸或其衍生物及聚矽氧烷,更優選其他聚醯胺酸或其衍生物。Examples of the other polymer include polyester, polyamine, polyoxyalkylene, cellulose derivative, polyacetal, polystyrene derivative, and poly(styrene-phenylmethylenebuteneimide). Derivatives, poly(meth)acrylates, and the like. It may be one type or two or more types. Among these polymers, other polyaminic acid or a derivative thereof and polyoxyalkylene oxide are preferable, and other polylysine or a derivative thereof is more preferable.

作為所述聚矽氧烷,可進而含有日本專利特開2009-036966、日本專利特開2010-185001、日本專利特開2011-102963、日本專利特開2011-253175、日本專利特開2012-159825、國際公開2008/044644、國際公開2009/148099、國際公開2010/074261、國際公開2010/074264、國際公開2010/126108、國際公開2011/068123、國際公開2011/068127、國際公開2011/068128、國際公開2012/115157、國際公開2012/165354等中所揭示的聚矽氧烷。The polyoxane may further include Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2009-036966, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2010-18500, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2011-102963, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2011-253175, and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012-159825 , International Publications 2008/044644, International Publications 2009/148099, International Publications 2010/074261, International Publications 2010/074264, International Publications 2010/126108, International Publications 2011/068123, International Publications 2011/068127, International Publications 2011/068128, International The polyoxyalkylene disclosed in 2012/115157, International Publication No. 2012/165354, and the like.

另外,本發明的液晶配向劑可進而含有由式(1)所表示的化合物以外的添加劑。作為由式(1)所表示的化合物以外的添加劑,例如可列舉烯基取代納迪克醯亞胺化合物、噁嗪化合物、噁唑啉化合物、式(1)所表示的化合物以外的環氧化合物、聚醯胺酸及其衍生物以外的高分子化合物、以及其他低分子化合物,可根據各自的目的進行選擇使用。Further, the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention may further contain an additive other than the compound represented by the formula (1). Examples of the additives other than the compound represented by the formula (1) include an alkenyl-substituted nadic ylidene imine compound, an oxazine compound, an oxazoline compound, and an epoxy compound other than the compound represented by the formula (1). Polymer compounds other than polyamine and its derivatives, and other low molecular compounds can be selected and used according to their respective purposes.

<烯基取代納迪克醯亞胺化合物> 就使液晶顯示元件的電特性長期穩定的目的而言,本發明的液晶配向劑可進而含有烯基取代納迪克醯亞胺化合物。烯基取代納迪克醯亞胺化合物可使用一種,也可以併用兩種以上。就所述目的而言,相對於聚醯胺酸或其衍生物,烯基取代納迪克醯亞胺化合物的含量優選1 wt%~100 wt%,更優選1 wt%~70 wt%,進而更優選1 wt%~50 wt%。 以下對納迪克醯亞胺化合物進行具體說明。<Alkenyl Substituted Nadickimide Compound> The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention may further contain an alkenyl-substituted nadic ylidene imide compound for the purpose of stabilizing the electrical properties of the liquid crystal display device for a long period of time. The alkenyl-substituted nadicylimine compound may be used singly or in combination of two or more. For the purpose described, the content of the alkenyl-substituted nadic ylidene compound is preferably from 1% by weight to 100% by weight, more preferably from 1% by weight to 70% by weight, and furthermore, relative to the poly-proline or its derivative. It is preferably from 1 wt% to 50 wt%. The Nadik imine compound is specifically described below.

烯基取代納迪克醯亞胺化合物優選可溶解在溶解本發明中所使用的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的溶劑中的化合物。此種烯基取代納迪克醯亞胺化合物的例子可列舉由下述的式(NA)所表示的化合物。 The alkenyl-substituted nadicylimine compound is preferably a compound which is soluble in a solvent which dissolves the poly-proline or a derivative thereof used in the present invention. Examples of such an alkenyl-substituted nadicylimine compound include compounds represented by the following formula (NA).

式(NA)中,L1 及L2 獨立為氫、碳數1~12的烷基、碳數3~6的烯基、碳數5~8的環烷基、碳數6~12的芳基或苄基,n為1或2。In the formula (NA), L 1 and L 2 are independently hydrogen, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, and an aromatic group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms. Base or benzyl, n is 1 or 2.

式(NA)中,當n=1時,W為碳數1~12的烷基、碳數2~6的烯基、碳數5~8的環烷基、碳數6~12的芳基、苄基、由-Z1 -(O)r -(Z2 O)k -Z3 -H(此處,Z1 、Z2 及Z3 獨立為碳數2~6的伸烷基,r為0或1,而且,k為1~30的整數)所表示的基、由-(Z4 )r -B-Z5 -H(此處,Z4 及Z5 獨立為碳數1~4的伸烷基或碳數5~8的伸環烷基,B為伸苯基,而且,r為0或1)所表示的基、由-B-T-B-H(此處,B為伸苯基,而且,T為-CH2 -、-C(CH3 )2 -、-O-、-CO-、-S-、或-SO2 -)所表示的基、或這些基的一個氫~三個氫經-OH取代的基。In the formula (NA), when n=1, W is an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, and an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms. , benzyl, from -Z 1 -(O) r -(Z 2 O) k -Z 3 -H (here, Z 1 , Z 2 and Z 3 are independently an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, r A group represented by 0 or 1 and k is an integer of 1 to 30, and -(Z 4 ) r -BZ 5 -H (wherein Z 4 and Z 5 are independently a carbon number of 1 to 4) An alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, B is a phenyl group, and r is a group represented by 0 or 1), and is represented by -BTBH (wherein B is a stretching phenyl group, and T is a group represented by -CH 2 -, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -O-, -CO-, -S-, or -SO 2 -), or a hydrogen to three hydrogen groups of these groups -OH Substituted base.

此時,優選的W為碳數1~8的烷基、碳數3~4的烯基、環己基、苯基、苄基、碳數4~10的聚(伸乙氧基)乙基、苯氧基苯基、苯基甲基苯基、苯基亞異丙基苯基、及這些基的一個氫或兩個氫經-OH取代的基。In this case, preferred W is an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 3 to 4 carbon atoms, a cyclohexyl group, a phenyl group, a benzyl group, or a poly(ethyleneoxy)ethyl group having 4 to 10 carbon atoms. A phenoxyphenyl group, a phenylmethylphenyl group, a phenylisopropylidenephenyl group, and a group in which one hydrogen or two hydrogens of these groups are substituted with -OH.

式(NA)中,當n=2時,W為碳數2~20的伸烷基、碳數5~8的伸環烷基、碳數6~12的伸芳基、由-Z1 -O-(Z2 O)k -Z3 -(此處,Z1 ~Z3 、及k的定義如上所述)所表示的基、由-Z4 -B-Z5 -(此處,Z4 、Z5 及B的定義如上所述)所表示的基、由-B-(O-B)r -T-(B-O)r -B-(此處,B為伸苯基,T為碳數1~3的伸烷基、-O-或-SO2 -,r的定義如上所述)所表示的基、或這些基的一個氫~三個氫經-OH取代的基。In the formula (NA), when n=2, W is an alkylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a cycloalkylene group having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, an extended aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and -Z 1 - a group represented by O-(Z 2 O) k -Z 3 - (here, Z 1 - Z 3 and k are as defined above), and -Z 4 -BZ 5 - (here, Z 4 , Z 5 and B are as defined above), represented by -B-(OB) r -T-(BO) r -B- (where B is a phenyl group and T is a carbon number of 1-3). The alkyl group, -O- or -SO 2 -, r is as defined above, the group represented by the group, or the group of one hydrogen to three hydrogens of these groups substituted by -OH.

此時,優選的W為碳數2~12的伸烷基、伸環己基、伸苯基、苯亞甲基、苯二甲基、由-C3 H6 -O-(Z2 -O)n -O-C3 H6 -(此處,Z2 為碳數2~6的伸烷基,n為1或2)所表示的基、由-B-T-B-(此處,B為伸苯基,而且,T為-CH2 -、-O-或-SO2 -)所表示的基、由-B-O-B-C3 H6 -B-O-B-(此處,B為伸苯基)所表示的基、及這些基的一個氫或兩個氫經-OH取代的基。In this case, preferred W is an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, a cyclohexylene group, a phenylene group, a benzylidene group, a benzene dimethyl group, and a -C 3 H 6 -O-(Z 2 -O) group. a group represented by n -OC 3 H 6 - (here, Z 2 is an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and n is 1 or 2), and is represented by -BTB- (wherein B is a stretching phenyl group, and , T is a group represented by -CH 2 -, -O- or -SO 2 -), a group represented by -BOBC 3 H 6 -BOB- (here, B is a stretching phenyl group), and a group of these groups One hydrogen or two hydrogen-substituted groups.

此種烯基取代納迪克醯亞胺化合物可使用例如如日本專利2729565號公報中所記載般,通過將烯基取代納迪克酸酐衍生物與二胺在80℃~220℃的溫度下保持0.5小時~20小時來進行合成而獲得的化合物、或市售的化合物。作為烯基取代納迪克醯亞胺化合物的具體例,可列舉以下所示的化合物。Such an alkenyl-substituted nadicylimine compound can be maintained by heating an alkenyl-substituted nadic anhydride anhydride and a diamine at a temperature of from 80 ° C to 220 ° C for 0.5 hour, as described in Japanese Patent No. 2,729,565. A compound obtained by the synthesis in ~20 hours or a commercially available compound. Specific examples of the alkenyl-substituted nadicylimine compound include the compounds shown below.

N-甲基-烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、N-甲基-烯丙基甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、N-甲基-甲基烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、N-甲基-甲基烯丙基甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、N-(2-乙基己基)-烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、 N-(2-乙基己基)-烯丙基(甲基)雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、N-烯丙基-烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、N-烯丙基-烯丙基甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、N-烯丙基-甲基烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、N-異丙烯基-烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、N-異丙烯基-烯丙基(甲基)雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、N-異丙烯基-甲基烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、N-環己基-烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、N-環己基-烯丙基(甲基)雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、N-環己基-甲基烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、N-苯基-烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、N-methyl-allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolimine, N-methyl-allylmethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5- Alkene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine, N-methyl-methylallyl bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine, N-methyl-A Allylmethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindenine, N-(2-ethylhexyl)-allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5 -ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine, N-(2-ethylhexyl)-allyl (methyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy fluorene Amine, N-allyl-allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolimine, N-allyl-allylmethylbicyclo[2.2.1] Hg-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine, N-allyl-methylallyl bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine, N -Isopropenyl-allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyarminemine, N-isopropenyl-allyl (methyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]g -5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine, N-isopropenyl-methylallyl bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine, N- Cyclohexyl-allyl bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine, N-cyclohexyl-allyl (methyl) double [2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine, N-cyclohexyl-methylallyl bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyfluorene Imine, N-phenyl-allyl bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine,

N-苯基-烯丙基(甲基)雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、N-苄基-烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、N-苄基-烯丙基甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、N-苄基-甲基烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、N-(2-羥乙基)-烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、N-(2-羥乙基)-烯丙基(甲基)雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、N-(2-羥乙基)-甲基烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、N-phenyl-allyl (methyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolimine, N-benzyl-allylbicyclo[2.2.1]heptane- 5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine, N-benzyl-allylmethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine, N-benzyl -Methylallylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolimine, N-(2-hydroxyethyl)-allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5 -ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine, N-(2-hydroxyethyl)-allyl (methyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy fluorene Amine, N-(2-hydroxyethyl)-methylallylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyarminemine,

N-(2,2-二甲基-3-羥丙基)-烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、N-(2,2-二甲基-3-羥丙基)-烯丙基(甲基)雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、N-(2,3-二羥丙基)-烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、N-(2,3-二羥丙基)-烯丙基(甲基)雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、N-(3-羥基-1-丙烯基)-烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、N-(4-羥基環己基)-烯丙基(甲基)雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、N-(2,2-dimethyl-3-hydroxypropyl)-allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine, N-(2,2- Dimethyl-3-hydroxypropyl)-allyl (methyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine, N-(2,3-dihydroxypropane -Allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolimine, N-(2,3-dihydroxypropyl)-allyl(methyl)bicyclo[ 2.2.1] hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine, N-(3-hydroxy-1-propenyl)-allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2, 3-dicarboxy quinone imine, N-(4-hydroxycyclohexyl)-allyl (methyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine,

N-(4-羥苯基)-烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、N-(4-羥苯基)-烯丙基(甲基)雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、N-(4-羥苯基)-甲基烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、N-(4-羥苯基)-甲基烯丙基甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、N-(3-羥苯基)-烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、N-(3-羥苯基)-烯丙基(甲基)雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、N-(對羥基苄基)-烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、N-{2-(2-羥基乙氧基)乙基}-烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、N-(4-Hydroxyphenyl)-allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindenine, N-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-allyl (A Bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolimine, N-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-methylallylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene -2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine, N-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-methylallylmethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine, N-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolimine, N-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-allyl (A Bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolimine, N-(p-hydroxybenzyl)-allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2, 3-dicarboxy quinone imine, N-{2-(2-hydroxyethoxy)ethyl}-allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine,

N-{2-(2-羥基乙氧基)乙基}-烯丙基(甲基)雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、N-{2-(2-羥基乙氧基)乙基}-甲基烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、N-{2-(2-羥基乙氧基)乙基}-甲基烯丙基甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、N-[2-{2-(2-羥基乙氧基)乙氧基}乙基]-烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、N-[2-{2-(2-羥基乙氧基)乙氧基}乙基]-烯丙基(甲基)雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、N-[2-{2-(2-羥基乙氧基)乙氧基}乙基]-甲基烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、N-{4-(4-羥苯基亞異丙基)苯基}-烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、N-{4-(4-羥苯基亞異丙基)苯基}-烯丙基(甲基)雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、N-{4-(4-羥苯基亞異丙基)苯基}-甲基烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、及它們的寡聚物、N-{2-(2-hydroxyethoxy)ethyl}-allyl (methyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine, N-{2 -(2-hydroxyethoxy)ethyl}-methylallylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyarminemine, N-{2-(2-hydroxyethyl) Oxy)ethyl}-methylallylmethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindenine, N-[2-{2-(2-hydroxyethoxy) Ethyloxy}ethyl]-allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyarminemine, N-[2-{2-(2-hydroxyethoxy) Ethoxy}ethyl]-allyl (methyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolimine, N-[2-{2-(2-hydroxyl) Ethoxy)ethoxy}ethyl]-methylallylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolimine, N-{4-(4-hydroxyphenyl) Isopropyl)phenyl}-allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyarminemine, N-{4-(4-hydroxyphenylisopropylidene) Phenyl}-allyl (methyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine, N-{4-(4-hydroxyphenyl isopropylidene)benzene 5-methylallyl bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine, and oligomers thereof,

N,N'-伸乙基-雙(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-伸乙基-雙(烯丙基甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-伸乙基-雙(甲基烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-三亞甲基-雙(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-六亞甲基-雙(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-六亞甲基-雙(烯丙基甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-十二亞甲基-雙(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-十二亞甲基-雙(烯丙基甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-伸環己基-雙(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-伸環己基-雙(烯丙基甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-Extended ethyl-bis(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindenine), N,N'-extended ethyl-bis(allyl Methylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolimine), N,N'-extended ethyl-bis(methylallylbicyclo[2.2.1]heptane- 5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine), N,N'-trimethylene-bis(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine ), N,N'-hexamethylene-bis(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindenine), N,N'-hexamethylene- Bis(allylmethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolimine), N,N'-dodecyl-bis(allylbicyclo[2.2. 1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolimine), N,N'-dodecamethylene-bis(allylmethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2 ,3-dicarboxy quinone imine), N,N'-cyclohexylene-bis(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine), N,N '-Extended cyclohexyl-bis(allylmethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolimine),

1,2-雙{3'-(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)丙氧基}乙烷、1,2-雙{3'-(烯丙基甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)丙氧基}乙烷、1,2-雙{3'-(甲基烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)丙氧基}乙烷、雙[2'-{3'-(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)丙氧基}乙基]醚、雙[2'-{3'-(烯丙基甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)丙氧基}乙基]醚、1,4-雙{3'-(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)丙氧基}丁烷、1,4-雙{3'-(烯丙基甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)丙氧基}丁烷、1,2-bis{3'-(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolide)propoxy}ethane, 1,2-double {3' -(allylmethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolide)propoxy}ethane, 1,2-bis{3'-(methylallyl Bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolimine)propoxy}ethane, bis[2'-{3'-(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]g -5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolimine)propoxy}ethyl]ether, bis[2'-{3'-(allylmethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene -2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine) propoxy}ethyl]ether, 1,4-bis{3'-(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-di Carboxylimine]propoxy}butane, 1,4-bis{3'-(allylmethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyarmineimine) Oxy}butane,

N,N'-對伸苯基-雙(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-對伸苯基-雙(烯丙基甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-間伸苯基-雙(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-間伸苯基-雙(烯丙基甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-{(1-甲基)-2,4-伸苯基}-雙(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-對苯二甲基-雙(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-對苯二甲基-雙(烯丙基甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-間苯二甲基-雙(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-間苯二甲基-雙(烯丙基甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-p-phenyl-bis(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindenine), N,N'-p-phenylene-bis( Allylmethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolimine), N,N'-meta-phenyl-bis(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]g -5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine), N,N'-meta-phenyl-bis(allylmethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-di Carboxylimine), N,N'-{(1-methyl)-2,4-phenylene}-bis(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-di Carboxylimine), N,N'-p-xylylene-bis(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindenine), N,N'- P-Benzyl-bis(allylmethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindenine), N,N'-m-xylylene-bis(ene) Propyl bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine), N,N'-m-xylylene-bis(allylmethylbicyclo[2.2.1]g -5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine),

2,2-雙[4-{4-(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)苯氧基}苯基]丙烷、2,2-雙[4-{4-(烯丙基甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)苯氧基}苯基]丙烷、2,2-雙[4-{4-(甲基烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)苯氧基}苯基]丙烷、雙{4-(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)苯基}甲烷、雙{4-(烯丙基甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)苯基}甲烷、2,2-bis[4-{4-(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolimine)phenoxy}phenyl]propane, 2,2- Bis[4-{4-(allylmethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolimine)phenoxy}phenyl]propane, 2,2-dual [ 4-{4-(methylallylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolimine)phenoxy}phenyl]propane, double {4-(allyl) Bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolimine)phenyl}methane, bis{4-(allylmethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2 , 3-dicarboxy quinone imine) phenyl} methane,

雙{4-(甲基烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)苯基}甲烷、雙{4-(甲基烯丙基甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)苯基}甲烷、雙{4-(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)苯基}醚、雙{4-(烯丙基甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)苯基}醚、雙{4-(甲基烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)苯基}醚、雙{4-(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)苯基}碸、雙{4-(烯丙基甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)苯基}碸、Double {4-(methylallylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolide)phenyl}methane, bis{4-(methylallylmethylbicyclo) [2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyinimide)phenyl}methane, bis{4-(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3- Dicarboxy quinone imine) phenyl} ether, bis {4-(allylmethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine) phenyl} ether, double { 4-(Methylallylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolide)phenyl}ether, bis{4-(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]g -5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine) phenyl} fluorene, bis{4-(allylmethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy fluorene Amine)phenyl}anthracene,

雙{4-(甲基烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)苯基}碸、1,6-雙(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)-3-羥基-己烷、1,12-雙(甲基烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)-3,6-二羥基-十二烷、1,3-雙(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)-5-羥基-環己烷、1,5-雙{3'-(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)丙氧基}-3-羥基-戊烷、1,4-雙(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)-2-羥基-苯、Double {4-(methylallylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolide)phenyl}indole, 1,6-bis(allylbicyclo[2.2. 1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolimine)-3-hydroxy-hexane, 1,12-bis(methylallylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2 ,3-dicarboxy quinoid imine)-3,6-dihydroxy-dodecane, 1,3-bis(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy fluorene Amine)-5-hydroxy-cyclohexane, 1,5-bis{3'-(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolimine)propoxy} 3-hydroxy-pentane, 1,4-bis(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolide)-2-hydroxy-benzene,

1,4-雙(烯丙基甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)-2,5-二羥基-苯、N,N'-對(2-羥基)苯二甲基-雙(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-對(2-羥基)苯二甲基-雙(烯丙基甲基環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-間(2-羥基)苯二甲基-雙(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-間(2-羥基)苯二甲基-雙(甲基烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-對(2,3-二羥基)苯二甲基-雙(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、1,4-Bis(allylmethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolimine)-2,5-dihydroxy-benzene, N,N'-pair ( 2-hydroxy)benzenedimethyl-bis(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindenine), N,N'-p-(2-hydroxy)benzene Methyl-bis(allylmethylcyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolimine), N,N'-m-(2-hydroxy)benzylidene-double (allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindenine), N,N'-m-(2-hydroxy)benzyl-bis(methallyl) Bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolimine), N,N'-p-(2,3-dihydroxy)benzenedimethyl-bis(allylbicyclo[2.2 .1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxynonimine),

2,2-雙[4-{4-(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)-2-羥基-苯氧基}苯基]丙烷、雙{4-(烯丙基甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)-2-羥基-苯基}甲烷、雙{3-(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)-4-羥基-苯基}醚、雙{3-(甲基烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)-5-羥基-苯基}碸、1,1,1-三{4-(烯丙基甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)}苯氧基甲基丙烷、N,N',N''-三(伸乙基甲基烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)異三聚氰酸酯、及它們的寡聚物等。2,2-bis[4-{4-(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolimine)-2-hydroxy-phenoxy}phenyl]propane , double {4-(allylmethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolimine)-2-hydroxy-phenyl}methane, double {3-(allyl Bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolimine)-4-hydroxy-phenyl}ether, bis{3-(methylallylbicyclo[2.2.1]g -5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolimine)-5-hydroxy-phenyl}indole, 1,1,1-tris{4-(allylmethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5 -ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine)}phenoxymethylpropane, N,N',N''-tris(ethylethylallylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5- Alkene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine) isomeric cyanurate, and oligomers thereof.

進而,本發明中所使用的烯基取代納迪克醯亞胺化合物可為含有非對稱的伸烷基·伸苯基的由下述的式所表示的化合物。 Further, the alkenyl-substituted nadicylimine compound used in the present invention may be a compound represented by the following formula containing an asymmetric alkylene group.

以下表示烯基取代納迪克醯亞胺化合物中的優選的化合物。 N,N'-伸乙基-雙(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-伸乙基-雙(烯丙基甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-伸乙基-雙(甲基烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-三亞甲基-雙(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-六亞甲基-雙(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-六亞甲基-雙(烯丙基甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-十二亞甲基-雙(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-十二亞甲基-雙(烯丙基甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-伸環己基-雙(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-伸環己基-雙(烯丙基甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、 N,N'-對伸苯基-雙(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-對伸苯基-雙(烯丙基甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-間伸苯基-雙(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-間伸苯基-雙(烯丙基甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-{(1-甲基)-2,4-伸苯基}-雙(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-對苯二甲基-雙(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-對苯二甲基-雙(烯丙基甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-間苯二甲基-雙(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-間苯二甲基-雙(烯丙基甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、2,2-雙[4-{4-(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)苯氧基}苯基]丙烷、2,2-雙[4-{4-(烯丙基甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)苯氧基}苯基]丙烷、2,2-雙[4-{4-(甲基烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)苯氧基}苯基]丙烷、雙{4-(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)苯基}甲烷、雙{4-(烯丙基甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)苯基}甲烷、 雙{4-(甲基烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)苯基}甲烷、雙{4-(甲基烯丙基甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)苯基}甲烷、雙{4-(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)苯基}醚、雙{4-(烯丙基甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)苯基}醚、雙{4-(甲基烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)苯基}醚、雙{4-(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)苯基}碸、雙{4-(烯丙基甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)苯基}碸、雙{4-(甲基烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)苯基}碸。Preferred compounds among the alkenyl substituted nadic quinone imine compounds are shown below. N,N'-Extended ethyl-bis(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindenine), N,N'-extended ethyl-bis(allyl Methylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolimine), N,N'-extended ethyl-bis(methylallylbicyclo[2.2.1]heptane- 5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine), N,N'-trimethylene-bis(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine ), N,N'-hexamethylene-bis(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindenine), N,N'-hexamethylene- Bis(allylmethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolimine), N,N'-dodecyl-bis(allylbicyclo[2.2. 1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolimine), N,N'-dodecamethylene-bis(allylmethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2 ,3-dicarboxy quinone imine), N,N'-cyclohexylene-bis(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine), N,N '-Extended cyclohexyl-bis(allylmethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolimine), N,N'-p-phenylene-bis(allyl Bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolimine), N,N'-p-phenylene-bis(allylmethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5 -ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine), N,N'- Phenyl-bis(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindenine), N,N'-meta-phenyl-bis(allylmethylbicyclo) [2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindenine), N,N'-{(1-methyl)-2,4-phenylene}-bis(allyl bicyclol) [2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindenine), N,N'-p-xylylene-bis(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene- 2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine), N,N'-p-xylylene-bis(allylmethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine ), N, N'-m-xylylene-bis(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolide), N,N'-m-xylylene Base-bis(allylmethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolimine), 2,2-bis[4-{4-(allylbicyclo[2.2 .1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolimine)phenoxy}phenyl]propane, 2,2-bis[4-{4-(allylmethylbicyclo[2.2.1 ]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine)phenoxy}phenyl]propane, 2,2-bis[4-{4-(methylallylbicyclo[2.2.1]g -5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolimine)phenoxy}phenyl]propane, bis{4-(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyl醯imino)phenyl}methane, double {4-(allylmethyl double [2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxylimenine)phenyl}methane, bis{4-(methylallylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2, 3-dicarboxy quinone imine) phenyl}methane, bis{4-(methylallylmethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindenine)phenyl} Methane, bis{4-(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyarmineimine)phenyl}ether, bis{4-(allylmethylbicyclo[2.2 .1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinazoline)phenyl}ether, bis{4-(methylallylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3- Dicarboxy quinone imine) phenyl} ether, bis {4-(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine) phenyl} fluorene, double {4- (allylmethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolide)phenyl}indole, double {4-(methylallylbicyclo[2.2.1]g -5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinhoimine) phenyl} fluorene.

以下表示更優選的烯基取代納迪克醯亞胺化合物。 N,N'-伸乙基-雙(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-伸乙基-雙(烯丙基甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-伸乙基-雙(甲基烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-三亞甲基-雙(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-六亞甲基-雙(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-六亞甲基-雙(烯丙基甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-十二亞甲基-雙(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-十二亞甲基-雙(烯丙基甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-伸環己基-雙(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-伸環己基-雙(烯丙基甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、 N,N'-對伸苯基-雙(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-對伸苯基-雙(烯丙基甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-間伸苯基-雙(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-間伸苯基-雙(烯丙基甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-{(1-甲基)-2,4-伸苯基}-雙(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-對苯二甲基-雙(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-對苯二甲基-雙(烯丙基甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-間苯二甲基-雙(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-間苯二甲基-雙(烯丙基甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、 2,2-雙[4-{4-(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)苯氧基}苯基]丙烷、2,2-雙[4-{4-(烯丙基甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)苯氧基}苯基]丙烷、2,2-雙[4-{4-(甲基烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)苯氧基}苯基]丙烷、雙{4-(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)苯基}甲烷、雙{4-(烯丙基甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)苯基}甲烷、雙{4-(甲基烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)苯基}甲烷、雙{4-(甲基烯丙基甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)苯基}甲烷。More preferred alkenyl substituted nadic quinone imine compounds are shown below. N,N'-Extended ethyl-bis(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindenine), N,N'-extended ethyl-bis(allyl Methylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolimine), N,N'-extended ethyl-bis(methylallylbicyclo[2.2.1]heptane- 5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine), N,N'-trimethylene-bis(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine ), N,N'-hexamethylene-bis(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindenine), N,N'-hexamethylene- Bis(allylmethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolimine), N,N'-dodecyl-bis(allylbicyclo[2.2. 1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolimine), N,N'-dodecamethylene-bis(allylmethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2 ,3-dicarboxy quinone imine), N,N'-cyclohexylene-bis(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine), N,N '-Extended cyclohexyl-bis(allylmethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolimine), N,N'-p-phenylene-bis(allyl Bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolimine), N,N'-p-phenylene-bis(allylmethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5 -ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine), N,N'- Phenyl-bis(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindenine), N,N'-meta-phenyl-bis(allylmethylbicyclo) [2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindenine), N,N'-{(1-methyl)-2,4-phenylene}-bis(allyl bicyclol) [2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindenine), N,N'-p-xylylene-bis(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene- 2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine), N,N'-p-xylylene-bis(allylmethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine ), N, N'-m-xylylene-bis(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolide), N,N'-m-xylylene Base-bis(allylmethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindenine), 2,2-bis[4-{4-(allylbicyclo[2.2 .1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolimine)phenoxy}phenyl]propane, 2,2-bis[4-{4-(allylmethylbicyclo[2.2.1 ]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine)phenoxy}phenyl]propane, 2,2-bis[4-{4-(methylallylbicyclo[2.2.1]g -5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolimine)phenoxy}phenyl]propane, bis{4-(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyl醯imino)phenyl}methane, double {4-(allylmethyl double [2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxylimenimidate)phenyl}methane, bis{4-(methylallylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2, 3-dicarboxy quinone imine) phenyl}methane, bis{4-(methylallylmethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindenine)phenyl} Methane.

而且,作為特優選的烯基取代納迪克醯亞胺化合物,可列舉:由下述式(NA-1)所表示的雙{4-(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)苯基}甲烷、由式(NA-2)所表示的N,N'-間苯二甲基-雙(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、及由式(NA-3)所表示的N,N'-六亞甲基-雙(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)。 Further, as a particularly preferred alkenyl-substituted nadicylimine compound, a bis{4-(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene represented by the following formula (NA-1) is exemplified. -2,3-dicarboxy quinhomine)phenyl}methane, N,N'-m-xylylene-bis(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]heptane represented by formula (NA-2) 5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinimine), and N,N'-hexamethylene-bis(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5 represented by formula (NA-3) -ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine).

<具有自由基聚合性不飽和雙鍵的化合物> 就使液晶顯示元件的電特性長期穩定的目的而言,本發明的液晶配向劑可進而含有具有自由基聚合性不飽和雙鍵的化合物。具有自由基聚合性不飽和雙鍵的化合物可以是一種化合物,也可以是兩種以上的化合物。再者,在具有自由基聚合性不飽和雙鍵的化合物中不含烯基取代納迪克醯亞胺化合物。就所述目的而言,相對於聚醯胺酸或其衍生物,具有自由基聚合性不飽和雙鍵的化合物的含量優選1 wt%~100 wt%,更優選1 wt%~70 wt%,進而更優選1 wt%~50 wt%。<Compound having a radically polymerizable unsaturated double bond> The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention may further contain a compound having a radical polymerizable unsaturated double bond for the purpose of stabilizing the electrical properties of the liquid crystal display device for a long period of time. The compound having a radical polymerizable unsaturated double bond may be one kind of compound or two or more types of compounds. Further, an alkenyl-substituted nadic quinone imine compound is not contained in the compound having a radical polymerizable unsaturated double bond. For the purpose, the content of the compound having a radical polymerizable unsaturated double bond is preferably from 1% by weight to 100% by weight, more preferably from 1% by weight to 70% by weight, based on the polyphthalic acid or a derivative thereof. More preferably, it is 1 wt% - 50 wt%.

再者,關於相對於烯基取代納迪克醯亞胺化合物的具有自由基聚合性不飽和雙鍵的化合物的比率,為了降低液晶顯示元件的離子密度、抑制離子密度的經時的增加、進而抑制殘像的產生,具有自由基聚合性不飽和雙鍵的化合物/烯基取代納迪克醯亞胺化合物以重量比計優選0.1~10,更優選0.5~5。In addition, the ratio of the compound having a radically polymerizable unsaturated double bond to the alkenyl substituted imidide compound is reduced in order to reduce the ion density of the liquid crystal display element, suppress the increase in the ion density over time, and further suppress The generation of the afterimage, the compound having a radical polymerizable unsaturated double bond/alkenyl-substituted nadic ylidene compound is preferably 0.1 to 10, more preferably 0.5 to 5 by weight.

以下對具有自由基聚合性不飽和雙鍵的化合物進行具體說明。The compound having a radical polymerizable unsaturated double bond will be specifically described below.

作為具有自由基聚合性不飽和雙鍵的化合物,可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯醯胺等(甲基)丙烯酸衍生物、及雙順丁烯二醯亞胺。具有自由基聚合性不飽和雙鍵的化合物更優選具有兩個以上的自由基聚合性不飽和雙鍵的(甲基)丙烯酸衍生物。Examples of the compound having a radically polymerizable unsaturated double bond include a (meth)acrylic acid ester, a (meth)acrylic acid derivative such as (meth)acrylamide, and a bis-synylene diimide. The compound having a radical polymerizable unsaturated double bond is more preferably a (meth)acrylic acid derivative having two or more radically polymerizable unsaturated double bonds.

作為(甲基)丙烯酸酯的具體例,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-2-甲基環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異冰片酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-2-羥基乙酯、及(甲基)丙烯酸-2-羥基丙酯。Specific examples of the (meth) acrylate include cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, 2-methylcyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, and dicyclopentanyl (meth)acrylate. Dicyclopentyloxyethyl acrylate, isobornyl (meth)acrylate, phenyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, and 2-hydroxypropyl methacrylate.

作為二官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯的具體例,例如可列舉:伸乙基雙丙烯酸酯,作為東亞合成化學工業(股份)的製品的阿羅尼克斯M-210(Aronix M-210)、阿羅尼克斯M-240及阿羅尼克斯M-6200,作為日本化藥(股份)的製品的卡亞德HDDA(KAYARAD HDDA)、卡亞德HX-220、卡亞德R-604及卡亞德R-684,作為大阪有機化學工業(股份)的製品的V260、V312及V335HP,以及作為共榮社油脂化學工業(股份)的製品的輕丙烯酸酯BA-4EA(Light Acrylate BA-4EA)、輕丙烯酸酯BP-4PA及輕丙烯酸酯BP-2PA。Specific examples of the difunctional (meth) acrylate include, for example, an exoethyl diacrylate and an Aronix M-210 (Aronix M-210) which is a product of the East Asian synthetic chemical industry. Ronex M-240 and Aronix M-6200, KAYARAD HDDA, Kayad HX-220, Kayad R-604 and Kaya as products of Nippon Chemical Co., Ltd. R-684, V260, V312 and V335HP, which are products of the Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., and Light Acrylate BA-4EA, which is a product of the Kyoei Oil & Fat Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. Light acrylate BP-4PA and light acrylate BP-2PA.

作為三官能以上的多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯的具體例,例如可列舉:4,4'-亞甲基雙(N,N-二羥基伸乙基丙烯酸酯苯胺),作為東亞合成化學工業(股份)的製品的阿羅尼克斯M-400、阿羅尼克斯M-405、阿羅尼克斯M-450、阿羅尼克斯M-7100、阿羅尼克斯M-8030、阿羅尼克斯M-8060,作為日本化藥(股份)的製品的卡亞德TMPTA、卡亞德DPCA-20、卡亞德DPCA-30、卡亞德DPCA-60、卡亞德DPCA-120,及作為大阪有機化學工業(股份)的製品的VGPT。Specific examples of the trifunctional or higher polyfunctional (meth) acrylate include, for example, 4,4′-methylenebis(N,N-dihydroxyethyl acrylate), which is a synthetic chemical industry in East Asia. (Shares) products of the Aronix M-400, Aronix M-405, Aronix M-450, Aronix M-7100, Aronix M-8030, Aronix M-8060, as a product of Nippon Kayaku (share), Kayad TPTA, Kayad DPCA-20, Kayad DPCA-30, Kayad DPCA-60, Kayad DPCA-120, and as Osaka VGPT for products of the organic chemical industry (shares).

作為(甲基)丙烯醯胺衍生物的具體例,例如可列舉:N-異丙基丙烯醯胺、N-異丙基甲基丙烯醯胺、N-正丙基丙烯醯胺、N-正丙基甲基丙烯醯胺、N-環丙基丙烯醯胺、N-環丙基甲基丙烯醯胺、N-乙氧基乙基丙烯醯胺、N-乙氧基乙基甲基丙烯醯胺、N-四氫糠基丙烯醯胺、N-四氫糠基甲基丙烯醯胺、N-乙基丙烯醯胺、N-乙基-N-甲基丙烯醯胺、N,N-二乙基丙烯醯胺、N-甲基-N-正丙基丙烯醯胺、N-甲基-N-異丙基丙烯醯胺、N-丙烯醯基哌啶、N-丙烯醯基吡咯烷、N,N'-亞甲基雙丙烯醯胺、N,N'-伸乙基雙丙烯醯胺、N,N'-二羥基伸乙基雙丙烯醯胺、N-(4-羥苯基)甲基丙烯醯胺、N-苯基甲基丙烯醯胺、N-丁基甲基丙烯醯胺、N-(異丁氧基甲基)甲基丙烯醯胺、N-[2-(N,N-二甲胺基)乙基]甲基丙烯醯胺、N,N-二甲基甲基丙烯醯胺、N-[3-(二甲胺基)丙基]甲基丙烯醯胺、N-(甲氧基甲基)甲基丙烯醯胺、N-(羥甲基)-2-甲基丙烯醯胺、N-苄基-2-甲基丙烯醯胺、及N,N'-亞甲基雙甲基丙烯醯胺。Specific examples of the (meth) acrylamide derivative include N-isopropyl acrylamide, N-isopropyl methacrylamide, N-n-propyl acrylamide, and N-positive Propyl methacrylamide, N-cyclopropyl acrylamide, N-cyclopropyl methacrylamide, N-ethoxyethyl acrylamide, N-ethoxyethyl methacrylate Amine, N-tetrahydrofurfuryl acrylamide, N-tetrahydrofurfuryl methacrylamide, N-ethyl acrylamide, N-ethyl-N-methyl acrylamide, N, N-di Ethyl acrylamide, N-methyl-N-n-propyl acrylamide, N-methyl-N-isopropyl acrylamide, N-propylene hydrazinopyridine, N-propenylpyrrolidine, N,N'-methylenebispropene decylamine, N,N'-extended ethyl bis acrylamide, N,N'-dihydroxyethylidene bis decylamine, N-(4-hydroxyphenyl) Methacrylamide, N-phenylmethacrylamide, N-butylmethacrylamide, N-(isobutoxymethyl)methacrylamide, N-[2-(N,N- Dimethylamino)ethyl]methacrylamide, N,N-dimethylmethacrylamide, N-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]methacrylamide, N-( Methoxymethyl)methacrylamide, N-(hydroxyl Yl) -2-methyl-acrylamide, N- benzyl-2-methyl acrylamide, and N, N'- methylene bis methyl acrylamide.

所述(甲基)丙烯酸衍生物之中,特優選N,N'-亞甲基雙丙烯醯胺、N,N'-二羥基伸乙基-雙丙烯醯胺、伸乙基雙丙烯酸酯、及4,4'-亞甲基雙(N,N-二羥基伸乙基丙烯酸酯苯胺)。Among the (meth)acrylic acid derivatives, N,N'-methylenebisacrylamide, N,N'-dihydroxyethylidene-bispropenylamine, ethylidene diacrylate, And 4,4'-methylenebis(N,N-dihydroxyethyl acrylate).

作為雙順丁烯二醯亞胺,例如可列舉:KI化成(股份)製造的BMI-70及BMI-80、以及大和化成工業(股份)製造的BMI-1000、BMI-3000、BMI-4000、BMI-5000及BMI-7000。Examples of the bis-s-butylene diimide include BMI-70 and BMI-80 manufactured by KI Chemical Co., Ltd., and BMI-1000, BMI-3000, and BMI-4000 manufactured by Daiwa Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd. BMI-5000 and BMI-7000.

<噁嗪化合物> 就使液晶顯示元件的電特性長期穩定的目的而言,本發明的液晶配向劑可進而含有噁嗪化合物。噁嗪化合物可以是一種化合物,也可以是兩種以上的化合物。就所述目的而言,相對於聚醯胺酸或其衍生物,噁嗪化合物的含量優選0.1 wt%~50 wt%,更優選1 wt%~40 wt%,進而更優選1 wt%~20 wt%。<Oxazine compound> The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention may further contain an oxazine compound for the purpose of stabilizing the electrical properties of the liquid crystal display device for a long period of time. The oxazine compound may be one compound or two or more compounds. For the purpose described, the content of the oxazine compound is preferably from 0.1% by weight to 50% by weight, more preferably from 1% by weight to 40% by weight, even more preferably from 1% by weight to 20%, based on the poly phthalic acid or a derivative thereof. Wt%.

以下對噁嗪化合物進行具體說明。 噁嗪化合物優選可溶於使聚醯胺酸或其衍生物溶解的溶劑中、且具有開環聚合性的噁嗪化合物。 另外,噁嗪化合物中的噁嗪結構的數量並無特別限定。The oxazine compound will be specifically described below. The oxazine compound is preferably an oxazine compound which is soluble in a solvent which dissolves poly-proline or a derivative thereof and has ring-opening polymerizability. Further, the number of the oxazine structure in the oxazine compound is not particularly limited.

噁嗪的結構已知有各種結構。本發明中,噁嗪的結構並無特別限定,在噁嗪化合物中的噁嗪結構中,可列舉苯並噁嗪或萘並噁嗪等具有含有縮合多環芳香族基的芳香族基的噁嗪的結構。The structure of the oxazine is known in various structures. In the present invention, the structure of the oxazine is not particularly limited, and examples of the oxazine structure in the oxazine compound include an aldehyde having a condensed polycyclic aromatic group such as benzoxazine or naphthoxazine. The structure of the azine.

作為噁嗪化合物,例如可列舉下述式(OX-1)~式(OX-6)所示的化合物。再者,在下述式中,朝向環的中心所表示的鍵表示鍵結在構成環且可鍵結取代基的任一個碳上。 Examples of the oxazine compound include compounds represented by the following formula (OX-1) to formula (OX-6). Further, in the following formula, a bond represented toward the center of the ring means that the bond is bonded to any one of the carbons constituting the ring and the bondable substituent.

式(OX-1)~式(OX-3)中,L3 及L4 為碳數1~30的有機基,式(OX-1)~式(OX-6)中,L5 ~L8 為氫或碳數1~6的烴基,式(OX-3)、式(OX-4)及式(OX-6)中,Q1 為單鍵、-O-、-S-、-S-S-、-SO2 -、-CO-、-CONH-、-NHCO-、-C(CH3 )2 -、-C(CF3 )2 -、-(CH2 )v -、-O-(CH2 )v -O-、-S-(CH2 )v -S-,此處,v為1~6的整數,式(OX-5)及式(OX-6)中,Q2 獨立為單鍵、-O-、-S-、-CO-、-C(CH3 )2 -、-C(CF3 )2 -或碳數1~3的伸烷基,Q2 中的苯環、萘環上所鍵結的氫獨立且可由-F、-CH3 、-OH、-COOH、-SO3 H、-PO3 H2 取代。In the formula (OX-1) to the formula (OX-3), L 3 and L 4 are an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and in the formula (OX-1) to the formula (OX-6), L 5 to L 8 It is hydrogen or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. In the formula (OX-3), formula (OX-4) and formula (OX-6), Q 1 is a single bond, -O-, -S-, -SS- , -SO 2 -, -CO-, -CONH-, -NHCO-, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, -(CH 2 ) v -, -O-(CH 2 v -O-, -S-(CH 2 ) v -S-, where v is an integer of 1 to 6, and in the formula (OX-5) and formula (OX-6), Q 2 is independently a single bond , -O-, -S-, -CO-, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 - or an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring in Q 2 The hydrogen bonded thereto is independently and may be substituted by -F, -CH 3 , -OH, -COOH, -SO 3 H, -PO 3 H 2 .

另外,噁嗪化合物包括側鏈上具有噁嗪結構的寡聚物或聚合物、主鏈中具有噁嗪結構的寡聚物或聚合物。Further, the oxazine compound includes an oligomer or polymer having an oxazine structure in a side chain, and an oligomer or polymer having an oxazine structure in the main chain.

作為由式(OX-1)所表示的噁嗪化合物,例如可列舉以下的噁嗪化合物。式(OX-1-2)中,L3 優選碳數1~30的烷基,進而更優選碳數1~20的烷基。Examples of the oxazine compound represented by the formula (OX-1) include the following oxazine compounds. In the formula (OX-1-2), L 3 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.

作為由式(OX-2)所表示的噁嗪化合物,例如可列舉以下的噁嗪化合物。 式中,L3 優選碳數1~30的烷基,進而更優選碳數1~20的烷基。Examples of the oxazine compound represented by the formula (OX-2) include the following oxazine compounds. In the formula, L 3 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and still more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.

作為由式(OX-3)所表示的噁嗪化合物,可列舉由下述式(OX-3-I)所表示的噁嗪化合物。式(OX-3-I)中,L3 及L4 為碳數1~30的有機基,L5 ~L8 為氫或碳數1~6的烴基,Q1 為單鍵、-CH2 -、-C(CH3 )2 -、-CO-、-O-、-SO2 -、-C(CH3 )2 -或-C(CF3 )2 -。作為由式(OX-3-I)所表示的噁嗪化合物,例如可列舉以下的噁嗪化合物。 式中,L3 及L4 優選碳數1~30的烷基,進而更優選碳數1~20的烷基。The oxazine compound represented by the formula (OX-3) includes an oxazine compound represented by the following formula (OX-3-I). In the formula (OX-3-I), L 3 and L 4 are an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, L 5 to L 8 are hydrogen or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and Q 1 is a single bond or -CH 2 -, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -CO-, -O-, -SO 2 -, -C(CH 3 ) 2 - or -C(CF 3 ) 2 -. Examples of the oxazine compound represented by the formula (OX-3-I) include the following oxazine compounds. In the formula, L 3 and L 4 are preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and still more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.

作為由式(OX-4)所表示的噁嗪化合物,例如可列舉以下的噁嗪化合物。 Examples of the oxazine compound represented by the formula (OX-4) include the following oxazine compounds.

作為由式(OX-5)所表示的噁嗪化合物,例如可列舉以下的噁嗪化合物。 Examples of the oxazine compound represented by the formula (OX-5) include the following oxazine compounds.

作為由式(OX-6)所表示的噁嗪化合物,例如可列舉以下的噁嗪化合物。 這些之中,更優選可列舉由式(OX-2-1)、式(OX-3-1)、式(OX-3-3)、式(OX-3-5)、式(OX-3-7)、式(OX-3-9)、式(OX-4-1)~式(OX-4-6)、式(OX-5-3)、式(OX-5-4)、及式(OX-6-2)~式(OX-6-4)所表示的噁嗪化合物。Examples of the oxazine compound represented by the formula (OX-6) include the following oxazine compounds. Among these, more preferably, it is exemplified by the formula (OX-2-1), the formula (OX-3-1), the formula (OX-3-3), the formula (OX-3-5), and the formula (OX-3). -7), formula (OX-3-9), formula (OX-4-1) to formula (OX-4-6), formula (OX-5-3), formula (OX-5-4), and An oxazine compound represented by the formula (OX-6-2) to the formula (OX-6-4).

噁嗪化合物可通過與國際公開2004/009708、日本專利特開平11-12258、日本專利特開2004-352670中所記載的方法相同的方法來製造。The oxazine compound can be produced by the same method as the method described in International Publication No. 2004/009708, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 11-12258, and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2004-352670.

由式(OX-1)所表示的噁嗪化合物可通過使酚化合物與一級胺及醛進行反應而獲得(參照國際公開2004/009708)。The oxazine compound represented by the formula (OX-1) can be obtained by reacting a phenol compound with a primary amine and an aldehyde (refer to International Publication No. 2004/009708).

由式(OX-2)所表示的噁嗪化合物可通過如下方式獲得:通過向甲醛中緩慢地添加一級胺的方法進行反應後,添加具有萘酚系羥基的化合物進行反應(參照國際公開2004/009708)。The oxazine compound represented by the formula (OX-2) can be obtained by reacting a compound having a naphthol-based hydroxyl group by a method in which a primary amine is slowly added to formaldehyde, and reacting (refer to International Publication 2004/ 009708).

由式(OX-3)所表示的噁嗪化合物可通過如下方式獲得:在二級脂肪族胺、三級脂肪族胺或鹼性含氮雜環化合物的存在下,使酚化合物1莫耳、相對於所述酚化合物的一個酚性羥基至少為2莫耳以上的醛、以及1莫耳的一級胺在有機溶劑中進行反應(參照國際公開2004/009708及日本專利特開平11-12258)。The oxazine compound represented by the formula (OX-3) can be obtained by subjecting the phenol compound to 1 mol in the presence of a secondary aliphatic amine, a tertiary aliphatic amine or a basic nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound. An aldehyde having at least 2 mols or more of a phenolic hydroxyl group of the phenol compound and 1 mol of a primary amine are reacted in an organic solvent (refer to International Publication No. 2004/009708 and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 11-12258).

由式(OX-4)~式(OX-6)所表示的噁嗪化合物可通過如下方式獲得:在90℃以上的溫度下,使4,4'-二胺基二苯基甲烷等具有多個苯環及與這些苯環鍵結的有機基的二胺、福馬林等醛、以及苯酚在正丁醇中進行脫水縮合反應(參照日本專利特開2004-352670)。The oxazine compound represented by the formula (OX-4) to the formula (OX-6) can be obtained by having a 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane or the like at a temperature of 90 ° C or higher. A benzene ring, an organic group-containing diamine bonded to these benzene rings, an aldehyde such as formalin, and a phenol are subjected to a dehydration condensation reaction in n-butanol (refer to Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2004-352670).

<噁唑啉化合物> 就使液晶顯示元件的電特性長期穩定的目的而言,本發明的液晶配向劑可進而含有噁唑啉化合物。噁唑啉化合物為具有噁唑啉結構的化合物。噁唑啉化合物可以是一種化合物,也可以是兩種以上的化合物。就所述目的而言,相對於聚醯胺酸或其衍生物,噁唑啉化合物的含量優選0.1 wt%~50 wt%,更優選1 wt%~40 wt%,進而更優選1 wt%~20 wt%。或者,當將噁唑啉化合物中的噁唑啉結構換算成噁唑啉時,就所述目的而言,相對於聚醯胺酸或其衍生物,噁唑啉化合物的含量優選0.1 wt%~40 wt%。<Oxazoline Compound> The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention may further contain an oxazoline compound for the purpose of stabilizing the electrical properties of the liquid crystal display device for a long period of time. The oxazoline compound is a compound having an oxazoline structure. The oxazoline compound may be one compound or two or more compounds. For the purpose, the content of the oxazoline compound is preferably from 0.1% by weight to 50% by weight, more preferably from 1% by weight to 40% by weight, even more preferably from 1% by weight to the polylysine or a derivative thereof. 20 wt%. Alternatively, when the oxazoline structure in the oxazoline compound is converted to an oxazoline, the content of the oxazoline compound is preferably 0.1 wt% with respect to the polyamine or its derivative. 40 wt%.

以下對噁唑啉化合物進行具體說明。 噁唑啉化合物可在一種化合物中僅具有一種噁唑啉結構,也可以具有兩種以上。另外,噁唑啉化合物只要在一種化合物中具有一個噁唑啉結構即可,但優選具有兩個以上。另外,噁唑啉化合物可以是側鏈上具有噁唑啉結構的聚合物,也可以是共聚物。側鏈上具有噁唑啉結構的聚合物可以是側鏈上具有噁唑啉結構的單體的均聚物,也可以是側鏈上具有噁唑啉結構的單體與不具有噁唑啉結構的單體的共聚物。側鏈上具有噁唑啉結構的共聚物可以是側鏈上具有噁唑啉結構的兩種以上的單體的共聚物,也可以是側鏈上具有噁唑啉結構的兩種以上的單體與不具有噁唑啉結構的單體的共聚物。The oxazoline compound will be specifically described below. The oxazoline compound may have only one oxazoline structure in one compound, or may have two or more types. Further, the oxazoline compound may have one oxazoline structure in one compound, but preferably has two or more. Further, the oxazoline compound may be a polymer having an oxazoline structure in a side chain, or may be a copolymer. The polymer having an oxazoline structure on the side chain may be a homopolymer of a monomer having an oxazoline structure in a side chain, or a monomer having an oxazoline structure in a side chain and having no oxazoline structure. Copolymer of monomer. The copolymer having an oxazoline structure in a side chain may be a copolymer of two or more monomers having an oxazoline structure in a side chain, or may be a monomer having two or more monomers having an oxazoline structure in a side chain. Copolymer with a monomer having no oxazoline structure.

噁唑啉結構優選以噁唑啉結構中的氧及氮的一者或兩者與聚醯胺酸的羰基可進行反應的方式存在於噁唑啉化合物中的結構。The oxazoline structure is preferably a structure which exists in the oxazoline compound in such a manner that one or both of oxygen and nitrogen in the oxazoline structure can react with the carbonyl group of the polyphthalic acid.

作為噁唑啉化合物,例如可列舉:2,2'-雙(2-噁唑啉)、1,2,4-三-(2-噁唑啉基-2)-苯、4-呋喃-2-基亞甲基-2-苯基-4H-噁唑-5-酮、1,4-雙(4,5-二氫-2-噁唑基)苯、1,3-雙(4,5-二氫-2-噁唑基)苯、2,3-雙(4-異丙烯基-2-噁唑啉-2-基)丁烷、2,2'-雙-4-苄基-2-噁唑啉、2,6-雙(異丙基-2-噁唑啉-2-基)吡啶、2,2'-亞異丙基雙(4-第三丁基-2-噁唑啉)、2,2'-亞異丙基雙(4-苯基-2-噁唑啉)、2,2'-亞甲基雙(4-第三丁基-2-噁唑啉)、及2,2'-亞甲基雙(4-苯基-2-噁唑啉)。除這些噁唑啉化合物以外,也可以列舉如艾波克羅斯(Epocros)(商品名,日本觸媒(股份)製造)般的具有噁唑基的聚合物或寡聚物。這些噁唑啉化合物之中,更優選可列舉1,3-雙(4,5-二氫-2-噁唑基)苯。Examples of the oxazoline compound include 2,2'-bis(2-oxazoline), 1,2,4-tris-(2-oxazolinyl-2)-benzene, and 4-furan-2. - benzylidene-2-phenyl-4H-oxazol-5-one, 1,4-bis(4,5-dihydro-2-oxazolyl)benzene, 1,3-bis (4,5 -dihydro-2-oxazolyl)benzene, 2,3-bis(4-isopropenyl-2-oxazolin-2-yl)butane, 2,2'-bis-4-benzyl-2 -oxazoline, 2,6-bis(isopropyl-2-oxazolin-2-yl)pyridine, 2,2'-isopropylidene bis(4-tert-butyl-2-oxazoline , 2,2'-isopropylidene bis(4-phenyl-2-oxazoline), 2,2'-methylenebis(4-tert-butyl-2-oxazoline), and 2,2'-methylenebis(4-phenyl-2-oxazoline). In addition to these oxazoline compounds, a polymer or oligomer having an oxazolyl group, such as Epocros (trade name, manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.), may be mentioned. Among these oxazoline compounds, 1,3-bis(4,5-dihydro-2-oxazolyl)benzene is more preferable.

<環氧化合物> 就使液晶顯示元件的電特性長期穩定的目的而言,本發明的液晶配向劑可進而含有由式(1)所表示的化合物以外的環氧化合物。環氧化合物可以是一種化合物,也可以是兩種以上的化合物。就所述目的而言,相對於聚醯胺酸或其衍生物,環氧化合物的含量優選0.1 wt%~50 wt%,更優選1 wt%~40 wt%,進而更優選1 wt%~20 wt%。<Epoxy compound> The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention may further contain an epoxy compound other than the compound represented by the formula (1) for the purpose of stabilizing the electrical properties of the liquid crystal display device for a long period of time. The epoxy compound may be one compound or two or more compounds. For the purpose, the content of the epoxy compound is preferably from 0.1% by weight to 50% by weight, more preferably from 1% by weight to 40% by weight, even more preferably from 1% by weight to 20%, relative to the polyaminic acid or a derivative thereof. Wt%.

以下對由式(1)所表示的化合物以外的環氧化合物進行具體說明。The epoxy compound other than the compound represented by the formula (1) will be specifically described below.

作為環氧化合物,可列舉分子內具有一個或兩個以上的環氧環的各種化合物。作為分子內具有一個環氧環的化合物,例如可列舉:苯基縮水甘油醚、丁基縮水甘油醚、3,3,3-三氟甲基環氧丙烷、氧化苯乙烯、六氟環氧丙烷、環氧環己烷(cyclohexene oxide)、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧基環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、N-縮水甘油基鄰苯二甲醯亞胺、(九氟-N-丁基)環氧化物、全氟乙基縮水甘油醚、表氯醇、表溴醇、N,N-二縮水甘油基苯胺、及3-[2-(全氟己基)乙氧基]-1,2-環氧基丙烷。Examples of the epoxy compound include various compounds having one or two or more epoxy rings in the molecule. Examples of the compound having an epoxy ring in the molecule include phenyl glycidyl ether, butyl glycidyl ether, 3,3,3-trifluoromethyl propylene oxide, styrene oxide, and hexafluoropropylene oxide. , cyclohexene oxide, 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxydecane, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxydecane, N-glycidyl ortho Benzoimine, (nonafluoro-N-butyl) epoxide, perfluoroethyl glycidyl ether, epichlorohydrin, epibromohydrin, N,N-diglycidylaniline, and 3-[ 2-(Perfluorohexyl)ethoxy]-1,2-epoxypropane.

作為分子內具有兩個環氧環的化合物,例如可列舉:乙二醇二縮水甘油醚、聚乙二醇二縮水甘油醚、丙二醇二縮水甘油醚、三丙二醇二縮水甘油醚、聚丙二醇二縮水甘油醚、新戊二醇二縮水甘油醚、1,6-己二醇二縮水甘油醚、甘油二縮水甘油醚、2,2-二溴新戊二醇二縮水甘油醚、3,4-環氧基環己烯基甲基-3',4'-環氧基環己烯羧酸酯及3-(N,N-二縮水甘油基)胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷。Examples of the compound having two epoxy rings in the molecule include ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, polyethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, propylene glycol diglycidyl ether, tripropylene glycol diglycidyl ether, and polypropylene glycol dihydrate. Glycerol ether, neopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether, 1,6-hexanediol diglycidyl ether, glycerol diglycidyl ether, 2,2-dibromoneopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether, 3,4-ring Oxycyclohexenylmethyl-3',4'-epoxycyclohexenecarboxylate and 3-(N,N-diglycidyl)aminopropyltrimethoxydecane.

作為分子內具有三個環氧環的化合物,例如可列舉:2-[4-(2,3-環氧基丙氧基)苯基]-2-[4-[1,1-雙[4-([2,3-環氧基丙氧基]苯基)]乙基]苯基]丙烷(商品名「鐵克摩亞VG3101L(Techmore VG3101L)」,(三井化學(股份)製造))。As a compound having three epoxy rings in the molecule, for example, 2-[4-(2,3-epoxypropoxy)phenyl]-2-[4-[1,1-bis[4] -([2,3-Epoxypropoxy]phenyl)]ethyl]phenyl]propane (trade name "Tieke Moya VG3101L (Techmore VG3101L)", manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals Co., Ltd.).

作為分子內具有四個環氧環的化合物,例如可列舉:1,3,5,6-四縮水甘油基-2,4-己二醇、N,N,N',N'-四縮水甘油基-間苯二甲胺、1,3-雙(N,N-二縮水甘油基胺基甲基)環己烷、N,N,N',N'-四縮水甘油基-4,4'-二胺基二苯基甲烷、及3-(N-烯丙基-N-縮水甘油基)胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷。Examples of the compound having four epoxy rings in the molecule include 1,3,5,6-tetraglycidyl-2,4-hexanediol, N,N,N',N'-tetraglycidyl. Base-m-xylylenediamine, 1,3-bis(N,N-diglycidylaminomethyl)cyclohexane, N,N,N',N'-tetraglycidyl-4,4' -Diaminodiphenylmethane, and 3-(N-allyl-N-glycidyl)aminopropyltrimethoxydecane.

除所述以外,也可以列舉具有環氧環的寡聚物或聚合物作為分子內具有環氧環的化合物的例子。作為具有環氧環的單體,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3,4-環氧基環己酯、及(甲基)丙烯酸甲基縮水甘油酯。In addition to the above, an oligomer having an epoxy ring or a polymer may be exemplified as a compound having an epoxy ring in the molecule. Examples of the monomer having an epoxy ring include glycidyl (meth)acrylate, 3,4-epoxycyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, and methyl glycidyl (meth)acrylate.

作為與具有環氧環的單體進行共聚的其他單體,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸、(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯、苯乙烯、甲基苯乙烯、氯甲基苯乙烯、(甲基)丙烯酸(3-乙基-3-氧雜環丁基)甲酯、N-環己基順丁烯二醯亞胺及N-苯基順丁烯二醯亞胺。Examples of the other monomer copolymerized with the monomer having an epoxy ring include (meth)acrylic acid, methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, and isopropyl (meth)acrylate. , (butyl) (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, tert-butyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid 2-hydroxyethyl ester, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, styrene, methylstyrene, chloromethylstyrene, (meth)acrylic acid (3-ethyl-3-oxetanyl) Methyl ester, N-cyclohexyl maleimide and N-phenyl maleimide.

作為具有環氧環的單體的聚合物的優選的具體例,可列舉聚甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯等。另外,作為具有環氧環的單體與其他單體的共聚物的優選的具體例,可列舉:N-苯基順丁烯二醯亞胺-甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯共聚物、N-環己基順丁烯二醯亞胺-甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯共聚物、甲基丙烯酸苄酯-甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯共聚物、甲基丙烯酸丁酯-甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯共聚物、甲基丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯-甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯共聚物、甲基丙烯酸(3-乙基-3-氧雜環丁基)甲酯-甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯共聚物、及苯乙烯-甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯共聚物。Preferable specific examples of the polymer of the monomer having an epoxy ring include polyglycidyl methacrylate and the like. Further, preferred examples of the copolymer of the monomer having an epoxy ring and another monomer include N-phenyl maleimide-glycidyl methacrylate copolymer and N-ring. Hexyl maleimide-glycidyl methacrylate copolymer, benzyl methacrylate-glycidyl methacrylate copolymer, butyl methacrylate-glycidyl methacrylate copolymer, methyl 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate-glycidyl methacrylate copolymer, (3-ethyl-3-oxetanyl)methyl methacrylate-glycidyl methacrylate copolymer, and styrene-A Glycidyl acrylate copolymer.

這些例之中,特優選N,N,N',N'-四縮水甘油基-間苯二甲胺、1,3-雙(N,N-二縮水甘油基胺基甲基)環己烷、N,N,N',N'-四縮水甘油基-4,4'-二胺基二苯基甲烷、商品名「鐵克摩亞VG3101L」、3,4-環氧基環己烯基甲基-3',4'-環氧基環己烯羧酸酯、N-苯基順丁烯二醯亞胺-甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯共聚物、及2-(3,4-環氧基環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷。Among these, N,N,N',N'-tetraglycidyl-m-xylylenediamine, 1,3-bis(N,N-diglycidylaminomethyl)cyclohexane is particularly preferred. , N, N, N', N'-tetraglycidyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, trade name "Tieke Moya VG3101L", 3,4-epoxycyclohexenyl Methyl-3',4'-epoxycyclohexene carboxylate, N-phenyl maleimide-glycidyl methacrylate copolymer, and 2-(3,4-epoxy) Cyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxydecane.

更系統地說,作為環氧化合物,例如可列舉:縮水甘油醚、縮水甘油酯、縮水甘油胺、含有環氧基的丙烯酸系樹脂、縮水甘油基醯胺、異三聚氰酸縮水甘油脂、鏈狀脂肪族型環氧化合物、及環狀脂肪族型環氧化合物。再者,環氧化合物是指具有環氧基的化合物,環氧樹脂是指具有環氧基的樹脂。More specifically, examples of the epoxy compound include glycidyl ether, glycidyl ester, glycidylamine, epoxy group-containing acrylic resin, glycidyl decylamine, and isocyanuric glycidyl glycol. A chain aliphatic epoxy compound and a cyclic aliphatic epoxy compound. Further, the epoxy compound means a compound having an epoxy group, and the epoxy resin means a resin having an epoxy group.

作為環氧化合物,例如可列舉:縮水甘油醚、縮水甘油脂、縮水甘油胺、含有環氧基的丙烯酸系樹脂、縮水甘油基醯胺、異三聚氰酸縮水甘油酯、鏈狀脂肪族型環氧化合物、及環狀脂肪族型環氧化合物。Examples of the epoxy compound include glycidyl ether, glycidyl glycol, glycidylamine, epoxy group-containing acrylic resin, glycidyl decylamine, glycidyl isocyanurate, and chain aliphatic. An epoxy compound and a cyclic aliphatic epoxy compound.

作為縮水甘油醚,例如可列舉:雙酚A型環氧化合物、雙酚F型環氧化合物、雙酚S型環氧化合物、雙酚型環氧化合物、氫化雙酚-A型環氧化合物、氫化雙酚-F型環氧化合物、氫化雙酚-S型環氧化合物、氫化雙酚型環氧化合物、溴化雙酚-A型環氧化合物、溴化雙酚-F型環氧化合物、苯酚酚醛清漆型環氧化合物、甲酚酚醛清漆型環氧化合物、溴化苯酚酚醛清漆型環氧化合物、溴化甲酚酚醛清漆型環氧化合物、雙酚A酚醛清漆型環氧化合物、含有萘骨架的環氧化合物、芳香族聚縮水甘油醚化合物、二環戊二烯苯酚型環氧化合物、脂環式二縮水甘油醚化合物、脂肪族聚縮水甘油醚化合物、多硫化物型二縮水甘油醚化合物、及聯苯酚型環氧化合物。Examples of the glycidyl ether include a bisphenol A epoxy compound, a bisphenol F epoxy compound, a bisphenol S epoxy compound, a bisphenol epoxy compound, and a hydrogenated bisphenol-A epoxy compound. Hydrogenated bisphenol-F type epoxy compound, hydrogenated bisphenol-S type epoxy compound, hydrogenated bisphenol type epoxy compound, brominated bisphenol-A type epoxy compound, brominated bisphenol-F type epoxy compound, Phenolic novolak type epoxy compound, cresol novolak type epoxy compound, brominated phenol novolac type epoxy compound, brominated cresol novolak type epoxy compound, bisphenol A novolac type epoxy compound, containing naphthalene Skeleton epoxy compound, aromatic polyglycidyl ether compound, dicyclopentadiene phenol type epoxy compound, alicyclic diglycidyl ether compound, aliphatic polyglycidyl ether compound, polysulfide type diglycidyl ether A compound and a biphenol type epoxy compound.

作為縮水甘油酯,例如可列舉:二縮水甘油酯化合物及縮水甘油酯環氧化合物。Examples of the glycidyl ester include a diglycidyl ester compound and a glycidyl ester epoxy compound.

作為縮水甘油胺,例如可列舉:聚縮水甘油胺化合物及縮水甘油胺型環氧樹脂。Examples of the glycidylamine include a polyglycidylamine compound and a glycidylamine type epoxy resin.

作為含有環氧基的丙烯酸系化合物,例如可列舉:具有氧雜環丙基(oxiranyl)的單體的均聚物及共聚物。Examples of the epoxy group-containing acrylic compound include homopolymers and copolymers of monomers having oxiranyl groups.

作為縮水甘油基醯胺,例如可列舉:縮水甘油基醯胺型環氧化合物。Examples of the glycidyl decylamine include a glycidyl guanamine type epoxy compound.

作為鏈狀脂肪族型環氧化合物,例如可列舉:將烯烴化合物的碳-碳雙鍵氧化而獲得的含有環氧基的化合物。Examples of the chain aliphatic epoxy compound include an epoxy group-containing compound obtained by oxidizing a carbon-carbon double bond of an olefin compound.

作為環狀脂肪族型環氧化合物,例如可列舉:將環烯烴化合物的碳-碳雙鍵氧化而獲得的含有環氧基的化合物。Examples of the cyclic aliphatic epoxy compound include an epoxy group-containing compound obtained by oxidizing a carbon-carbon double bond of a cycloolefin compound.

作為雙酚A型環氧化合物,例如可列舉:jER828、jER1001、jER1002、jER1003、jER1004、jER1007、jER1010(均為商品名、三菱化學(股份)製造),艾普托妥YD-128(Epotohto YD-128)(東都化成(股份)製造),DER-331、DER-332、DER-324(均為陶氏化學公司(The Dow Chemical Company)製造),艾匹克隆840(Epiclon840)、艾匹克隆850、艾匹克隆1050(均為商品名、迪愛生(DIC)(股份)製造),艾波米克R-140(Epomik R-140)、艾波米克R-301、及艾波米克R-304(均為商品名、三井化學(公司)製造)。Examples of the bisphenol A type epoxy compound include jER828, jER1001, jER1002, jER1003, jER1004, jER1007, and jER1010 (all manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation), and Eptoto YD-128 (Epotohto YD) -128) (Manufactured by Tohto Kasei Co., Ltd.), DER-331, DER-332, DER-324 (all manufactured by The Dow Chemical Company), Ai Piklon 840 (Epiclon 840), Ai Piklon 850, Ai Piklon 1050 (all manufactured under the trade name, Di Ai Sheng (DIC) (share)), Apollo R-140 (Epomik R-140), Apollo R-301, and Apollok R-304 (all manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals Co., Ltd.).

作為雙酚F型環氧化合物,例如可列舉:jER806、jER807、jER4004P(均為商品名、三菱化學(股份)製造),艾普托妥YDF-170、艾普托妥YDF-175S、艾普托妥YDF-2001(均為商品名、東都化成(股份)製造),DER-354(商品名、陶氏化學公司製造),艾匹克隆830、及艾匹克隆835(均為商品名、迪愛生(股份)製造)。Examples of the bisphenol F-type epoxy compound include jER806, jER807, and jER4004P (all manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation), Eptoto YDF-170, Apttoto YDF-175S, and Epp. Toto YDF-2001 (both trade names, manufactured by Tohto Kasei Co., Ltd.), DER-354 (trade name, manufactured by Dow Chemical Co., Ltd.), Ai Piklon 830, and Ai Pik 835 (all are trade names, Di Aisheng (share) manufacturing).

作為雙酚型環氧化合物,例如可列舉:2,2-雙(4-羥苯基)-1,1,1,3,3,3-六氟丙烷的環氧化物。Examples of the bisphenol type epoxy compound include an epoxide of 2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)-1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoropropane.

作為氫化雙酚-A型環氧化合物,例如可列舉:商托妥ST-3000(Suntohto ST-3000)(商品名、東都化成(股份)製造)、裡卡雷新HBE-100(Rikaresin HBE-100)(商品名、新日本理化(股份)製造)、及戴娜克爾EX-252(Denacol EX-252)(商品名、長瀨化成(Nagase chemteX)(股份)製造)。Examples of the hydrogenated bisphenol-A type epoxy compound include: TOPTO ST-3000 (trade name, manufactured by Tohto Kasei Co., Ltd.), and Rikaresin HBE-100 (Rikaresin HBE- 100) (trade name, manufactured by Nippon Chemical and Chemical Co., Ltd.), and Danacol EX-252 (trade name, manufactured by Nagase ChemteX (share)).

作為氫化雙酚型環氧化合物,例如可列舉:氫化2,2-雙(4-羥苯基)-1,1,1,3,3,3-六氟丙烷的環氧化物。Examples of the hydrogenated bisphenol type epoxy compound include an epoxide of hydrogenated 2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)-1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoropropane.

作為溴化雙酚-A型環氧化合物,例如可列舉:jER5050、jER5051(均為商品名、三菱化學(股份)製造),艾普托妥YDB-360、艾普托妥YDB-400(均為商品名、東都化成(股份)製造),DER-530、DER-538(均為商品名、陶氏化學公司製造),艾匹克隆152、及艾匹克隆153(均為商品名、迪愛生(股份)製造)。Examples of the brominated bisphenol-A type epoxy compound include jER5050 and jER5051 (all manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation), Aptuoto YDB-360, and Aptuoto YDB-400 (both For the trade name, manufactured by Tohto Kasei (share), DER-530, DER-538 (all trade names, manufactured by Dow Chemical Company), Ai Piklon 152, and Ai Piklon 153 (all are trade names, Di Aisheng (shares) manufacturing).

作為苯酚酚醛清漆型環氧化合物,例如可列舉:jER152、jER154(均為商品名、三菱化學(股份)製造),YDPN-638(商品名、東都化成公司製造),DEN431、DEN438(均為商品名、陶氏化學公司製造),艾匹克隆N-770(商品名、迪愛生(股份)製造),EPPN-201、及EPPN-202(均為商品名、日本化藥(股份)製造)。Examples of the phenol novolak-type epoxy compound include jER152 and jER154 (all manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation), YDPN-638 (trade name, manufactured by Tohto Kasei Co., Ltd.), and DEN431 and DEN438 (all products). Name, manufactured by Dow Chemical Co., Ltd., Ai Piklon N-770 (trade name, manufactured by Di Ai Sheng (share)), EPPN-201, and EPPN-202 (all manufactured by Nippon Chemical Co., Ltd.).

作為甲酚酚醛清漆型環氧化合物,例如可列舉:jER180S75(商品名、三菱化學(股份)製造),YDCN-701、YDCN-702(均為商品名、東都化成公司製造),艾匹克隆N-665、艾匹克隆N-695(均為商品名、迪愛生(股份)製造),EOCN-102S、EOCN-103S、EOCN-104S、EOCN-1020、EOCN-1025、及EOCN-1027(均為商品名、日本化藥(股份)製造)。Examples of the cresol novolac type epoxy compound include jER180S75 (trade name, manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation), YDCN-701, YDCN-702 (all manufactured by Dongdu Chemical Co., Ltd.), and Ai Piklon N. -665, Ai Piklon N-695 (all manufactured under the trade name, Di Ai Sheng (share)), EOCN-102S, EOCN-103S, EOCN-104S, EOCN-1020, EOCN-1025, and EOCN-1027 (both Product name, manufactured by Nippon Kay (Pharmaceuticals).

作為雙酚A酚醛清漆型環氧化合物,例如可列舉:jER157S70(商品名、三菱化學(股份)製造)、及艾匹克隆N-880(商品名、迪愛生(股份)製造)。Examples of the bisphenol A novolak-type epoxy compound include jER157S70 (trade name, manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation), and Ai Piklon N-880 (trade name, manufactured by Di Ai Sheng (share)).

作為含有萘骨架的環氧化合物,例如可列舉:艾匹克隆HP-4032、艾匹克隆HP-4700、艾匹克隆HP-4770(均為商品名、迪愛生(股份)製造),及NC-7000(商品名、日本化藥公司製造)。Examples of the epoxy compound containing a naphthalene skeleton include eppylon HP-4032, eppylon HP-4700, and ipexlon HP-4770 (all manufactured under the trade name, Di Ai Sheng (share)), and NC- 7000 (trade name, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.).

作為芳香族聚縮水甘油醚化合物,例如可列舉:對苯二酚二縮水甘油醚(下述式EP-1),兒茶酚二縮水甘油醚(下述式EP-2),間苯二酚二縮水甘油醚(下述式EP-3),2-[4-(2,3-環氧基丙氧基)苯基]-2-[4-[1,1-雙[4-([2,3-環氧基丙氧基]苯基)]乙基]苯基]丙烷(下述式EP-4),三(4-縮水甘油氧基苯基)甲烷(下述式EP-5),jER1031S、jER1032H60(均為商品名、三菱化學(股份)製造),塔克替克斯-742(TACTIX-742)(商品名、陶氏化學公司製造),戴娜克爾EX-201(商品名、長瀨化成(股份)製造),DPPN-503、DPPN-502H、DPPN-501H、NC6000(均為商品名、日本化藥(股份)製造),鐵克摩亞VG3101L(商品名、三井化學(股份)製造),由下述式EP-6所表示的化合物,及由下述式EP-7所表示的化合物。 Examples of the aromatic polyglycidyl ether compound include hydroquinone diglycidyl ether (formula: EP-1), catechol diglycidyl ether (formula: EP-2), and resorcinol. Diglycidyl ether (formula EP-3), 2-[4-(2,3-epoxypropoxy)phenyl]-2-[4-[1,1-bis[4-([ 2,3-epoxypropoxy]phenyl)]ethyl]phenyl]propane (formula EP-4), tris(4-glycidoxyphenyl)methane (formula EP-5 below) ), jER1031S, jER1032H60 (all manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation), TACTIX-742 (trade name, manufactured by Dow Chemical Co., Ltd.), Dana Kerr EX-201 (product) Name, Changsong Huacheng (share) manufacturing), DPPN-503, DPPN-502H, DPPN-501H, NC6000 (all manufactured by Nippon Chemical Co., Ltd.), Temmoiya VG3101L (trade name, Mitsui Chemicals) (manufactured by the company), a compound represented by the following formula EP-6, and a compound represented by the following formula EP-7.

作為二環戊二烯苯酚型環氧化合物,例如可列舉:塔克替克斯-556(商品名、陶氏化學公司製造)、及艾匹克隆HP-7200(商品名、迪愛生(股份)製造)。Examples of the dicyclopentadiene phenol type epoxy compound include Tekexix-556 (trade name, manufactured by The Dow Chemical Company), and Ai Piklon HP-7200 (trade name, Di Ai Sheng (share) Manufacturing).

作為脂環式二縮水甘油醚化合物,例如可列舉:環己烷二甲醇二縮水甘油醚化合物、及裡卡雷新DME-100(商品名、新日本理化(股份)製造)。Examples of the alicyclic diglycidyl ether compound include a cyclohexane dimethanol diglycidyl ether compound and Ricardo new DME-100 (trade name, manufactured by Nippon Chemical and Chemical Co., Ltd.).

作為脂肪族聚縮水甘油醚化合物,例如可列舉:乙二醇二縮水甘油醚(下述式EP-8),二乙二醇二縮水甘油醚(下述式EP-9),聚乙二醇二縮水甘油醚,丙二醇二縮水甘油醚(下述式EP-10),三丙二醇二縮水甘油醚(下述式EP-11),聚丙二醇二縮水甘油醚,新戊二醇二縮水甘油醚(下述式EP-12),1,4-丁二醇二縮水甘油醚(下述式EP-13),1,6-己二醇二縮水甘油醚(下述式EP-14),二溴新戊二醇二縮水甘油醚(下述式EP-15),戴娜克爾EX-810、戴娜克爾EX-851、戴娜克爾EX-8301、戴娜克爾EX-911、戴娜克爾EX-920、戴娜克爾EX-931、戴娜克爾EX-211、戴娜克爾EX-212、戴娜克爾EX-313(均為商品名、長瀨化成(股份)製造),DD-503(商品名、艾迪科(ADEKA)(股份)製造),裡卡雷新W-100(商品名、新日本理化(股份)製造),1,3,5,6-四縮水甘油基-2,4-己二醇(下述式EP-16),甘油聚縮水甘油醚,山梨醇聚縮水甘油醚,三羥甲基丙烷聚縮水甘油醚,季戊四醇聚縮水甘油醚,戴娜克爾EX-313、戴娜克爾EX-611、戴娜克爾EX-321、及戴娜克爾EX-411(均為商品名、長瀨化成(股份)製造)。 Examples of the aliphatic polyglycidyl ether compound include ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether (hereinafter, EP-8), diethylene glycol diglycidyl ether (hereinafter, EP-9), and polyethylene glycol. Diglycidyl ether, propylene glycol diglycidyl ether (formula EP-10), tripropylene glycol diglycidyl ether (formula EP-11 below), polypropylene glycol diglycidyl ether, neopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether ( Formula EP-12), 1,4-butanediol diglycidyl ether (formula EP-13 below), 1,6-hexanediol diglycidyl ether (formula EP-14 below), dibromo Neopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether (EP-15 below), Dana Kerr EX-810, Dana Kerr EX-851, Dana Kerr EX-8301, Dana Kerr EX-911, Dana Kerr EX- 920, Dana Kerr EX-931, Dana Kerr EX-211, Dana Kerr EX-212, Dana Kerr EX-313 (all manufactured by Changchun Huacheng (share)), DD-503 (trade name) , ADEKA (manufactured by ADEKA), Rikari New W-100 (trade name, manufactured by Nippon Chemical and Chemical Co., Ltd.), 1,3,5,6-tetraglycidyl-2,4- Hexanediol (Equation EP-16), Gan Polyglycidyl ether, sorbitol polyglycidyl ether, trimethylolpropane polyglycidyl ether, pentaerythritol polyglycidyl ether, Dana Kerr EX-313, Dana Kerr EX-611, Dana Kerr EX-321, and Dana Kerr EX-411 (all manufactured under the trade name, Changchun Huacheng (share)).

作為多硫化物型二縮水甘油醚化合物,例如可列舉:FLDP-50、及FLDP-60(均為商品名、東麗巧固樂(Toray Thiokol)(股份)製造)。Examples of the polysulfide-type diglycidyl ether compound include FLDP-50 and FLDP-60 (both of which are trade names, manufactured by Toray Thiokol Co., Ltd.).

作為聯苯酚型環氧化合物,例如可列舉:YX-4000、YL-6121H(均為商品名、三菱化學(股份)製造),NC-3000P、及NC-3000S(均為商品名、日本化藥(股份)製造)。Examples of the biphenol-based epoxy compound include YX-4000 and YL-6121H (all manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation), NC-3000P, and NC-3000S (all are trade names, Japanese chemical drugs). (shares) manufacturing).

作為二縮水甘油酯化合物,例如可列舉:對苯二甲酸二縮水甘油酯(下述式EP-17)、鄰苯二甲酸二縮水甘油酯(下述式EP-18)、鄰苯二甲酸雙(2-甲基氧雜環丙基甲基)酯(下述式EP-19)、六氫鄰苯二甲酸二縮水甘油酯(下述式EP-20)、由下述式EP-21所表示的化合物、由下述式EP-22所表示的化合物、及由下述式EP-23所表示的化合物。 Examples of the diglycidyl ester compound include diglycidyl terephthalate (formula: EP-17), diglycidyl phthalate (formula: EP-18), and phthalic acid (2-Methoxy-oxiranylmethyl) ester (Equation EP-19), hexahydrophthalic acid diglycidyl ester (Equation EP-20), and the following formula EP-21 The compound represented by the formula, the compound represented by the following formula EP-22, and the compound represented by the following formula EP-23.

作為縮水甘油酯環氧化合物,例如可列舉:jER871、jER872(均為商品名、三菱化學(股份)製造),艾匹克隆200、艾匹克隆400(均為商品名、迪愛生(股份)製造),戴娜克爾EX-711、及戴娜克爾EX-721(均為商品名、長瀨化成(股份)製造)。Examples of the glycidyl ester epoxy compound include jER871 and jER872 (all of which are trade names, manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation), Ai Piklon 200, and Ai Piklon 400 (all manufactured under the trade name, Di Ai Sheng (share)). ), Dana Kerr EX-711, and Dana Kerr EX-721 (all manufactured by Changchun Huacheng (share)).

作為聚縮水甘油胺化合物,例如可列舉:N,N-二縮水甘油基苯胺(下述式EP-24)、N,N-二縮水甘油基-鄰甲苯胺(下述式EP-25)、N,N-二縮水甘油基-間甲苯胺(下述式EP-26)、N,N-二縮水甘油基-2,4,6-三溴苯胺(下述式EP-27)、3-(N,N-二縮水甘油基)胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷(下述式EP-28)、N,N,O-三縮水甘油基-對胺基苯酚(下述式EP-29)、N,N,O-三縮水甘油基-間胺基苯酚(下述式EP-30)、N,N,N',N'-四縮水甘油基-4,4'-二胺基二苯基甲烷(下述式EP-31)、N,N,N',N'-四縮水甘油基-間苯二甲胺(鐵特拉德-X(TETRAD-X)(商品名、三菱瓦斯化學(股份)製造),下述式EP-32)、1,3-雙(N,N-二縮水甘油基胺基甲基)環己烷(鐵特拉德-C(商品名、三菱瓦斯化學(股份)製造),下述式EP-33)、1,4-雙(N,N-二縮水甘油基胺基甲基)環己烷(下述式EP-34)、1,3-雙(N,N-二縮水甘油基胺基)環己烷(下述式EP-35)、1,4-雙(N,N-二縮水甘油基胺基)環己烷(下述式EP-36)、1,3-雙(N,N-二縮水甘油基胺基)苯(下述式EP-37)、1,4-雙(N,N-二縮水甘油基胺基)苯(下述式EP-38)、2,6-雙(N,N-二縮水甘油基胺基甲基)雙環[2.2.1]庚烷(下述式EP-39)、N,N,N',N'-四縮水甘油基-4,4'-二胺基二環己基甲烷(下述式EP-40)、2,2'-二甲基-(N,N,N',N'-四縮水甘油基)-4,4'-二胺基聯苯(下述式EP-41)、N,N,N',N'-四縮水甘油基-4,4'-二胺基二苯醚(下述式EP-42)、1,3,5-三(4-(N,N-二縮水甘油基)胺基苯氧基)苯(下述式EP-43)、2,4,4'-三(N,N-二縮水甘油基胺基)二苯醚(下述式EP-44)、三(4-(N,N-二縮水甘油基)胺基苯基)甲烷(下述式EP-45)、3,4,3',4'-四(N,N-二縮水甘油基胺基)聯苯(下述式EP-46)、3,4,3',4'-四(N,N-二縮水甘油基胺基)二苯醚(下述式EP-47)、由下述式EP-48所表示的化合物、及由下述式EP-49所表示的化合物。 Examples of the polyglycidylamine compound include N,N-diglycidylaniline (Equation EP-24), N,N-diglycidyl-o-toluidine (Equation EP-25), N,N-diglycidyl-m-toluidine (formula EP-26), N,N-diglycidyl-2,4,6-tribromoaniline (formula EP-27), 3- (N,N-diglycidyl)aminopropyltrimethoxydecane (formula EP-28), N,N,O-triglycidyl-p-aminophenol (formula EP-29) , N, N, O-triglycidyl-m-aminophenol (formula EP-30), N,N,N',N'-tetraglycidyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenyl Methane (formula EP-31), N,N,N',N'-tetraglycidyl-m-xylylenediamine (TETRAD-X) (trade name, Mitsubishi Gas Chemical (manufactured by the company), the following formula EP-32), 1,3-bis(N,N-diglycidylaminomethyl)cyclohexane (iron-trad-C (trade name, Mitsubishi Gas Chemicals) (manufactured by the company), the following formula EP-33), 1,4-bis(N,N-diglycidylaminomethyl)cyclohexane (formula: EP-34), 1,3-double (N,N-diglycidylamino)cyclohexane (described below) EP-35), 1,4-bis(N,N-diglycidylamino)cyclohexane (formula EP-36 below), 1,3-bis(N,N-diglycidylamino group) Benzene (formula EP-37 below), 1,4-bis(N,N-diglycidylamino)benzene (formula EP-38 below), 2,6-bis (N,N-diverted water) Glycerylaminomethyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane (formula EP-39 below), N,N,N',N'-tetraglycidyl-4,4'-diaminodicyclohexyl Methane (formula EP-40), 2,2'-dimethyl-(N,N,N',N'-tetraglycidyl)-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl (the following formula) EP-41), N, N, N', N'-tetraglycidyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether (formula EP-42), 1,3,5-tri (4- (N,N-diglycidyl)aminophenoxy)benzene (formula EP-43 below), 2,4,4'-tris(N,N-diglycidylamino)diphenyl ether ( Formula EP-44), tris(4-(N,N-diglycidyl)aminophenyl)methane (Equation EP-45), 3,4,3',4'-tetra (N , N-diglycidylamino)biphenyl (formula EP-46 below), 3,4,3',4'-tetrakis(N,N-diglycidylamino)diphenyl ether (described below) Formula EP-47), a compound represented by the following formula EP-48, and a compound represented by the following formula EP-49.

作為具有氧雜環丙基的單體的均聚物,例如可列舉聚甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯。作為具有氧雜環丙基的單體的共聚物,例如可列舉:N-苯基順丁烯二醯亞胺-甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯共聚物、N-環己基順丁烯二醯亞胺-甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油脂共聚物、甲基丙烯酸苄酯-甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯共聚物、甲基丙烯酸丁酯-甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯共聚物、甲基丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯-甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯共聚物、甲基丙烯酸(3-乙基-3-氧雜環丁基)甲酯-甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油脂共聚物、及苯乙烯-甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油脂共聚物。Examples of the homopolymer of the monomer having an oxiranyl group include polyglycidyl methacrylate. Examples of the copolymer of the oxiranyl group-containing monomer include N-phenyl maleimide-glycidyl methacrylate copolymer and N-cyclohexylmethylene iodide. - Glycidyl methacrylate copolymer, benzyl methacrylate-glycidyl methacrylate copolymer, butyl methacrylate-glycidyl methacrylate copolymer, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate-A A glycidyl acrylate copolymer, a (3-ethyl-3-oxetanyl)methyl methacrylate-glycidyl methacrylate copolymer, and a styrene-glycidyl methacrylate copolymer.

作為具有氧雜環丙基的單體,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3,4-環氧基環己酯、及(甲基)丙烯酸甲基縮水甘油酯。Examples of the monomer having an oxiranyl group include glycidyl (meth)acrylate, 3,4-epoxycyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, and methyl glycidol (meth)acrylate. ester.

作為具有氧雜環丙基的單體的共聚物中的具有氧雜環丙基的單體以外的其他單體,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸、(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯、苯乙烯、甲基苯乙烯、氯甲基苯乙烯、(甲基)丙烯酸(3-乙基-3-氧雜環丁基)甲酯、N-環己基順丁烯二醯亞胺、及N-苯基順丁烯二醯亞胺。Examples of the monomer other than the monomer having an oxiranyl group in the copolymer of the oxopropyl group-containing monomer include (meth)acrylic acid, methyl (meth)acrylate, and (a) Ethyl acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, butyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, tert-butyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate Benzyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, styrene, methylstyrene, chloromethylstyrene, (meth)acrylic acid (3-Ethyl-3-oxetanyl)methyl ester, N-cyclohexylmethyleneimine, and N-phenylmaleimide.

作為異三聚氰酸縮水甘油酯,例如可列舉:1,3,5-三縮水甘油基-1,3,5-三嗪-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-三酮(下述式EP-50)、1,3-二縮水甘油基-5-烯丙基-1,3,5-三嗪-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-三酮(下述式EP-51)、及異三聚氰酸縮水甘油酯型環氧樹脂。 As the glycidyl iso-glycidyl cyanide, for example, 1,3,5-triglycidyl-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-trione (EP-50 of the following formula), 1,3-diglycidyl-5-allyl-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-trione ( The following formula EP-51) and an isomeric isocyanurate type epoxy resin.

作為鏈狀脂肪族型環氧化合物,例如可列舉:環氧化聚丁二烯、及艾波里德PB3600(Epolead PB3600)(商品名、大賽璐(Daicel)(股份)製造)。Examples of the chain aliphatic epoxy compound include epoxidized polybutadiene and Eprod PB3600 (Epolead PB3600) (trade name, manufactured by Daicel).

作為環狀脂肪族型環氧化合物,例如可列舉:3,4-環氧基環己烯基甲基-3',4'-環氧基環己烯羧酸酯(矽羅基賽德2021(Celloxide2021)(大賽璐(股份)製造),下述式EP-52),2-甲基-3,4-環氧基環己基甲基-2'-甲基-3',4'-環氧基環己基羧酸酯(下述式EP-53),2,3-環氧基環戊烷-2',3'-環氧基環戊烷醚(下述式EP-54),ε-己內酯改質3,4-環氧基環己基甲基-3',4'-環氧基環己烷羧酸酯,1,2:8,9-二環氧基檸檬烯(Celloxide3000(商品名、大賽璐(股份)製造),下述式EP-55),由下述式EP-56所表示的化合物,CY-175、CY-177、CY-179(均為商品名、汽巴嘉基化學公司(The Ciba-Geigy Chemical Corp.)製造(可從日本亨斯邁(Huntsman·Japan)(股份)獲得)),EHPD-3150(商品名、大賽璐(股份)製造),及環狀脂肪族型環氧樹脂。 As the cyclic aliphatic epoxy compound, for example, 3,4-epoxycyclohexenylmethyl-3',4'-epoxycyclohexenecarboxylate (矽罗基赛2021) (Celloxide 2021) (manufactured by Daicel (product), the following formula EP-52), 2-methyl-3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl-2'-methyl-3', 4'-ring Oxycyclohexyl carboxylate (formula EP-53 below), 2,3-epoxycyclopentane-2',3'-epoxycyclopentane ether (formula EP-54 below), ε - caprolactone modified 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl-3',4'-epoxycyclohexanecarboxylate, 1,2:8,9-dicyclooxy limonene (Celloxide 3000 ( The product name, Daicel (manufactured by the company), the following formula EP-55), the compound represented by the following formula EP-56, CY-175, CY-177, CY-179 (all are trade names, Ciba Manufactured by The Ciba-Geigy Chemical Corp. (available from Huntsman Japan (shares)), EHPD-3150 (trade name, manufactured by Daicel (share)), and ring An aliphatic epoxy resin.

環氧化合物優選聚縮水甘油胺化合物、雙酚A酚醛清漆型環氧化合物、甲酚酚醛清漆型環氧化合物、及環狀脂肪族型環氧化合物的一種以上,更優選N,N,N',N'-四縮水甘油基-間苯二甲胺、1,3-雙(N,N-二縮水甘油基胺基甲基)環己烷、N,N,N',N'-四縮水甘油基-4,4'-二胺基二苯基甲烷、商品名「鐵克摩亞VG3101L」、3,4-環氧基環己烯基甲基-3',4'-環氧基環己烯羧酸酯、N-苯基順丁烯二醯亞胺-甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯共聚物、N,N,O-三縮水甘油基-對胺基苯酚、雙酚A酚醛清漆型環氧化合物、及甲酚酚醛清漆型環氧化合物的一種以上。The epoxy compound is preferably one or more of a polyglycidylamine compound, a bisphenol A novolac type epoxy compound, a cresol novolak type epoxy compound, and a cyclic aliphatic type epoxy compound, and more preferably N, N, N' , N'-tetraglycidyl-m-xylylenediamine, 1,3-bis(N,N-diglycidylaminomethyl)cyclohexane, N,N,N',N'-tetrahydration Glyceryl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, trade name "Tieke Moya VG3101L", 3,4-epoxycyclohexenylmethyl-3', 4'-epoxy ring Hexene carboxylate, N-phenyl maleimide-glycidyl methacrylate copolymer, N, N, O-triglycidyl-p-aminophenol, bisphenol A novolac type ring One or more of an oxygen compound and a cresol novolac type epoxy compound.

另外,例如本發明的液晶配向劑可進而含有各種添加劑。作為各種添加劑,例如可列舉聚醯胺酸及其衍生物以外的高分子化合物、及低分子化合物,可根據各個目的而選擇使用。Further, for example, the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention may further contain various additives. Examples of the various additives include a polymer compound other than polyglycine and a derivative thereof, and a low molecular compound, and can be selected and used according to each purpose.

作為所述高分子化合物,可列舉可溶於有機溶劑的高分子化合物。就控制所形成的液晶配向膜的電特性或配向性的觀點而言,優選將此種高分子化合物添加至本發明的液晶配向劑中。作為所述高分子化合物,例如可列舉:聚醯胺、聚胺基甲酸酯、聚脲、聚酯、聚環氧化物、聚酯多元醇、矽酮改質聚胺基甲酸酯、及矽酮改質聚酯。The polymer compound is a polymer compound soluble in an organic solvent. From the viewpoint of controlling the electrical characteristics or the alignment property of the liquid crystal alignment film formed, it is preferred to add such a polymer compound to the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention. Examples of the polymer compound include polyamine, polyurethane, polyurea, polyester, polyepoxide, polyester polyol, anthrone modified polyurethane, and Anthrone modified polyester.

作為所述低分子化合物,例如1)當期望提升塗布性時可列舉符合所述目的的介面活性劑,2)當需要提升抗靜電時可列舉抗靜電劑,3)當期望提升與基板的密接性時可列舉矽烷偶合劑或鈦系的偶合劑,另外,4)當在低溫下進行醯亞胺化時可列舉醯亞胺化催化劑。As the low molecular compound, for example, 1) when it is desired to improve the coatability, an interfacial agent conforming to the purpose may be mentioned, 2) an antistatic agent may be mentioned when antistatic is required to be lifted, and 3) when adhesion to a substrate is desired to be improved In the case of a decane coupling agent or a titanium-based coupling agent, 4) a ruthenium imidization catalyst may be mentioned when the hydrazine imidization is carried out at a low temperature.

作為矽烷偶合劑,例如可列舉:乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基三乙氧基矽烷、N-(2-胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、N-(2-胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基甲基三甲氧基矽烷、對胺基苯基三甲氧基矽烷、對胺基苯基三乙氧基矽烷、間胺基苯基三甲氧基矽烷、間胺基苯基三乙氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-氯丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-氯丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、N-(1,3-二甲基亞丁基)-3-(三乙氧基矽烷基)-1-丙胺、及N,N'-雙[3-(三甲氧基矽烷基)丙基]乙二胺。優選的矽烷偶合劑為3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷。Examples of the decane coupling agent include vinyltrimethoxydecane, vinyltriethoxysilane, N-(2-aminoethyl)-3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxydecane, and N. -(2-Aminoethyl)-3-aminopropylmethyltrimethoxydecane, p-aminophenyltrimethoxydecane, p-aminophenyltriethoxydecane, m-aminophenyltrimethyl Oxy decane, m-aminophenyl triethoxy decane, 3-aminopropyl trimethoxy decane, 3-aminopropyl triethoxy decane, 3-glycidoxy propyl trimethoxy decane , 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldimethoxydecane, 3-chloropropylmethyldimethoxydecane, 3-chloropropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-methylpropenyloxypropyl Trimethoxydecane, 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxydecane, N-(1,3-dimethylbutylene)-3-(triethoxydecyl)-1-propylamine, and N,N'- Bis[3-(trimethoxydecyl)propyl]ethylenediamine. A preferred decane coupling agent is 3-aminopropyltriethoxydecane.

作為醯亞胺化催化劑,例如可列舉:三甲胺、三乙胺、三丙胺、三丁胺等脂肪族胺類;N,N-二甲基苯胺、N,N-二乙基苯胺、甲基取代苯胺、羥基取代苯胺等芳香族胺類;吡啶、甲基取代吡啶、羥基取代吡啶、喹啉、甲基取代喹啉、羥基取代喹啉、異喹啉、甲基取代異喹啉、羥基取代異喹啉、咪唑、甲基取代咪唑、羥基取代咪唑等環式胺類。所述醯亞胺化催化劑優選選自N,N-二甲基苯胺、鄰羥基苯胺、間羥基苯胺、對羥基苯胺、鄰羥基吡啶、間羥基吡啶、對羥基吡啶、及異喹啉中的一種或兩種以上。Examples of the ruthenium amide catalyst include aliphatic amines such as trimethylamine, triethylamine, tripropylamine, and tributylamine; N,N-dimethylaniline, N,N-diethylaniline, and methyl group. Aromatic amines such as aniline and hydroxy-substituted aniline; pyridine, methyl-substituted pyridine, hydroxy-substituted pyridine, quinoline, methyl-substituted quinoline, hydroxy-substituted quinoline, isoquinoline, methyl-substituted isoquinoline, hydroxy substitution Cyclic amines such as isoquinoline, imidazole, methyl substituted imidazole, and hydroxy substituted imidazole. The ruthenium amide catalyst is preferably selected from the group consisting of N,N-dimethylaniline, o-hydroxyaniline, m-hydroxyaniline, p-hydroxyaniline, o-hydroxypyridine, m-hydroxypyridine, p-hydroxypyridine, and isoquinoline. Or two or more.

矽烷偶合劑的添加量通常為聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的總重量的0 wt%~20 wt%,優選0.1 wt%~10 wt%。The amount of the decane coupling agent to be added is usually from 0 wt% to 20 wt%, preferably from 0.1 wt% to 10 wt%, based on the total weight of the polyamic acid or a derivative thereof.

相對於聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的羰基,醯亞胺化催化劑的添加量通常為0.01當量~5當量,優選0.05當量~3當量。The amount of the ruthenium imidization catalyst added is usually from 0.01 equivalents to 5 equivalents, preferably from 0.05 equivalents to 3 equivalents, based on the carbonyl group of the polyamic acid or a derivative thereof.

其他添加劑的添加量根據其用途而不同,但通常為聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的總重量的0 wt%~100 wt%,優選0.1 wt%~50 wt%。The amount of the other additives to be added varies depending on the use thereof, but is usually from 0 wt% to 100 wt%, preferably from 0.1 wt% to 50 wt%, based on the total weight of the polyamic acid or its derivative.

本發明的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物可與用於聚醯亞胺的膜的形成的公知的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物同樣地製造。四羧酸二酐的總添加量優選設為與二胺的總莫耳數大致等莫耳(莫耳比為0.9~1.1左右)。The polyaminic acid or a derivative thereof of the present invention can be produced in the same manner as the known polyaminic acid or a derivative thereof for forming a film of polyimine. The total addition amount of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride is preferably set to be approximately equal to the total number of moles of the diamine (the molar ratio is about 0.9 to 1.1).

本發明的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的分子量以聚苯乙烯換算的重量平均分子量(Mw)計,優選7,000~500,000,更優選10,000~200,000。所述聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的分子量可由利用凝膠滲透層析(GPC)法的測定來求出。The molecular weight of the poly-proline or the derivative thereof of the present invention is preferably 7,000 to 500,000, more preferably 10,000 to 200,000, in terms of polystyrene-equivalent weight average molecular weight (Mw). The molecular weight of the polyaminic acid or its derivative can be determined by measurement by a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method.

本發明的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物可通過如下方式來確認它的存在:利用紅外線(Infrared,IR)、核磁共振(Nuclear Magnetic Resonance,NMR)對使本發明的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物在大量的不良溶劑中沉澱而獲得的固體成分進行分析。另外,可通過如下方式來確認所使用的單體:利用氣相層析法(Gas Chromatography,GC)、高效液相層析法(High Performance Liquid Chromatography,HPLC)或氣相層析質譜法(Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry,GC-MS)對使用KOH或NaOH等強鹼的水溶液將所述聚醯胺酸或其衍生物分解後,使用有機溶劑從其分解物中所提取出的提取物進行分析。The poly-proline or a derivative thereof of the present invention can be confirmed by the following means: using poly Infrared (IR), Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) to make the polylysine of the present invention or its derivative The solid component obtained by precipitation in a large amount of poor solvent was analyzed. In addition, the monomer to be used can be confirmed by gas chromatography (GC), high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) or gas chromatography mass spectrometry (Gas). Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry (GC-MS) is an extract obtained by decomposing the polyaminic acid or a derivative thereof using an aqueous solution of a strong base such as KOH or NaOH, and extracting the extract from the decomposition product using an organic solvent.

另外,例如就液晶配向劑的塗布性或所述聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的濃度的調整的觀點而言,本發明的液晶配向劑可進而含有溶劑。所述溶劑只要是具有溶解高分子成分的能力的溶劑,則可無特別限制地應用。所述溶劑廣泛包含通常用於聚醯胺酸、可溶性聚醯亞胺等高分子成分的製造步驟或用途方面的溶劑,可根據使用目的而適宜選擇。所述溶劑可以是一種,也可以是兩種以上的混合溶劑。Further, for example, from the viewpoint of the coatability of the liquid crystal alignment agent or the adjustment of the concentration of the polyaminic acid or its derivative, the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention may further contain a solvent. The solvent is not particularly limited as long as it has a solvent having the ability to dissolve a polymer component. The solvent widely includes a solvent which is generally used for a production step or a use of a polymer component such as polyacrylic acid or a soluble polyimine, and can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose of use. The solvent may be one type or a mixture of two or more types.

作為溶劑,可列舉所述聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的親溶劑、或以改善塗布性為目的的其他溶劑。The solvent may, for example, be a lyophilic solvent of the polyaminic acid or a derivative thereof or another solvent for the purpose of improving coatability.

作為相對於聚醯胺酸或其衍生物為親溶劑的非質子性極性有機溶劑,可列舉:N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮、二甲基咪唑烷酮(dimethylimidazolidinone)、N-甲基己內醯胺、N-甲基丙醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、二甲基亞碸、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二乙基甲醯胺、二乙基乙醯胺、γ-丁內酯等內酯。Examples of the aprotic polar organic solvent which is a solvophilic solvent with respect to polyglycine or a derivative thereof include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, dimethylimidazolidinone, and N-methylene. Indoleamine, N-methylpropionamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, dimethyl hydrazine, N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-diethylformamide, Lactone such as diethyl acetamide or γ-butyrolactone.

以改善塗布性等為目的的其他溶劑特優選使用選自由醇、醚、酮所組成的群組中的至少一種溶劑。It is particularly preferable to use at least one solvent selected from the group consisting of alcohols, ethers, and ketones for other solvents for the purpose of improving coatability and the like.

作為所述醇,可列舉:丁基溶纖劑(乙二醇單丁醚)、乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單乙醚、丙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇單丙醚、1-丁氧基-2-丙醇、2-(2-甲氧基丙氧基)丙醇、乳酸乙酯、乳酸甲酯、乳酸丙酯、乳酸丁酯等。Examples of the alcohol include butyl cellosolve (ethylene glycol monobutyl ether), ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, and propylene glycol monopropyl acetate. Ether, 1-butoxy-2-propanol, 2-(2-methoxypropoxy)propanol, ethyl lactate, methyl lactate, propyl lactate, butyl lactate, and the like.

作為所述醚,可列舉:乙二醇二甲醚、乙二醇二乙醚等伸烷基二醇二烷基醚;二乙二醇二甲醚、二乙二醇二乙醚、二乙二醇甲基乙基醚、二乙二醇丁基甲基醚等二伸烷基二醇二烷基醚;二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二丙二醇單甲醚、二丙二醇單乙醚等二伸烷基二醇單烷基醚;乙二醇單正丁基醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單丁醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單丙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單丁醚乙酸酯等伸烷基二醇烷基醚乙酸酯;丙二醇單甲醚丙酸酯、丙二醇單乙醚丙酸酯、丙二醇單丙醚丙酸酯、丙二醇單丁醚丙酸酯等丙二醇單烷基醚丙酸酯;四氫呋喃等環狀醚等。Examples of the ether include an alkylene glycol dialkyl ether such as ethylene glycol dimethyl ether or ethylene glycol diethyl ether; diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, and diethylene glycol. Dialkylene glycol dialkyl ether such as methyl ethyl ether or diethylene glycol butyl methyl ether; diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether Ethylene glycol monoalkyl ether; ethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate , diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, propylene glycol single Alkyl glycol alkyl ether acetate such as butyl ether acetate; propylene glycol monomethyl ether propionate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether propionate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether propionate, propylene glycol monobutyl ether propionate and other propylene glycol A monoalkyl ether propionate; a cyclic ether such as tetrahydrofuran or the like.

作為所述酮,可列舉:甲基乙基酮、甲基異丁基酮、環己酮、4-羥基-4-甲基-2-戊酮、甲基異戊基酮、二異丁基酮、甲基-3-甲氧基丙酸酯等。Examples of the ketone include methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone, methyl isoamyl ketone, and diisobutyl butyl. Ketone, methyl-3-methoxypropionate, and the like.

這些溶劑之中,所述溶劑特優選N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮、二甲基咪唑烷酮、γ-丁內酯、乙二醇單丁醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、丙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇單甲醚、二丙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇二乙醚及1-丁氧基-2-丙醇。Among these solvents, the solvent is particularly preferably N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, dimethylimidazolidinone, γ-butyrolactone, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether. , propylene glycol monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether and 1-butoxy-2-propanol.

本發明的配向劑中的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的濃度優選0.1 wt%~40 wt%。當將所述配向劑塗布在基板上時,為了調整膜厚,有時需要事先利用溶劑對所含有的聚醯胺酸進行稀釋的操作。The concentration of the polyaminic acid or its derivative in the alignment agent of the present invention is preferably from 0.1% by weight to 40% by weight. When the alignment agent is applied onto a substrate, in order to adjust the film thickness, it is necessary to perform an operation of diluting the contained polyamic acid with a solvent in advance.

本發明的配向劑中的固體成分濃度並無特別限定,只要結合下述的各種塗布法而選擇最合適的值即可。通常,為了抑制塗布時的不均或針孔等,相對於清漆重量,優選0.1 wt%~30 wt%,更優選1 wt%~10 wt%。The solid content concentration in the alignment agent of the present invention is not particularly limited, and may be selected in accordance with various coating methods described below. In general, in order to suppress unevenness at the time of coating, pinholes, and the like, it is preferably 0.1 wt% to 30 wt%, more preferably 1 wt% to 10 wt%, based on the weight of the varnish.

本發明的液晶配向劑的黏度由於塗布的方法、聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的濃度、所使用的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的種類、溶劑的種類與比例而優選的範圍不同。例如,在利用印刷機而進行塗布的情況下為5 mPa·s~100 mPa·s(更優選為10 mPa·s~80 mPa·s)。若小於5 mPa·s,則變得難以獲得充分的膜厚;若超過100 mPa·s,則存在印刷不均變大的現象。在利用旋塗而進行塗布的情況下,適合的是5 mPa·s~200 mPa·s(更優選為10 mPa·s~100 mPa·s)。在使用噴墨塗布裝置而進行塗布的情況下,適合的是5 mPa·s~50 mPa·s(更優選為5 mPa·s~20 mPa·s)。液晶配向劑的黏度可通過旋轉黏度測定法而測定,例如使用旋轉黏度計(東機產業製造的TVE-20L型)而測定(測定溫度為25℃)。The viscosity of the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention differs depending on the method of coating, the concentration of polyglycine or a derivative thereof, the type of polyglycine or a derivative thereof used, and the kind and ratio of the solvent. For example, when coating is performed by a printing machine, it is 5 mPa·s to 100 mPa·s (more preferably 10 mPa·s to 80 mPa·s). If it is less than 5 mPa·s, it becomes difficult to obtain a sufficient film thickness; if it exceeds 100 mPa·s, there is a phenomenon that printing unevenness becomes large. In the case of coating by spin coating, it is preferably 5 mPa·s to 200 mPa·s (more preferably 10 mPa·s to 100 mPa·s). In the case of coating using an inkjet coating device, it is preferably 5 mPa·s to 50 mPa·s (more preferably 5 mPa·s to 20 mPa·s). The viscosity of the liquid crystal alignment agent can be measured by a rotational viscosity measurement method, for example, using a rotary viscometer (TVE-20L type manufactured by Toki Sangyo Co., Ltd.) (measurement temperature is 25 ° C).

對本發明的液晶配向膜進行詳細說明。本發明的液晶配向膜是通過對所述本發明的液晶配向劑的塗膜進行加熱所形成的膜。本發明的液晶配向膜可通過從液晶配向劑製作液晶配向膜的通常的方法而獲得。例如,本發明的液晶配向膜可通過經過形成本發明的液晶配向劑的塗膜的步驟、進行加熱乾燥的步驟、及進行加熱煅燒的步驟而獲得。針對本發明的液晶配向膜,視需要,可如後述般對經過加熱乾燥步驟、加熱煅燒步驟所獲得的膜進行摩擦處理來賦予各向異性。或者,視需要,可在塗膜步驟、加熱乾燥步驟後照射光,或在加熱煅燒步驟後照射光來賦予各向異性。另外,也可以用作不進行摩擦處理的垂直配向(Vertical Alignment,VA)用液晶配向膜。The liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention will be described in detail. The liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention is a film formed by heating the coating film of the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention. The liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention can be obtained by a usual method for producing a liquid crystal alignment film from a liquid crystal alignment agent. For example, the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention can be obtained by a step of forming a coating film of the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention, a step of performing heat drying, and a step of performing heating and calcination. In the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention, if necessary, the film obtained by the heating and drying step and the heating and calcining step may be subjected to a rubbing treatment to impart anisotropy. Alternatively, if necessary, the light may be irradiated after the coating step, the heat drying step, or the light may be irradiated after the heating calcination step to impart anisotropy. Further, it can also be used as a liquid crystal alignment film for vertical alignment (VA) which is not subjected to rubbing treatment.

塗膜可與通常的液晶配向膜的製作同樣地,通過將本發明的液晶配向劑塗布在液晶顯示元件中的基板上來形成。基板可列舉可設置有氧化銦錫(Indium Tin Oxide,ITO)、氧化銦鋅(In2 O3 -ZnO,IZO)、氧化銦鎵鋅(In-Ga-ZnO4 ,IGZO)電極等電極或彩色濾光片等的玻璃製的基板。The coating film can be formed by applying the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention to a substrate in a liquid crystal display element, similarly to the production of a normal liquid crystal alignment film. The substrate may be an electrode or color in which an indium tin oxide (ITO), an indium zinc oxide (In 2 O 3 -ZnO, IZO), an indium gallium zinc oxide (In-Ga-ZnO 4 , IGZO) electrode, or the like may be provided. A glass substrate such as a filter.

作為將液晶配向劑塗布在基板上的方法,通常己知有旋轉器法、印刷法、浸漬法、滴加法、噴墨法等。這些方法也可以同樣地應用於本發明中。As a method of applying a liquid crystal alignment agent onto a substrate, a rotator method, a printing method, a dipping method, a dropping method, an inkjet method, and the like are generally known. These methods can also be equally applied to the present invention.

所述加熱乾燥步驟通常己知有在烘箱或紅外爐中進行加熱處理的方法、在加熱板上進行加熱處理的方法等。加熱乾燥步驟優選在溶劑可蒸發的範圍內的溫度下實施,更優選在相對於加熱煅燒步驟中的溫度為比較低的溫度下實施。具體而言,加熱乾燥溫度優選30℃~150℃的範圍,更優選50℃~120℃的範圍。The heating and drying step is generally known as a method of performing heat treatment in an oven or an infrared furnace, a method of performing heat treatment on a hot plate, and the like. The heat drying step is preferably carried out at a temperature within a range in which the solvent can be evaporated, more preferably at a relatively low temperature with respect to the temperature in the heating calcination step. Specifically, the heating and drying temperature is preferably in the range of 30 ° C to 150 ° C, and more preferably in the range of 50 ° C to 120 ° C.

所述加熱煅燒步驟可在所述聚醯胺酸或其衍生物呈現脫水·閉環反應所需要的條件下進行。所述塗膜的煅燒通常已知有在烘箱或紅外爐中進行加熱處理的方法、在加熱板上進行加熱處理的方法等。這些方法也可以同樣地應用於本發明中。通常優選在100℃~300℃左右的溫度下進行1分鐘~3小時,更優選120℃~280℃,進而更優選150℃~250℃。The heating calcination step can be carried out under the conditions required for the polyglycine or its derivative to exhibit a dehydration/ring closure reaction. The calcination of the coating film is generally known as a method of heat treatment in an oven or an infrared oven, a method of performing heat treatment on a hot plate, and the like. These methods can also be equally applied to the present invention. It is usually preferably carried out at a temperature of from about 100 ° C to about 300 ° C for from 1 minute to 3 hours, more preferably from 120 ° C to 280 ° C, still more preferably from 150 ° C to 250 ° C.

在本發明的液晶配向膜的形成方法中,為了使液晶相對於水平方向及/或垂直方向在一個方向上進行配向,可適宜地使用摩擦法或光配向法等公知的形成方法作為對配向膜賦予各向異性的方法。In the method for forming a liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention, in order to align the liquid crystal in one direction with respect to the horizontal direction and/or the vertical direction, a known formation method such as a rubbing method or a photo-alignment method can be suitably used as the alignment film. A method of imparting anisotropy.

使用摩擦法的本發明的液晶配向膜可經過如下的步驟而形成:將本發明的液晶配向劑塗布在基板上的步驟、對塗布有配向劑的基板進行加熱乾燥的步驟、對所述膜進行加熱煅燒的步驟、以及對膜進行摩擦處理的步驟。The liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention using a rubbing method can be formed by the steps of applying the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention onto a substrate, heating and drying the substrate coated with the alignment agent, and performing the step of heating and drying the substrate. The step of heating the calcination and the step of subjecting the membrane to a rubbing treatment.

摩擦處理可與通常的用於液晶配向膜的配向處理的摩擦處理同樣地進行,只要是可在本發明的液晶配向膜中獲得充分的延遲的條件即可。優選的條件是毛壓入量為0.2 mm~0.8 mm,平臺移動速度為5 mm/sec~250 mm/sec,輥旋轉速度為500 rpm~2,000 rpm。The rubbing treatment can be carried out in the same manner as the rubbing treatment for the alignment treatment of the liquid crystal alignment film, as long as it is a condition that a sufficient retardation can be obtained in the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention. The preferred conditions are a hair intrusion of 0.2 mm to 0.8 mm, a platform moving speed of 5 mm/sec to 250 mm/sec, and a roll rotation speed of 500 rpm to 2,000 rpm.

對利用光配向法的本發明的液晶配向膜的形成方法進行詳細說明。使用光配向法的本發明的液晶配向膜可通過如下方式形成:對塗膜進行加熱乾燥後,通過照射放射線的直線偏光或無偏光,對塗膜賦予各向異性,然後對所述膜進行加熱煅燒。或者,可通過對塗膜進行加熱乾燥,且進行加熱煅燒後,照射放射線的直線偏光或無偏光而形成。就配向性的觀點而言,優選在加熱煅燒步驟前進行放射線的照射步驟。A method of forming the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention by the photo-alignment method will be described in detail. The liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention using the photo-alignment method can be formed by heating and drying the coating film, imparting anisotropy to the coating film by linearly polarizing or non-polarizing light irradiated with radiation, and then heating the film. Calcination. Alternatively, it may be formed by heating and drying the coating film, heating and calcining, and then irradiating the linearly polarized light or the non-polarized light of the radiation. From the viewpoint of the alignment, it is preferred to carry out the irradiation step of the radiation before the heating and calcining step.

進而,為了提高液晶配向膜的液晶配向能力,也可一面對塗膜進行加熱一面照射放射線的直線偏光或無偏光。放射線的照射可在對塗膜進行加熱乾燥的步驟、或在對塗膜進行加熱煅燒的步驟進行,也可在加熱乾燥步驟與加熱煅燒步驟之間進行。所述步驟的加熱乾燥溫度優選30℃~150℃的範圍,更優選50℃~120℃的範圍。且所述步驟的加熱煅燒溫度優選30℃~300℃的範圍,更優選50℃~250℃的範圍。Further, in order to improve the liquid crystal alignment ability of the liquid crystal alignment film, it is also possible to face the linearly polarized light or the non-polarized light which irradiates the radiation while the coating film is heated. The irradiation of the radiation may be carried out in the step of heating and drying the coating film or in the step of heating and calcining the coating film, or between the heating drying step and the heating and calcining step. The heating and drying temperature in the step is preferably in the range of from 30 ° C to 150 ° C, more preferably in the range of from 50 ° C to 120 ° C. Further, the heating calcination temperature in the step is preferably in the range of from 30 ° C to 300 ° C, more preferably in the range of from 50 ° C to 250 ° C.

作為放射線,可使用包含例如150 nm~800 nm的波長的光的紫外線或可見光,優選包含300 nm~400 nm的光的紫外線。另外可使用直線偏光或無偏光。這些光只要為能夠對所述塗膜賦予液晶配向能力的光,則並無特別限定,在欲對液晶表現出強的配向限制力的情況下,優選直線偏光。As the radiation, ultraviolet light or visible light containing light having a wavelength of, for example, 150 nm to 800 nm, preferably ultraviolet light containing light of 300 nm to 400 nm can be used. In addition, linear or unpolarized light can be used. The light is not particularly limited as long as it can impart a liquid crystal alignment ability to the coating film, and when it is desired to exhibit a strong alignment regulating force to the liquid crystal, linear polarization is preferable.

本發明的液晶配向膜即便在低能量的光照射下也可顯示出高的液晶配向能力。所述放射線照射步驟中的直線偏光的照射量優選0.05 J/cm2 ~20 J/cm2 ,更優選0.5 J/cm2 ~10 J/cm2 。另外直線偏光的波長優選200 nm~400 nm,更優選300 nm~400 nm。直線偏光對膜表面的照射角度並無特別限定,在欲對液晶表現出強的配向限制力的情況下,就配向處理時間縮短的觀點而言,優選相對於膜表面儘量垂直。另外,本發明的液晶配向膜通過照射直線偏光,可朝相對於直線偏光的偏光方向而垂直的方向使液晶配向。The liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention can exhibit high liquid crystal alignment ability even under low-energy light irradiation. The irradiation amount of the linearly polarized light in the radiation irradiation step is preferably 0.05 J/cm 2 to 20 J/cm 2 , and more preferably 0.5 J/cm 2 to 10 J/cm 2 . Further, the wavelength of the linearly polarized light is preferably 200 nm to 400 nm, and more preferably 300 nm to 400 nm. The irradiation angle of the linearly polarized light on the surface of the film is not particularly limited. When the liquid crystal exhibits a strong alignment regulating force, it is preferable that the alignment treatment time is shortened as far as possible from the viewpoint of shortening the alignment treatment time. Further, the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention can align the liquid crystal in a direction perpendicular to the polarization direction of the linearly polarized light by irradiating the linearly polarized light.

在欲表現出預傾角的情況下,對所述膜照射的光與所述同樣,可為直線偏光,也可為無偏光。在欲表現出預傾角的情況下,對所述膜照射的光的照射量優選0.05 J/cm2 ~20 J/cm2 ,特優選0.5 J/cm2 ~10 J/cm2 ,其波長優選250 nm~400 nm,特優選300 nm~380 nm。在欲表現出預傾角的情況下,對所述膜照射的光相對於所述膜表面的照射角度並無特別限定,就配向處理時間縮短的觀點而言,優選30度~60度。In the case where the pretilt angle is to be expressed, the light irradiated to the film may be linearly polarized or unpolarized as described above. In the case where the pretilt angle is to be expressed, the irradiation amount of the light irradiated to the film is preferably 0.05 J/cm 2 to 20 J/cm 2 , particularly preferably 0.5 J/cm 2 to 10 J/cm 2 , and the wavelength is preferably 250 nm to 400 nm, particularly preferably 300 nm to 380 nm. When the pretilt angle is to be expressed, the irradiation angle of the light irradiated to the film with respect to the film surface is not particularly limited, and from the viewpoint of shortening the alignment treatment time, it is preferably 30 to 60 degrees.

在照射放射線的直線偏光或無偏光的步驟中使用的光源中,可無限制地使用超高壓水銀燈、高壓水銀燈、低壓水銀燈、深紫外線(Deep UV)燈、鹵素燈、金屬鹵化物燈、大功率金屬鹵化物燈、氙燈、水銀氙燈、準分子燈、KrF準分子雷射、螢光燈、發光二極體(light emitting diode,LED)燈、鈉燈、微波激發無極燈(microwave discharged electrodeless lamp)等。In the light source used in the step of irradiating the linearly polarized or non-polarized light of the radiation, an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp, a high pressure mercury lamp, a low pressure mercury lamp, a deep ultraviolet lamp, a halogen lamp, a metal halide lamp, and a high power can be used without limitation. Metal halide lamps, xenon lamps, mercury xenon lamps, excimer lamps, KrF excimer lasers, fluorescent lamps, light emitting diode (LED) lamps, sodium lamps, microwave-emitting electrodeless lamps, etc. .

本發明的液晶配向膜可通過進而包含所述步驟以外的其他步驟的方法而適宜地獲得。例如,本發明的液晶配向膜雖然不將利用清洗液對煅燒或放射線照射後的膜進行清洗的步驟作為必需步驟,但可根據其他步驟的情況而設置清洗步驟。The liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention can be suitably obtained by a method including further steps other than the above steps. For example, the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention does not require a step of washing the film after firing or radiation irradiation with a cleaning liquid, but a cleaning step may be provided depending on other steps.

作為利用清洗液的清洗方法,可列舉:刷洗、噴霧、蒸氣清洗或超聲波清洗等。這些方法可以單獨進行,也可以併用。作為清洗液,可使用:純水,或甲醇、乙醇、異丙醇等各種醇類,苯、甲苯、二甲苯等芳香族烴類,二氯甲烷等鹵素系溶劑,丙酮、甲基乙基酮等酮類,但並不限定於這些清洗液。當然,這些清洗液可使用經充分精製的雜質少的清洗液。此種清洗方法也可以應用於形成本發明的液晶配向膜時的所述清洗步驟中。Examples of the cleaning method using the cleaning liquid include brushing, spraying, steam cleaning, or ultrasonic cleaning. These methods can be performed separately or in combination. As the cleaning liquid, pure alcohol or various alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, and isopropyl alcohol, aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, and xylene, halogen solvents such as dichloromethane, acetone, and methyl ethyl ketone can be used. Ketones are not limited to these cleaning solutions. Of course, these cleaning liquids can use a cleaning liquid which is sufficiently refined and has less impurities. Such a cleaning method can also be applied to the cleaning step in forming the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention.

為了提高本發明的液晶配向膜的液晶配向能力,可在加熱煅燒步驟的前後、摩擦步驟的前後、或者偏光或無偏光的放射線照射的前後應用利用熱或光的退火處理。在所述退火處理中,退火溫度為30℃~180℃,優選50℃~150℃,時間優選1分鐘~2小時。另外,在用於退火處理的退火光中,可列舉UV燈、螢光燈、LED燈等。光的照射量優選0.3 J/cm2 ~10 J/cm2In order to improve the liquid crystal alignment ability of the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention, annealing treatment by heat or light may be applied before and after the heating calcination step, before and after the rubbing step, or before or after the polarized or unpolarized radiation irradiation. In the annealing treatment, the annealing temperature is from 30 ° C to 180 ° C, preferably from 50 ° C to 150 ° C, and the time is preferably from 1 minute to 2 hours. Further, examples of the annealing light used for the annealing treatment include a UV lamp, a fluorescent lamp, an LED lamp, and the like. The amount of light irradiation is preferably from 0.3 J/cm 2 to 10 J/cm 2 .

本發明的液晶配向膜的膜厚並無特別限定,但優選10 nm~300 nm,更優選30 nm~150 nm。本發明的液晶配向膜的膜厚可通過輪廓儀或橢偏儀(ellipsometer)等公知的膜厚測定裝置來測定。The film thickness of the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 nm to 300 nm, and more preferably 30 nm to 150 nm. The film thickness of the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention can be measured by a known film thickness measuring device such as a profiler or an ellipsometer.

本發明的液晶配向膜的特徵在於具有特別大的配向的各向異性。此種各向異性的大小可通過日本專利特開2005-275364等中所記載的使用偏光IR的方法來評價。另外,如以下的實施例所示般,也可以通過使用橢偏測量術(ellipsometry)的方法來評價。詳細而言,可使用分光橢偏儀來測定液晶配向膜的延遲值。膜的延遲值與聚合物主鏈的配向度成比例地增大。即,具有大的延遲值的膜具有大的配向度,當將本發明的配向膜用作液晶配向膜時,可認為具有更大的各向異性的配向膜對於液晶組合物具有大的配向限制力。The liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention is characterized by an anisotropy having a particularly large alignment. The size of such anisotropy can be evaluated by a method using polarized light described in JP-A-2005-275364 or the like. Further, as shown in the following examples, it can also be evaluated by a method using ellipsometry. In detail, the retardation value of the liquid crystal alignment film can be measured using a spectroscopic ellipsometer. The retardation value of the film increases in proportion to the degree of alignment of the polymer backbone. That is, a film having a large retardation value has a large degree of alignment, and when the alignment film of the present invention is used as a liquid crystal alignment film, an alignment film having greater anisotropy can be considered to have a large alignment limit for a liquid crystal composition. force.

本發明的液晶配向膜可適宜地用於橫向電場方式的液晶顯示元件中。在用於橫向電場方式的液晶顯示元件中的情況下,Pt角越小,且液晶配向能力越高,則在暗狀態下的黑顯示水平越變高,對比度越提高。Pt角優選0.1°以下。The liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention can be suitably used in a liquid crystal display device of a transverse electric field type. In the case of a liquid crystal display element used in a lateral electric field mode, the smaller the Pt angle and the higher the liquid crystal alignment ability, the higher the black display level in the dark state, and the higher the contrast. The Pt angle is preferably 0.1 or less.

除液晶顯示器用的液晶組合物的配向用途以外,本發明的液晶配向膜可用於光學補償材料或其他所有液晶材料的配向控制。另外,本發明的配向膜由於具有大的各向異性,因此可單獨用於光學補償材料用途。In addition to the alignment use of the liquid crystal composition for liquid crystal displays, the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention can be used for alignment control of optical compensation materials or all other liquid crystal materials. Further, since the alignment film of the present invention has a large anisotropy, it can be used alone for optical compensation materials.

對本發明的液晶顯示元件進行詳細說明。 本發明提供一種液晶顯示元件,其包括對向配置的一對基板、形成在所述一對基板各自的對向面的一者或兩者上的電極、形成在所述一對基板各自的對向面上的液晶配向膜、以及形成在所述一對基板間的液晶層,且所述液晶配向膜為本發明的配向膜。The liquid crystal display element of the present invention will be described in detail. The present invention provides a liquid crystal display element including a pair of substrates disposed oppositely, electrodes formed on one or both of opposite surfaces of the pair of substrates, and pairs formed on the pair of substrates a liquid crystal alignment film on the surface and a liquid crystal layer formed between the pair of substrates, and the liquid crystal alignment film is an alignment film of the present invention.

所述電極只要是形成在基板的一面上的電極,則並無特別限定。此種電極例如可列舉ITO或金屬的蒸鍍膜等。另外,電極可形成在基板的一個面的整個面上,也可以形成為例如經圖案化的所期望的形狀。電極的所述所期望的形狀例如可列舉梳型或鋸齒結構等。電極可形成在一對基板中的一個基板上,也可以形成在兩個基板上。電極的形成形態根據液晶顯示元件的種類而不同,例如在IPS型液晶顯示元件的情況下,將電極配置在所述一對基板的一者上,在其他液晶顯示元件的情況下,將電極配置在所述一對基板兩者上。在所述基板或電極上形成所述液晶配向膜。The electrode is not particularly limited as long as it is an electrode formed on one surface of the substrate. Examples of such an electrode include a vapor deposited film of ITO or metal. Further, the electrode may be formed on the entire surface of one face of the substrate, or may be formed, for example, in a patterned desired shape. The desired shape of the electrode may, for example, be a comb type or a sawtooth structure or the like. The electrodes may be formed on one of the pair of substrates or may be formed on the two substrates. The form of formation of the electrode differs depending on the type of the liquid crystal display element. For example, in the case of an IPS type liquid crystal display element, the electrode is disposed on one of the pair of substrates, and in the case of another liquid crystal display element, the electrode is disposed. On both of the pair of substrates. The liquid crystal alignment film is formed on the substrate or the electrode.

所述液晶層是以通過形成有液晶配向膜的面對向的所述一對基板來夾持液晶組合物的形式形成。在液晶層的形成過程中,視需要可使用微粒子或樹脂片等介於所述一對基板之間並形成適當的間隔的間隔物。The liquid crystal layer is formed in a form of sandwiching a liquid crystal composition by the pair of substrates facing each other in which the liquid crystal alignment film is formed. In the formation of the liquid crystal layer, a spacer such as a fine particle or a resin sheet interposed between the pair of substrates and forming an appropriate interval may be used as needed.

液晶組合物並無特別限制,可使用介電常數各向異性為正或負的各種液晶組合物。介電常數各向異性為正的優選的液晶組合物可列舉:日本專利3086228、日本專利2635435、日本專利特表平5-501735、日本專利特開平8-157826、日本專利特開平8-231960、日本專利特開平9-241644(EP885272A1)、日本專利特開平9-302346(EP806466A1)、日本專利特開平8-199168(EP722998A1)、日本專利特開平9-235552、日本專利特開平9-255956、日本專利特開平9-241643(EP885271A1)、日本專利特開平10-204016(EP844229A1)、日本專利特開平10-204436、日本專利特開平10-231482、日本專利特開2000-087040、日本專利特開2001-48822等中所揭示的液晶組合物。The liquid crystal composition is not particularly limited, and various liquid crystal compositions having positive or negative dielectric anisotropy can be used. A preferred liquid crystal composition having a positive dielectric anisotropy is exemplified by Japanese Patent No. 3086228, Japanese Patent No. 2635435, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 5-501735, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 8-157826, and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 8-231960. Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 9-241644 (EP 885272 A1), Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 9-302346 (EP 806 466 A1), Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 8-199168 (EP722998A1), Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 9-235552, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 9-255956, Japan Patent Publication No. Hei 9-241643 (EP885271A1), Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 10-204016 (EP844229A1), Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 10-204436, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 10-231482, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2000-087040, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2001 The liquid crystal composition disclosed in -48822 or the like.

即便向介電常數各向異性為正或負的液晶組合物中添加一種以上的光學活性化合物來使用,也無任何影響。Even if one or more optically active compounds are added to a liquid crystal composition having a positive or negative dielectric anisotropy, it has no effect.

對所述介電常數各向異性為負的液晶組合物加以說明。負的介電常數各向異性的液晶組合物例如可列舉含有選自下述式(NL-1)所表示的液晶化合物的群組的至少一個液晶化合物作為第1成分的組合物。此處,R1a 及R2a 獨立為碳數1~12的烷基、碳數1~12的烷氧基、碳數2~12的烯基、或至少一個氫由氟取代的碳數2~12的烯基,環A2 及環B2 獨立為1,4-伸環己基、四氫吡喃(tetrahydropyran)-2,5-二基、1,3-二噁烷-2,5-二基、1,4-伸苯基、2-氟-1,4-伸苯基、2,5-二氟-1,4-伸苯基、2,3-二氟-1,4-伸苯基、2-氟-3-氯-1,4-伸苯基、2,3-二氟-6-甲基-1,4-伸苯基、2,6-萘二基、或7,8-二氟色原烷(chromane)-2,6-二基,此處,環A2 及環B2 的至少一個是2,3-二氟-1,4-伸苯基、2-氟-3-氯-1,4-伸苯基、2,3-二氟-6-甲基-1,4-伸苯基、或7,8-二氟色原烷-2,6-二基,Z1 獨立為單鍵、-(CH2 )2 -、-CH2 O-、-COO-、或-CF2 O-,j為1、2、或3,j為2或3時,任意兩個環A2 可以相同,也可以不同,任意兩個Z1 可以相同,也可以不同。A liquid crystal composition having a negative dielectric anisotropy will be described. The liquid crystal composition having a negative dielectric anisotropy is, for example, a composition containing at least one liquid crystal compound selected from the group consisting of liquid crystal compounds represented by the following formula (NL-1) as the first component. Here, R 1a and R 2a are independently an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, or a carbon number of at least one hydrogen substituted by fluorine 2 to 2 The alkenyl group of 12, ring A 2 and ring B 2 are independently 1,4-cyclohexylene, tetrahydropyran-2,5-diyl, 1,3-dioxane-2,5-di Base, 1,4-phenylene, 2-fluoro-1,4-phenylene, 2,5-difluoro-1,4-phenylene, 2,3-difluoro-1,4-benzene Base, 2-fluoro-3-chloro-1,4-phenylene, 2,3-difluoro-6-methyl-1,4-phenylene, 2,6-naphthalenediyl, or 7,8 - difluorochroman-2,6-diyl, wherein at least one of ring A 2 and ring B 2 is 2,3-difluoro-1,4-phenylene, 2-fluoro- 3-chloro-1,4-phenylene, 2,3-difluoro-6-methyl-1,4-phenylene, or 7,8-difluorochroman-2,6-diyl, Z 1 is independently a single bond, -(CH 2 ) 2 -, -CH 2 O-, -COO-, or -CF 2 O-, j is 1, 2, or 3, and when j is 2 or 3, any two The rings A 2 may be the same or different, and any two Z 1 may be the same or different.

為了使介電常數各向異性提高,優選的環A2 及環B2 分別為2,3-二氟-1,4-伸苯基或四氫吡喃-2,5-二基,為了使黏度降低,優選的環A2 及環B2 分別為1,4-伸環己基。In order to increase the dielectric anisotropy, it is preferred that ring A 2 and ring B 2 are 2,3-difluoro-1,4-phenylene or tetrahydropyran-2,5-diyl, respectively. The viscosity is lowered, and preferred ring A 2 and ring B 2 are each a 1,4-cyclohexylene group.

為了使介電常數各向異性提高,優選的Z1 為-CH2 O-,為了使黏度降低,優選的Z1 為單鍵。In order to improve the dielectric anisotropy, Z 1 is preferably -CH 2 O-, and in order to lower the viscosity, Z 1 is preferably a single bond.

為了使下限溫度降低,優選的j為1,為了使上限溫度提高,優選的j為2。In order to lower the lower limit temperature, it is preferable that j is 1, and in order to increase the upper limit temperature, it is preferable that j is 2.

所述式(NL-1)的液晶化合物的具體例可列舉下述式(NL-1-1)~式(NL-1-32)所表示的化合物。 Specific examples of the liquid crystal compound of the formula (NL-1) include compounds represented by the following formula (NL-1-1) to formula (NL-1-32).

此處,R1a 及R2a 獨立為碳數1~12的烷基、碳數1~12的烷氧基、碳數2~12的烯基、或至少一個氫由氟取代的碳數2~12的烯基,環A21 、環A22 、環A23 、環B21 、及環B22 獨立為1,4-伸環己基或1,4-伸苯基,Z11 及Z12 獨立為單鍵、-(CH2 )2 -、-CH2 O-、或-COO-。Here, R 1a and R 2a are independently an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, or a carbon number of at least one hydrogen substituted by fluorine 2 to 2 The alkenyl group of 12, ring A 21 , ring A 22 , ring A 23 , ring B 21 , and ring B 22 are independently 1,4-cyclohexylene or 1,4-phenylene, and Z 11 and Z 12 are independently Single bond, -(CH 2 ) 2 -, -CH 2 O-, or -COO-.

為了使對於紫外線或熱的穩定性等提高,優選的R1a 及R2a 是碳數1~12的烷基,或者為了使介電常數各向異性的絕對值提高,優選的R1a 及R2a 是碳數1~12的烷氧基。In order to improve the stability against ultraviolet rays or heat, R 1a and R 2a are preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or R 1a and R 2a are preferred in order to increase the absolute value of dielectric anisotropy. It is an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.

優選的烷基是甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、或辛基。為了使黏度降低,進而更優選的烷基是乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、或庚基。Preferred alkyl groups are methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl or octyl. In order to lower the viscosity, a more preferred alkyl group is an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group or a heptyl group.

優選的烷氧基是甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基、戊氧基、己氧基、或庚氧基。為了使黏度降低,進而更優選的烷氧基是甲氧基或乙氧基。Preferred alkoxy groups are methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy or heptyloxy. In order to lower the viscosity, a more preferred alkoxy group is a methoxy group or an ethoxy group.

優選的烯基是乙烯基、1-丙烯基、2-丙烯基、1-丁烯基、2-丁烯基、3-丁烯基、1-戊烯基、2-戊烯基、3-戊烯基、4-戊烯基、1-己烯基、2-己烯基、3-己烯基、4-己烯基、或5-己烯基。為了使黏度降低,進而更優選的烯基是乙烯基、1-丙烯基、3-丁烯基、或3-戊烯基。這些烯基中的-CH=CH-優選的立體構型(steric configuration)依存於雙鍵的位置。自用以使黏度降低等考慮,在如1-丙烯基、1-丁烯基、1-戊烯基、1-己烯基、3-戊烯基、3-己烯基這樣的烯基中優選為反式。在如2-丁烯基、2-戊烯基、2-己烯基這樣的烯基中優選為順式。在這些烯基中,與分支相比而言優選為直鏈的烯基。Preferred alkenyl groups are ethenyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 3-butenyl, 1-pentenyl, 2-pentenyl, 3- Pentenyl, 4-pentenyl, 1-hexenyl, 2-hexenyl, 3-hexenyl, 4-hexenyl, or 5-hexenyl. In order to lower the viscosity, a more preferred alkenyl group is a vinyl group, a 1-propenyl group, a 3-butenyl group or a 3-pentenyl group. The preferred steric configuration of -CH=CH- in these alkenyl groups depends on the position of the double bond. It is preferred to use an alkenyl group such as 1-propenyl, 1-butenyl, 1-pentenyl, 1-hexenyl, 3-pentenyl or 3-hexenyl for the purpose of lowering the viscosity and the like. It is trans. Among the alkenyl groups such as 2-butenyl, 2-pentenyl and 2-hexenyl, cis is preferred. Among these alkenyl groups, a linear alkenyl group is preferred from the branch.

至少一個氫由氟取代的烯基的優選的例子是2,2-二氟乙烯基、3,3-二氟-2-丙烯基、4,4-二氟-3-丁烯基、5,5-二氟-4-戊烯基、及6,6-二氟-5-己烯基。為了使黏度降低,進而更優選的例子是2,2-二氟乙烯基、及4,4-二氟-3-丁烯基。Preferred examples of the alkenyl group in which at least one hydrogen is substituted by fluorine are 2,2-difluorovinyl, 3,3-difluoro-2-propenyl, 4,4-difluoro-3-butenyl, 5, 5-difluoro-4-pentenyl, and 6,6-difluoro-5-hexenyl. Further preferred examples are 2,2-difluorovinyl and 4,4-difluoro-3-butenyl for decreasing the viscosity.

為了使黏度降低,優選的環A21 、環A22 、環A23 、環B21 、及環B22 分別為1,4-伸環己基。In order to lower the viscosity, preferred ring A 21 , ring A 22 , ring A 23 , ring B 21 , and ring B 22 are each a 1,4-cyclohexylene group.

為了使介電常數各向異性提高,優選的Z11 及Z12 是-CH2 O-,為了使黏度降低,優選的Z11 及Z12 是單鍵。In order to improve the dielectric anisotropy, Z 11 and Z 12 are preferably -CH 2 O-, and in order to lower the viscosity, Z 11 and Z 12 are preferably a single bond.

所述具有負的介電常數各向異性的液晶組合物中,作為第1成分而優選的化合物(NL-1)是化合物(NL-1-1)、化合物(NL-1-4)、化合物(NL-1-7)或化合物(NL-1-32)。In the liquid crystal composition having negative dielectric anisotropy, the compound (NL-1) which is preferable as the first component is a compound (NL-1-1), a compound (NL-1-4), and a compound. (NL-1-7) or compound (NL-1-32).

所述具有負的介電常數各向異性的液晶組合物的優選的例子可列舉在日本專利特開昭57-114532、日本專利特開平2-4725、日本專利特開平4-224885、日本專利特開平8-40953、日本專利特開平8-104869、日本專利特開平10-168076、日本專利特開平10-168453、日本專利特開平10-236989、日本專利特開平10-236990、日本專利特開平10-236992、日本專利特開平10-236993、日本專利特開平10-236994、日本專利特開平10-237000、日本專利特開平10-237004、日本專利特開平10-237024、日本專利特開平10-237035、日本專利特開平10-237075、日本專利特開平10-237076、日本專利特開平10-237448(EP967261A1)、日本專利特開平10-287874、日本專利特開平10-287875、日本專利特開平10-291945、日本專利特開平11-029581、日本專利特開平11-080049、日本專利特開2000-256307、日本專利特開2001-019965、日本專利特開2001-072626、日本專利特開2001-192657、日本專利特開2010-037428、國際公開2011/024666、國際公開2010/072370、日本專利特表2010-537010、日本專利特開2012-077201、日本專利特開2009-084362等中所揭示的液晶組合物。Preferable examples of the liquid crystal composition having a negative dielectric anisotropy are exemplified in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 57-114532, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 2-4725, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei-4-224885, and Japanese Patent No. Kaiping 8-40953, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 8-104869, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 10-168076, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 10-168453, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 10-236989, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 10-236990, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10 -236992, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 10-236993, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 10-236994, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 10--237000, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 10-237004, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 10-237024, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 10-237035 Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 10-237075, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 10-237076, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 10-237448 (EP967261A1), Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 10-287874, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 10-287875, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10- 291945, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 11-029581, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 11-080049, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2000-256307, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2001-019965, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2001-072626, Japanese Patent JP 2001-192657, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2010-037428, International Publication No. 2011/024666, International Publication No. 2010/072370, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2010-537010, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012-077201, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2009-084362, and the like The disclosed liquid crystal composition.

而且,例如自使配向性提高的觀點考慮,例如本發明的元件中所使用的液晶組合物還可以進一步添加添加物。此種添加物為光聚合性單體、光學活性化合物、抗氧化劑、紫外線吸收劑、色素、消泡劑、聚合引發劑、聚合抑制劑等。Further, for example, from the viewpoint of improving the alignment property, for example, the liquid crystal composition used in the element of the present invention may further contain an additive. Such additives are photopolymerizable monomers, optically active compounds, antioxidants, ultraviolet absorbers, dyes, antifoaming agents, polymerization initiators, polymerization inhibitors, and the like.

為了改善液晶的配向性,光聚合性單體或寡聚物的最優選的結構可列舉式(PM-1-1)~式(PM-1-6)的結構。 In order to improve the alignment of the liquid crystal, the most preferable structure of the photopolymerizable monomer or oligomer is a structure of the formula (PM-1-1) to the formula (PM-1-6).

為了表現出決定聚合後的液晶的傾斜方向的效果,光聚合性單體或寡聚物理想的是0.01 wt%以上。而且,為了使聚合後的聚合物的配向效果適宜,或者為了避免在紫外線照射後,未反應的單體或寡聚物溶出至液晶中,理想的是30 wt%以下。In order to exhibit the effect of determining the tilt direction of the liquid crystal after polymerization, the photopolymerizable monomer or oligomer is preferably 0.01 wt% or more. Further, in order to make the alignment effect of the polymer after polymerization suitable, or to prevent the unreacted monomer or oligomer from eluting into the liquid crystal after ultraviolet irradiation, it is preferably 30% by weight or less.

為了引起液晶的螺旋結構而賦予扭轉角,在組合物中混合光學活性化合物。此種化合物的例子是化合物(PAC-1-1)至化合物(PAC-1-4)。The optically active compound is mixed in the composition in order to cause a twist angle of the liquid crystal to impart a twist angle. Examples of such compounds are the compound (PAC-1-1) to the compound (PAC-1-4).

光學活性化合物的優選比例為5 wt%以下。進而更優選的比例是0.01 wt%至2 wt%的範圍。 A preferred ratio of the optically active compound is 5% by weight or less. A still more preferred ratio is in the range of 0.01 wt% to 2 wt%.

為了防止由於在大氣中加熱而造成的比電阻(specific resistance)降低,或者為了在長時間使用元件後,不僅僅在室溫下而且在高的溫度下也可以維持大的電壓保持率,在液晶組合物中混合抗氧化劑。 In order to prevent a decrease in specific resistance due to heating in the atmosphere, or to maintain a large voltage holding ratio not only at room temperature but also at a high temperature after using the element for a long time, in liquid crystal The composition is mixed with an antioxidant.

抗氧化劑的優選的例子是w為1至10的整數的化合物(AO-1)等。在化合物(AO-1)中,優選的w是1、3、5、7、或9。進而更優選的w是1或7。w為1的化合物(AO-1)的揮發性大,因此在防止由於在大氣中加熱而造成的比電阻降低時有效。w為7的化合物(AO-1)的揮發性小,因此在長時間使用元件後,不僅僅在室溫下而且在高的溫度下也可以有效地維持大的電壓保持率。為了獲得其效果,抗氧化劑的優選的比例為50 ppm以上,為了不使上限溫度降低或者不使下限溫度提高,抗氧化劑的優選的比例為600 ppm以下。進而更優選的比例為100 ppm至300 ppm的範圍。Preferable examples of the antioxidant are compounds (AO-1) and the like in which w is an integer of 1 to 10. In the compound (AO-1), preferred w is 1, 3, 5, 7, or 9. Still more preferably w is 1 or 7. The compound (AO-1) having a w of 1 has a large volatility, and therefore is effective in preventing a decrease in specific resistance due to heating in the atmosphere. The compound (w-1) having a w of 7 has a small volatility, so that after a component is used for a long period of time, a large voltage holding ratio can be effectively maintained not only at room temperature but also at a high temperature. In order to obtain the effect, the preferable ratio of the antioxidant is 50 ppm or more, and in order not to lower the upper limit temperature or to increase the lower limit temperature, the preferable ratio of the antioxidant is 600 ppm or less. A still more preferred ratio is in the range of 100 ppm to 300 ppm.

紫外線吸收劑的優選的例子是二苯甲酮衍生物、苯甲酸酯衍生物、三唑衍生物等。而且,如具有位阻(steric hindrance)的胺這樣的光穩定劑也優選。為了獲得其效果,這些吸收劑或穩定劑的優選的比例為50 ppm以上,為了不使上限溫度降低或者不使下限溫度提高,這些吸收劑或穩定劑的優選的比例為10000 ppm以下。進而更優選的比例為100 ppm至10000 ppm的範圍。Preferable examples of the ultraviolet absorber are a benzophenone derivative, a benzoate derivative, a triazole derivative, and the like. Further, a light stabilizer such as an amine having a steric hindrance is also preferable. In order to obtain the effect, a preferable ratio of these absorbents or stabilizers is 50 ppm or more, and a preferable ratio of these absorbents or stabilizers is 10000 ppm or less in order not to lower the upper limit temperature or to increase the lower limit temperature. A still more preferred ratio is in the range of 100 ppm to 10,000 ppm.

為了適合賓主(Guest host,GH)模式的元件,在組合物中混合如偶氮系色素、蒽醌系色素等這樣的二色性色素(dichroic dye)。色素的優選的比例為0.01 wt%至10 wt%的範圍。In order to be suitable for the element of the guest host (GH) mode, a dichroic dye such as an azo dye or an anthraquinone dye is mixed in the composition. A preferred ratio of the pigment is in the range of 0.01 wt% to 10 wt%.

為了防止起泡,在組合物中混合二甲基矽油、甲基苯基矽油等消泡劑。為了獲得其效果,消泡劑的優選的比例為1 ppm以上,為了防止顯示不良,消泡劑的優選的比例為1000 ppm以下。進而更優選的比例為1 ppm至500 ppm的範圍。In order to prevent foaming, an antifoaming agent such as dimethyl hydrazine oil or methyl phenyl hydrazine oil is mixed in the composition. In order to obtain the effect, the preferable ratio of the antifoaming agent is 1 ppm or more, and a preferable ratio of the antifoaming agent is 1000 ppm or less in order to prevent display failure. A still more preferred ratio is in the range of 1 ppm to 500 ppm.

為了適合聚合物穩定配向(Polymer sustained alignment,PSA)模式的元件,可在組合物中混合可聚合的化合物。可聚合的化合物的優選的例子是丙烯酸酯、甲基丙烯酸酯、乙烯基化合物、乙烯氧基化合物、丙烯基醚、環氧化合物(氧雜環丙烷、氧雜環丁烷)、乙烯基酮等具有可聚合的基的化合物。特優選的例子是丙烯酸酯或甲基丙烯酸酯的衍生物。此種化合物的例子是化合物(PM-2-1)至化合物(PM-2-9)。為了獲得其效果,可聚合的化合物的優選的比例是約0.05 wt%以上,為了防止顯示不良,可聚合的化合物的優選的比例是約10 wt%以下。進而更優選的比例是約0.1 wt%至約2 wt%的範圍。 In order to be suitable for the elements of the polymer sustained alignment (PSA) mode, a polymerizable compound may be mixed in the composition. Preferable examples of the polymerizable compound are acrylate, methacrylate, vinyl compound, vinyloxy compound, propenyl ether, epoxy compound (oxirane, oxetane), vinyl ketone, etc. A compound having a polymerizable group. A particularly preferred example is a derivative of acrylate or methacrylate. Examples of such compounds are the compound (PM-2-1) to the compound (PM-2-9). In order to obtain the effect thereof, a preferable ratio of the polymerizable compound is about 0.05% by weight or more, and a preferable ratio of the polymerizable compound is about 10% by weight or less in order to prevent display defects. A still more preferred ratio is in the range of from about 0.1 wt% to about 2 wt%.

此處,R3a 、R4a 、R5a 、及R6a 獨立為丙烯醯基或甲基丙烯醯基,R7a 及R8a 獨立為氫、鹵素、或碳數1至10的烷基,Z13 、Z14 、Z15 、及Z16 獨立為單鍵或碳數1至12的伸烷基,至少一個-CH2 -也可以被-O-或-CH=CH-取代,s、t、及u分別獨立為0、1、或2。Here, R 3a , R 4a , R 5a , and R 6a are independently propylene fluorenyl or methacryl fluorenyl groups, and R 7a and R 8a are independently hydrogen, halogen, or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, Z 13 , Z 14 , Z 15 , and Z 16 are independently a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and at least one -CH 2 - may also be substituted by -O- or -CH=CH-, s, t, and u is independently 0, 1, or 2.

作為容易產生自由基或離子,引發鏈聚合反應所需要的物質,可混合聚合引發劑。例如,作為光聚合引發劑的豔佳固(Irgacure)651(註冊商標)、豔佳固184(註冊商標)、或達羅卡(Darocure)1173(註冊商標)(日本汽巴股份有限公司(Ciba Japan K.K.))對於自由基聚合而言適宜。可聚合的化合物優選在0.1 wt%至5 wt%的範圍內包含光聚合引發劑。特優選的是在1 wt%至3 wt%的範圍內包含光聚合引發劑。As a substance which is required to generate radicals or ions and initiate chain polymerization, a polymerization initiator may be mixed. For example, Irgacure 651 (registered trademark), Yanjiagu 184 (registered trademark), or Darocure 1173 (registered trademark) as a photopolymerization initiator (Ciba, Japan) Japan KK)) is suitable for radical polymerization. The polymerizable compound preferably contains a photopolymerization initiator in the range of 0.1 wt% to 5 wt%. It is particularly preferred to include a photopolymerization initiator in the range of 1 wt% to 3 wt%.

在自由基聚合系統中,可利用如下目的而混合聚合抑制劑:與由聚合引發劑或單體所產生的自由基迅速地反應而變化為穩定的自由基或中性的化合物,其結果使聚合反應停止。聚合抑制劑在結構上可分類為數種。其中之一是如三-對硝基苯基甲基、二-對氟苯基胺等這樣的其自身穩定的自由基,另一種是與聚合系統中所存在的自由基容易地反應而變為穩定的自由基者,其代表是硝基、亞硝基、胺基、多羥基化合物等。後者的代表可列舉對苯二酚、二甲氧基苯等。為了獲得其效果,聚合抑制劑的優選的比例為5 ppm以上,為了防止顯示不良,聚合抑制劑的優選的比例為1000 ppm以下。進而更優選的比例為5 ppm至500 ppm的範圍。In the radical polymerization system, the polymerization inhibitor can be mixed by rapidly reacting with a radical generated by a polymerization initiator or a monomer to change to a stable radical or a neutral compound, and as a result, polymerization is achieved. The reaction stopped. The polymerization inhibitors can be classified into several kinds in structure. One of them is a self-stabilizing radical such as tri-p-nitrophenylmethyl or di-p-fluorophenylamine, and the other is easily reacted with a radical existing in the polymerization system to become The stable free radicals are represented by nitro, nitroso, amine, polyhydroxy compounds and the like. Representative examples of the latter include hydroquinone, dimethoxybenzene, and the like. In order to obtain the effect, a preferable ratio of the polymerization inhibitor is 5 ppm or more, and a preferable ratio of the polymerization inhibitor is 1000 ppm or less in order to prevent display defects. A still more preferred ratio is in the range of 5 ppm to 500 ppm.

本發明的液晶顯示元件中使用具有負的介電常數各向異性的液晶組合物,由此可提供殘像特性優異、且配向穩定性良好的液晶顯示元件。 [實施例]In the liquid crystal display device of the present invention, a liquid crystal composition having negative dielectric anisotropy is used, whereby a liquid crystal display element having excellent afterimage characteristics and excellent alignment stability can be provided. [Examples]

以下,通過實施例來說明本發明。另外,在實施例中所使用的評價法及化合物如下所述。Hereinafter, the present invention will be described by way of examples. In addition, the evaluation methods and compounds used in the examples are as follows.

<評價法> 1.重量平均分子量(Mw) 聚醯胺酸的重量平均分子量通過如下方式來求出:使用2695分離模組·2414示差折射儀(沃特世(Waters)製造)並利用GPC法來測定,然後進行聚苯乙烯換算。利用磷酸-二甲基甲醯胺(Dimethylformamide,DMF)混合溶液(磷酸/DMF=0.6/100:重量比),以聚醯胺酸濃度變成約2 wt%的方式對所獲得的聚醯胺酸進行稀釋。管柱使用HSPgel RT MB-M(沃特世製造),將所述混合溶液作為展開劑,在管柱溫度為50℃、流速為0.40 mL/min的條件下進行測定。標準聚苯乙烯使用東曹(Tosoh)(股份)製造的TSK標準聚苯乙烯。<Evaluation method> 1. Weight average molecular weight (Mw) The weight average molecular weight of polyglycine was determined by using a 2695 separation module, a 2414 differential refractometer (manufactured by Waters), and using a GPC method. To determine, then perform polystyrene conversion. The obtained polylysine was obtained by using a mixed solution of phosphoric acid-dimethylformamide (DMF) (phosphoric acid/DMF=0.6/100: weight ratio) to a polyglycine concentration of about 2 wt%. Dilute. The column was measured using HSPgel RT MB-M (manufactured by Waters), and the mixed solution was used as a developing solvent under the conditions of a column temperature of 50 ° C and a flow rate of 0.40 mL / min. Standard polystyrene uses TSK standard polystyrene manufactured by Tosoh.

2.鉛筆硬度 根據JIS規格「JIS-K-5400、8.4、鉛筆劃痕試驗」的方法。以鉛筆芯的硬度來表示結果。若鉛筆硬度低,則容易產生剝離或削薄,若所述值大於2H,則可獲得難以產生削薄等的配向膜。2. Pencil hardness The method according to JIS standard "JIS-K-5400, 8.4, pencil scratch test". The result is expressed by the hardness of the pencil lead. When the pencil hardness is low, peeling or thinning is likely to occur, and when the value is more than 2H, an alignment film which is less likely to be thinned or the like can be obtained.

3.耐摩擦性試驗 耐摩擦性試驗是使用摩擦處理裝置(飯沼計量器(Iinuma Gauge)製作所股份有限公司製造)來進行。以摩擦布(毛長為1.9 mm:人造絲)的毛壓入量為0.40 mm,平臺移動速度為60 mm/sec,輥旋轉速度為1000 rpm的條件對塗布在玻璃基板上的聚醯亞胺膜進行摩擦處理,並利用顯微鏡進行表面觀察,從而確認聚醯亞胺膜是否被削薄。將膜未被削薄的情況設為○,膜被削薄的情況設為×。3. Friction resistance test The abrasion resistance test was carried out using a friction treatment device (manufactured by Iinuma Gauge Co., Ltd.). Polyimide coated on a glass substrate with a rubbing cloth (hair length of 1.9 mm: rayon) of 0.40 mm, a platform moving speed of 60 mm/sec, and a roll rotation speed of 1000 rpm The film was subjected to rubbing treatment and subjected to surface observation using a microscope to confirm whether or not the polyimide film was thinned. The case where the film was not thinned was ○, and the case where the film was thinned was set to ×.

4.異物試驗 後述的液晶顯示元件的異物試驗是使用力值測量器(FORCE MEASUREMENT)、DS2-50N(今田(IMADA)股份有限公司製造)來進行。對所製作的液晶顯示元件以60次/min施加1分鐘9.8 N的力。利用顯微鏡對液晶顯示元件進行觀察,確認在加壓後有無異物。4. Foreign matter test The foreign matter test of the liquid crystal display element described later was carried out using a force measuring device (FORCE MEASUREMENT) and DS2-50N (manufactured by Ida (IMADA) Co., Ltd.). A force of 9.8 N was applied to the produced liquid crystal display element at 60 times/min for 1 minute. The liquid crystal display element was observed with a microscope to confirm whether or not foreign matter was present after pressurization.

5.對比度 後述的液晶顯示元件的對比度是使用亮度計(橫河(YOKOGAWA) 3298F)來進行評價。將液晶顯示元件配置在正交尼科耳狀態的偏光顯微鏡下,將成為最小的亮度作為黑亮度而進行測定。其次,對元件施加任意的矩形波電壓,將成為最大的亮度作為白亮度而進行測定。將所述白亮度/黑亮度的值設為對比度。關於對比度,將小於2500的情況判斷為不良,2500以上的情況判斷為良,3000以上的情況判斷為最優。5. Contrast The contrast of the liquid crystal display element described later was evaluated using a luminance meter (Yokogawa 3298F). The liquid crystal display element was placed under a polarizing microscope in a crossed Nicols state, and the minimum brightness was measured as black brightness. Next, an arbitrary rectangular wave voltage was applied to the element, and the maximum brightness was measured as white brightness. The value of the white luminance/black luminance is set as the contrast. Regarding the contrast, the case of less than 2500 was judged to be defective, the case of 2500 or more was judged to be good, and the case of 3000 or more was judged to be optimal.

6.交流電(Alternating Current,AC)殘像測定 測定後述的液晶顯示元件的亮度-電壓特性(B-V特性)。將其設為施加應力前的亮度-電壓特性:B(前)。其次,對元件施加20分鐘4.5 V、60 Hz的交流電後,短路1秒,然後再次測定亮度-電壓特性(B-V特性)。將其設為施加應力後的亮度-電壓特性:B(後)。基於這些值,使用下式來估計亮度變化率ΔB(%)。 ΔB(%)=[B(後)-B(前)]/B(前) (式AC1)6. Alternating Current (AC) afterimage measurement The luminance-voltage characteristic (B-V characteristic) of the liquid crystal display element described later was measured. This is set as the luminance-voltage characteristic before stress is applied: B (front). Next, after applying an alternating current of 4.5 V and 60 Hz for 20 minutes to the device, the short circuit was performed for 1 second, and then the luminance-voltage characteristic (B-V characteristic) was measured again. This was set as the luminance-voltage characteristic after stress application: B (post). Based on these values, the luminance change rate ΔB (%) is estimated using the following formula. ΔB(%)=[B(after)-B(pre))/B(previous) (formula AC1)

這些測定是參考國際公開2000/43833號手冊來進行。可以說電壓0.75 V中的ΔB(%)的值越小,越可抑制AC殘像的產生,優選3.0%以下。These measurements were made with reference to International Publication No. 2000/43833. It can be said that the smaller the value of ΔB (%) in the voltage of 0.75 V, the more the generation of the AC afterimage can be suppressed, and it is preferably 3.0% or less.

<四羧酸二酐> <tetracarboxylic dianhydride>

<二胺> <Diamine>

<溶劑> NMP:N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮 BC:丁基溶纖劑(乙二醇單丁醚) GBL:γ-丁內酯 BP:1-丁氧基-2-丙醇 EDM:二乙二醇乙基甲基醚 BDM:二乙二醇丁基甲基醚 EDE:二乙二醇二乙醚 DIBK:二異丁基酮<Solvent> NMP: N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone BC: butyl cellosolve (ethylene glycol monobutyl ether) GBL: γ-butyrolactone BP: 1-butoxy-2-propanol EDM: diethylene Alcohol ethyl methyl ether BDM: diethylene glycol butyl methyl ether EDE: diethylene glycol diethyl ether DIBK: diisobutyl ketone

<添加劑>Ad1:N,N,N',N'-四縮水甘油基-4,4'-二胺基二苯基甲烷 Ad2:3,4-環氧基環己烯基甲基-3',4'-環氧基環己烯羧酸酯(Celloxide2021;大賽璐(股份)製造) Ad3:1,4-丁二醇二縮水甘油醚 Ad4:1,3,5-三縮水甘油基-1,3,5-三嗪-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-三酮 Ad5:1,3-雙(4,5-二氫-2-噁唑基)苯<additive> Ad1: N, N, N', N'-tetraglycidyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane Ad2: 3,4-epoxycyclohexenylmethyl-3', 4' -Epoxycyclohexenecarboxylate (Celloxide 2021; manufactured by Daicel Co., Ltd.) Ad3: 1,4-butanediol diglycidyl ether Ad4: 1,3,5-triglycidyl-1,3, 5-triazine-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-trione Ad5: 1,3-bis(4,5-dihydro-2-oxazolyl)benzene

所述式(1-1)的化合物直接使用市售品(商品名:DA-MGIC;四國化成工業(股份)製造)。式(1-3)的化合物依據日本專利特開2013-163654中記載的方法而合成。式(1-4)的化合物依據日本專利特開2013-151443中記載的方法而合成。As the compound of the formula (1-1), a commercially available product (trade name: DA-MGIC; manufactured by Shikoku Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) is used as it is. The compound of the formula (1-3) is synthesized in accordance with the method described in JP-A-2013-163654. The compound of the formula (1-4) is synthesized in accordance with the method described in JP-A-2013-151443.

[合成例] 式(1-2)的化合物的合成 向具備帶有水分離機的冷卻器及溫度計的100 mL燒瓶中,添加1-烯丙基-3,5-(2-羥基乙基)異三聚氰酸酯12.8 g(49.7 mmol)、甲苯20.0 g、對甲苯磺酸0.2 g(1.0 mmol)、甲氧基對苯二酚0.01 g(0.1 mmol)、丙烯酸7.8 g(109.4 mmol)。將燒瓶浸漬於設定為110℃的油浴中,對反應液進行加熱攪拌,一邊將產生的水分去除至反應系外,一邊反應12小時。將反應液冷卻至室溫,通過過濾而將反應液中的不溶物去除。利用10%碳酸氫鈉水溶液20 g對濾液進行兩次清洗,繼而,利用20 g的水進行一次清洗,將分液的有機層的溶媒減壓蒸餾去除而獲得固體物質。利用矽膠管柱層析法(乙酸乙酯/己烷=5/1、v/v)對所獲得的固體物質進行精製而獲得1-烯丙基-3,5-(2-乙烯基羰基氧基乙基)異三聚氰酸酯9.4 g(產率52%、純度97%)。 [Synthesis Example] Synthesis of a compound of the formula (1-2) To a 100 mL flask equipped with a cooler equipped with a water separator and a thermometer, 1-allyl-3,5-(2-hydroxyethyl) was added. Isocyanurate 12.8 g (49.7 mmol), toluene 20.0 g, p-toluenesulfonic acid 0.2 g (1.0 mmol), methoxy hydroquinone 0.01 g (0.1 mmol), and acrylic acid 7.8 g (109.4 mmol). The flask was immersed in an oil bath set to 110 ° C, and the reaction liquid was heated and stirred, and the generated water was removed from the reaction system for 12 hours. The reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, and the insoluble matter in the reaction liquid was removed by filtration. The filtrate was washed twice with 20 g of a 10% aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate solution, and then washed once with 20 g of water, and the solvent of the liquid-separated organic layer was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain a solid material. The obtained solid substance was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (ethyl acetate/hexane = 5/1, v/v) to obtain 1-allyl-3,5-(2-vinylcarbonyloxyl Ethyl ethyl) isomeric cyanurate 9.4 g (yield 52%, purity 97%).

向具備溫度計的50 mL的燒瓶中,添加1-烯丙基-3,5-(2-乙烯基羰基氧基乙基)異三聚氰酸酯365 mg(1.0 mmol)、二氯甲烷5.0 mL。在冰浴冷卻下添加65%間氯過氧苯甲酸0.8 g(3.0 mmol),攪拌1小時後,在室溫下攪拌9小時。向反應液中添加氯仿10 mL及10%亞硫酸鈉水溶液30 mL並進行攪拌,將分液的有機層的溶媒減壓蒸餾去除。利用矽膠管柱層析法(乙酸乙酯/己烷=1/3、v/v)對所獲得的濃縮物進行精製而獲得N,N'-雙(丙烯酸酯乙基)-N''-縮水甘油基異三聚氰酸(1-2)301.3 mg(產率79%、純度99%)。 To a 50 mL flask equipped with a thermometer, 1-allyl-3,5-(2-vinylcarbonyloxyethyl)isocyanate 365 mg (1.0 mmol), dichloromethane 5.0 mL . After adding 85% of m-chloroperoxybenzoic acid (0.8 g) (3.0 mmol) under ice-cooling, the mixture was stirred for 1 hour, and then stirred at room temperature for 9 hours. To the reaction liquid, 10 mL of chloroform and 30 mL of a 10% aqueous sodium sulfite solution were added and stirred, and the solvent of the organic layer to be separated was distilled off under reduced pressure. The obtained concentrate was purified by silica gel column chromatography (ethyl acetate / hexane = 1/3, v / v) to obtain N,N'-bis(acrylate ethyl)-N''- Glycidyl isocyanuric acid (1-2) 301.3 mg (yield 79%, purity 99%).

[實施例1]清漆的合成 向安裝有攪拌翼、氮氣導入管的100 mL的三口燒瓶中,加入式(DI-4-1)所表示的化合物0.9004 g、式(DI-5-1)(m=1)所表示的化合物1.6507 g,並添加N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮(NMP)34.0 g。使所述溶液冰冷而將液溫設為5℃,然後,添加式(PA-1)所表示的化合物1.6328 g、式(AN-3-2)所表示的化合物1.8161 g,在室溫下攪拌12小時。向其中添加NMP 40.0 g、丁基溶纖劑(BC)20.0 g,將所述溶液在60℃下進行加熱攪拌,直至溶質的聚合物的重量平均分子量成為所需的重量平均分子量為止,從而獲得溶質的重量平均分子量大約為63,000且樹脂成分濃度為6 wt%的清漆1。[Example 1] Synthesis of varnish To a 100 mL three-necked flask equipped with a stirring blade and a nitrogen introduction tube, 0.9004 g of a compound represented by the formula (DI-4-1) and a formula (DI-5-1) were added ( m = 1) 1.6507 g of the compound represented, and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP) 34.0 g was added. The solution was ice-cooled, and the liquid temperature was set to 5 ° C. Then, 1.6328 g of the compound represented by the formula (PA-1) and 1.8161 g of the compound represented by the formula (AN-3-2) were added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature. 12 hours. 40.0 g of NMP and 20.0 g of butyl cellosolve (BC) were added thereto, and the solution was heated and stirred at 60 ° C until the weight average molecular weight of the polymer of the solute became the desired weight average molecular weight, thereby obtaining a solute. Varnish 1 having a weight average molecular weight of about 63,000 and a resin component concentration of 6 wt%.

[實施例2~實施例31] 變更四羧酸二酐及二胺,除此以外,依據實施例1來製備聚合物固體成分濃度為6 wt%的清漆2~清漆31。將所使用的四羧酸二酐及二胺與所獲得的聚合物的重量平均分子量示於表1-1~表1-3。表1-1中也再次揭示實施例1。[Examples 2 to 31] A varnish 2 to varnish 31 having a polymer solid content concentration of 6 wt% was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the diamine were changed. The weight average molecular weight of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the diamine used and the obtained polymer are shown in Table 1-1 to Table 1-3. Example 1 is again disclosed in Table 1-1.

表1-1 Table 1-1

表1-2 Table 1-2

表1-3 Table 1-3

[實施例32] <液晶配向劑的製備、耐摩擦性試驗> 向50 mL茄型燒瓶中秤取清漆1 10 g,向其中添加相對於聚合物100重量份而為0.5重量份的式(1-1)所表示的化合物、N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮7 g、及丁基溶纖劑3 g,並震盪2小時,獲得固體成分為3 wt%的液晶配向劑RA-1。[Example 32] <Preparation of liquid crystal alignment agent, rubbing resistance test> 1 10 g of varnish was weighed into a 50 mL eggplant type flask, and 0.5 kg part by weight of 100 parts by weight of the polymer was added thereto (1) -1) The compound represented, 7 g of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, and 3 g of butyl cellosolve were shaken for 2 hours to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent RA-1 having a solid content of 3 wt%.

利用旋轉器將所獲得的液晶配向劑RA-1塗布在帶有SiNx/ITO梳電極的基板上,在對向側,將液晶配向劑RA-1塗布在帶有間隔物的玻璃基板(間隔物的高度:4 μm)上。塗布條件為2,300 rpm、15秒。塗布後,以80℃進行約5分鐘預煅燒,然後,以200℃進行30分鐘煅燒處理,從而形成膜厚大約為100 nm的液晶配向膜。利用摩擦處理裝置以摩擦布(毛長為1.9 mm:人造絲)的毛壓入量為0.40 mm,平臺移動速度為60 mm/sec,輥旋轉速度為1000 rpm的條件對所獲得的聚醯亞胺膜進行摩擦處理,並進行膜表面的觀察,結果未觀察到膜的削薄。The obtained liquid crystal alignment agent RA-1 was coated on a substrate with a SiNx/ITO comb electrode by a spinner, and on the opposite side, a liquid crystal alignment agent RA-1 was coated on a glass substrate with a spacer (spacer) Height: 4 μm). The coating conditions were 2,300 rpm and 15 seconds. After coating, pre-calcination was carried out at 80 ° C for about 5 minutes, and then calcination treatment was carried out at 200 ° C for 30 minutes to form a liquid crystal alignment film having a film thickness of about 100 nm. Using a rubbing treatment device, the rubbing cloth (hair length 1.9 mm: rayon) has a hair pressing amount of 0.40 mm, the table moving speed is 60 mm/sec, and the roll rotating speed is 1000 rpm. The amine film was subjected to rubbing treatment, and observation of the surface of the film was carried out, and as a result, no thinning of the film was observed.

<FFS單元的製作、流動配向的確認、對比度及AC殘像測定> 將經摩擦處理的基板在乙醇中進行5分鐘超音波清洗後,利用超純水對表面進行清洗,然後,在烘箱中以120℃進行30分鐘乾燥。使兩片在基板上形成有配向膜的基板的形成有配向膜的面對向,以在各自的配向膜中摩擦方向成為平行的方式,進而在對向的配向膜間形成用以注入液晶組合物的空隙後加以貼合,從而組裝成單元厚度為4 μm的空FFS單元。向所製作的空FFS單元中真空注入下述正型液晶組合物A,利用光硬化劑將注入口密封。繼而,以110℃進行30分鐘加熱處理,而製作FFS液晶顯示元件(FFS單元)1-1。<Preparation of FFS unit, confirmation of flow alignment, contrast, and measurement of AC afterimage> After the rubbed substrate was ultrasonically cleaned in ethanol for 5 minutes, the surface was washed with ultrapure water, and then in an oven. Dry at 120 ° C for 30 minutes. Two sheets of the substrate on which the alignment film is formed on the substrate are faced with the alignment film formed so that the rubbing directions are parallel in the respective alignment films, and the liquid crystal combination is formed between the opposing alignment films. After the voids of the objects were attached, they were assembled into an empty FFS unit having a cell thickness of 4 μm. The following positive type liquid crystal composition A was vacuum-injected into the produced empty FFS unit, and the injection port was sealed with a light hardener. Then, heat treatment was performed at 110 ° C for 30 minutes to prepare an FFS liquid crystal display element (FFS unit) 1-1.

<正型液晶組合物A>物性值:NI 100.1℃;Δε 5.1;Δn 0.093;η 25.6 mPa·s.<Positive liquid crystal composition A> Physical property values: NI 100.1 ° C; Δ ε 5.1; Δn 0.093; η 25.6 mPa·s.

對所獲得的液晶顯示元件中的液晶的配向進行確認,結果未觀察到流動配向。另外,對對比度的值進行測定,結果為2800,對AC殘像進行測定,結果ΔB為2.0%。The alignment of the liquid crystal in the obtained liquid crystal display element was confirmed, and as a result, no flow alignment was observed. Further, when the value of the contrast was measured, it was 2800, and the AC afterimage was measured. As a result, ΔB was 2.0%.

[實施例33~實施例66] 變更所使用的清漆、添加劑,除此以外,依據實施例32來進行耐摩擦性、對比度、AC殘像的測定。將測定結果與實施例32一併示於表2-1。[Examples 33 to 66] In addition to the varnish and the additive used, the abrasion resistance, the contrast, and the AC afterimage were measured in accordance with Example 32. The measurement results are shown together with Example 32 in Table 2-1.

表2-1 table 2-1

[比較例1~比較例4] 變更添加劑,除此以外,依據實施例32來進行耐摩擦性、對比度、AC殘像的測定。將測定結果示於表2-2。[Comparative Example 1 to Comparative Example 4] The abrasion resistance, the contrast, and the AC afterimage were measured in accordance with Example 32 except that the additive was changed. The measurement results are shown in Table 2-2.

表2-2 比較實施例32~實施例66與比較例1~比較例4,顯示出:只要將本發明應用於FFS液晶顯示元件,則可獲得耐摩擦性良好、對比度、AC殘像特性良好的FFS液晶顯示元件。Table 2-2 Comparing Example 32 to Example 66 with Comparative Example 1 to Comparative Example 4, it was revealed that the FFS liquid crystal display having good abrasion resistance, contrast, and AC afterimage characteristics can be obtained by applying the present invention to an FFS liquid crystal display device. element.

[實施例67] 向安裝有攪拌翼、氮氣導入管的50 mL茄型燒瓶中秤取實施例12中合成的清漆12 2.0 g及實施例23中合成的清漆23 8.0 g,向其中添加相對於聚合物100重量份而為5.0重量份的式(1-1)所表示的化合物、N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮5.0 g及丁基溶纖劑5.0 g,在室溫下攪拌1小時,獲得樹脂成分濃度為3 wt%的配向劑RB-1。[Example 67] The varnish 12 2.0 g synthesized in Example 12 and the varnish 23 8.0 g synthesized in Example 23 were weighed into a 50 mL eggplant type flask equipped with a stirring blade and a nitrogen introduction tube, and added thereto in relation to 100 parts by weight of the polymer, 5.0 parts by weight of the compound represented by the formula (1-1), 5.0 g of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and 5.0 g of butyl cellosolve, and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour to obtain a resin component. The concentration agent is 3 wt% of the alignment agent RB-1.

利用旋轉器將所獲得的配向劑RB-1塗布在玻璃基板上。塗布後,以80℃對基板進行3分鐘加熱,使溶劑蒸發後,使用牛尾(Ushio)電機(股份)製造的姆奇萊特(Multi-Light)ML-501C/B,自相對於基板而垂直的方向經由偏光板照射紫外線的直線偏光。此時的曝光能量是使用牛尾電機(股份)製造的紫外線累計光量計UIT-150(光接收器:UVD-S365)而測定光量,以在波長365 nm下成為1.3 J/cm2 ±0.1 J/cm2 的方式調整曝光時間。以200℃進行30分鐘煅燒處理,形成膜厚大約為100 nm的液晶配向膜。對所獲得的基板的鉛筆硬度進行測定,結果為4H。The obtained alignment agent RB-1 was coated on a glass substrate by a spinner. After coating, the substrate was heated at 80 ° C for 3 minutes to evaporate the solvent, and then Multi-Light ML-501C/B manufactured by Ushio Electric Co., Ltd. was used to be perpendicular to the substrate. The direction is linearly polarized by ultraviolet rays through a polarizing plate. The exposure energy at this time was measured by using an ultraviolet ray cumulative photometer UIT-150 (photoreceptor: UVD-S365) manufactured by Oxtail Motor Co., Ltd. to become 1.3 J/cm 2 ±0.1 J/ at a wavelength of 365 nm. The exposure time is adjusted in cm 2 way. The film was calcined at 200 ° C for 30 minutes to form a liquid crystal alignment film having a film thickness of about 100 nm. The pencil hardness of the obtained substrate was measured and found to be 4H.

<FFS單元的製作方法、流動配向的確認、異物產生的確認、及AC殘像測定> 利用旋轉器將所獲得的配向劑RB-1塗布在帶有SiNx/ITO梳電極的基板上,在對向側,將配向劑RB-1塗布在帶有間隔物的玻璃基板(間隔物的高度:4 μm)上。塗布後,以80℃對基板進行3分鐘加熱,使溶劑蒸發後,使用牛尾電機(股份)製造的姆奇萊特ML-501C/B,自相對於基板而垂直的方向經由偏光板照射紫外線的直線偏光。此時的曝光能量是使用牛尾電機(股份)製造的紫外線累計光量計UIT-150(光接收器:UVD-S365)而測定光量,以在波長365 nm下成為1.3 J/cm2 ±0.1 J/cm2 的方式調整曝光時間。以200℃進行30分鐘煅燒處理,形成膜厚大約為100 nm的液晶配向膜。使兩片所述配向膜形成基板的形成有配向膜的面對向,以照射至各自的配向膜的直線偏光的偏光方向成為平行的方式,進而在對向的配向膜間形成用以注入液晶組合物的空隙後加以貼合,從而組裝成單元厚度為4 μm的空FFS單元。向所製作的空FFS單元中真空注入所述正型液晶組合物,從而製作FFS液晶顯示元件。對所獲得的液晶顯示元件中的液晶的配向進行確認,結果未觀察到流動配向。繼而,利用顯微鏡對異物試驗後的液晶顯示元件進行觀察,結果未觀察到異物的產生。另外,對對比度的值進行測定,結果為3500,對AC殘像進行測定,結果ΔB為2.0%。<Method for Producing FFS Unit, Confirmation of Flow Orientation, Confirmation of Foreign Matter Generation, and Measurement of AC Afterimage> The obtained alignment agent RB-1 was applied onto a substrate with a SiNx/ITO comb electrode by a spinner. On the side, the alignment agent RB-1 was coated on a glass substrate with a spacer (height of the spacer: 4 μm). After the application, the substrate was heated at 80 ° C for 3 minutes to evaporate the solvent, and then a line of ultraviolet rays was irradiated through the polarizing plate in a direction perpendicular to the substrate using Mchlet ML-501C/B manufactured by Oxtail Motor Co., Ltd. Polarized light. The exposure energy at this time was measured by using an ultraviolet ray cumulative photometer UIT-150 (photoreceptor: UVD-S365) manufactured by Oxtail Motor Co., Ltd. to become 1.3 J/cm 2 ±0.1 J/ at a wavelength of 365 nm. The exposure time is adjusted in cm 2 way. The film was calcined at 200 ° C for 30 minutes to form a liquid crystal alignment film having a film thickness of about 100 nm. The alignment direction of the alignment film formed on the two alignment film forming substrates is such that the polarization directions of the linear polarizations irradiated to the respective alignment films are parallel, and the liquid crystal is injected between the opposing alignment films. The voids of the composition were then laminated to assemble an empty FFS unit having a cell thickness of 4 μm. The positive liquid crystal composition was vacuum-injected into the produced empty FFS unit to fabricate an FFS liquid crystal display element. The alignment of the liquid crystal in the obtained liquid crystal display element was confirmed, and as a result, no flow alignment was observed. Then, the liquid crystal display element after the foreign matter test was observed with a microscope, and as a result, no foreign matter was observed. Further, when the value of the contrast was measured, it was 3500, and the AC afterimage was measured. As a result, ΔB was 2.0%.

[實施例68~實施例96] 變更所使用的清漆、添加劑,除此以外,依據實施例67來進行鉛筆硬度、異物試驗、對比度、AC殘像的測定。將測定結果與實施例67一併示於表3-1。[Examples 68 to 96] Pencil hardness, foreign matter test, contrast, and AC afterimage were measured in accordance with Example 67 except that the varnish and the additive used were changed. The measurement results are shown together with Example 67 in Table 3-1.

[實施例97~實施例98] 變更所使用的清漆、添加劑,將紫外線照射後的加熱處理設為在110℃下進行20分鐘後,在220℃下進行15分鐘,除此以外,依據實施例67來進行鉛筆硬度、異物試驗、對比度、AC殘像的測定。將測定結果與實施例67一併示於表3-1。[Examples 97 to 98] The varnish and the additive used were changed, and the heat treatment after the ultraviolet irradiation was carried out at 110 ° C for 20 minutes and then at 220 ° C for 15 minutes, except for the examples. 67 was used to measure pencil hardness, foreign matter test, contrast, and AC afterimage. The measurement results are shown together with Example 67 in Table 3-1.

[實施例99] 變更所使用的清漆、添加劑,將紫外線照射後的加熱處理設為在180℃下進行20分鐘後,在220℃下進行15分鐘,除此以外,依據實施例67來進行鉛筆硬度、異物試驗、對比度、AC殘像的測定。將測定結果與實施例67一併示於表3-1。[Example 99] The varnish and the additive used were changed, and the heat treatment after ultraviolet irradiation was performed at 180 ° C for 20 minutes, and then at 220 ° C for 15 minutes, except that the pencil was subjected to Example 67. Hardness, foreign matter test, contrast, and measurement of AC afterimage. The measurement results are shown together with Example 67 in Table 3-1.

表3-1 Table 3-1

[比較例5~比較例8] 變更所使用的清漆、添加劑,除此以外,依據實施例67來進行鉛筆硬度、異物試驗、對比度、AC殘像的測定。將測定結果示於表3-2。[Comparative Example 5 to Comparative Example 8] Pencil hardness, foreign matter test, contrast, and AC afterimage were measured in accordance with Example 67 except that the varnish and the additive used were changed. The measurement results are shown in Table 3-2.

表3-2 比較實施例67~實施例99與比較例5~比較例8,顯示出:只要將本發明應用於FFS液晶顯示元件,則可獲得可抑制異物產生,且對比度、AC殘像特性良好的FFS液晶顯示元件。Table 3-2 Comparative Examples 67 to 99 and Comparative Examples 5 to 8 show that FFS liquid crystals having excellent contrast and AC afterimage characteristics can be obtained by applying the present invention to an FFS liquid crystal display device. Display component.

[噴墨法塗布用液晶配向劑] 通過適宜選擇所使用的溶劑,本發明的液晶配向劑成為適於利用噴墨法的塗布的液晶配向劑。[Liquid crystal alignment agent for inkjet coating method] The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is a liquid crystal alignment agent suitable for coating by an inkjet method by appropriately selecting a solvent to be used.

[實施例100] 將實施例12中合成的清漆注入至大量過剩的甲醇中,使反應產物沉澱。利用甲醇清洗沉澱物,在減壓下以40℃乾燥15小時,由此獲得聚醯胺酸(PAA-12)3 g。向所述聚醯胺酸(PAA-12)中添加NMP 48.0 g、γ-丁內酯(GBL)12.0 g、1-丁氧基-2-丙醇(BP)16.0 g、二乙二醇乙基甲基醚(EDM)15.0 g、二乙二醇丁基甲基醚(BDM)3.0 g、二異丁基酮(DIBK)3.0 g,製備固體成分濃度為3.0 wt%且溶劑組成成為NMP/GBL/BP/EDM/BDM/DIBK=48/12/16/15/3/3的清漆(12-a)。[Example 100] The varnish synthesized in Example 12 was poured into a large amount of excess methanol to precipitate a reaction product. The precipitate was washed with methanol, and dried at 40 ° C for 15 hours under reduced pressure, whereby 3 g of polylysine (PAA-12) was obtained. To the poly-proline (PAA-12), NMP 48.0 g, γ-butyrolactone (GBL) 12.0 g, 1-butoxy-2-propanol (BP) 16.0 g, diethylene glycol B were added. Methyl ether (EDM) 15.0 g, diethylene glycol butyl methyl ether (BDM) 3.0 g, diisobutyl ketone (DIBK) 3.0 g, the solid content concentration was 3.0 wt% and the solvent composition became NMP/GBL/ BP/EDM/BDM/DIBK=48/12/16/15/3/3 varnish (12-a).

[實施例101] 依據實施例100,與實施例23中合成的清漆同樣地,製備固體成分濃度為3.0 wt%且溶劑組成成為NMP/GBL/BP/EDM/BDM/DIBK=48/12/16/15/3/3的清漆(23-a)。[Example 101] According to Example 100, in the same manner as the varnish synthesized in Example 23, a solid content concentration of 3.0 wt% was prepared and the solvent composition became NMP/GBL/BP/EDM/BDM/DIBK=48/12/16. /15/3/3 varnish (23-a).

[實施例102] 秤取實施例100中製備的清漆(12-a)2.0 g、實施例101中製備的清漆(23-a)8.0 g,向其中添加相對於聚合物100重量份而為15重量份的式(1-1)所表示的化合物,製備固體成分濃度為3.0 wt%且溶劑組成成為NMP/GBL/BP/EDM/BDM/DIBK=48/12/16/15/3/3的噴墨法塗布用液晶配向劑(RB-38)。[Example 102] 2.0 g of the varnish (12-a) prepared in Example 100 and 8.0 g of the varnish (23-a) prepared in Example 101 were weighed and added thereto to be 15 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the polymer. The compound represented by the formula (1-1) was prepared in a weight ratio of 3.0 wt% and the solvent composition became NMP/GBL/BP/EDM/BDM/DIBK=48/12/16/15/3/3. Liquid crystal alignment agent (RB-38) for inkjet coating.

[實施例103] 秤取實施例15中合成的清漆15 2.0 g、實施例25中合成的清漆25 8.0 g,向其中添加相對於聚合物100重量份而為15重量份的式(1-1)所表示的化合物、NMP 2.2 g、GBL 2.6 g、BC 1.4 g、BDM 1.0 g、及EDE 2.8 g,製備固體成分濃度為3.0 wt%且溶劑組成成為NMP:GBL:BC:BDM:EDE=48:13:17:5:14的噴墨法塗布用液晶配向劑(RB-39)。[Example 103] The varnish 15 2.0 g synthesized in Example 15 and the varnish 25 8.0 g synthesized in Example 25 were weighed, and the formula (1-1) was added thereto in an amount of 15 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the polymer. The compound represented, NMP 2.2 g, GBL 2.6 g, BC 1.4 g, BDM 1.0 g, and EDE 2.8 g, the solid content concentration was 3.0 wt% and the solvent composition became NMP: GBL:BC:BDM:EDE=48 : 13:17:5:14 liquid crystal alignment agent (RB-39) for inkjet coating.

[實施例104] 秤取實施例12中合成的清漆12 2.0 g、實施例23中合成的清漆23 8.0 g,向其中添加相對於聚合物100重量份而為15重量份的式(1-1)所表示的化合物、NMP 2.2 g、GBL 5.2 g、BC 2.0 g、及DIBK 0.6 g,製備固體成分濃度為3.0 wt%且溶劑組成成為NMP:GBL:BC:DIBK=48:26:20:3的噴墨法塗布用液晶配向劑(RB-40)。[Example 104] The varnish 12 2.0 g synthesized in Example 12 and the varnish 23 8.0 g synthesized in Example 23 were weighed, and the formula (1-1) was added thereto in an amount of 15 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the polymer. The compound represented, NMP 2.2 g, GBL 5.2 g, BC 2.0 g, and DIBK 0.6 g, the solid content concentration was 3.0 wt% and the solvent composition became NMP: GBL:BC:DIBK=48:26:20:3 A liquid crystal alignment agent (RB-40) for inkjet coating.

[實施例105] 利用噴墨塗布裝置(富士軟片(FILM)股份有限公司製造、DMP-2831)將噴墨法塗布用液晶配向劑(RB-38)塗布在玻璃基板上,除此以外,根據實施例67來進行鉛筆硬度、異物試驗、對比度、AC殘像的測定。再者,以液晶配向膜的膜厚成為100 nm的方式調整液滴間隔、匣(cartridge)施加電壓。[Example 105] The inkjet coating liquid crystal alignment agent (RB-38) was applied onto a glass substrate by an inkjet coating apparatus (manufactured by Fujifilm Co., Ltd., DMP-2831), and In Example 67, pencil hardness, foreign matter test, contrast, and AC afterimage measurement were performed. Further, the droplet interval and the applied voltage of the cartridge were adjusted so that the film thickness of the liquid crystal alignment film was 100 nm.

[實施例106~實施例107] 變更所使用的清漆,除此以外,根據實施例105來進行鉛筆硬度、異物試驗、對比度、AC殘像的測定。將測定結果與實施例105一併示於表3-3。[Examples 106 to 107] Pencil hardness, foreign matter test, contrast, and AC afterimage were measured in accordance with Example 105 except that the varnish used was changed. The measurement results are shown together with Example 105 in Table 3-3.

表3-3 顯示出:在利用噴墨法來進行塗布的情況下,只要將本發明的液晶配向劑應用於FFS液晶顯示元件,則可獲得可抑制異物產生,且對比度、AC殘像特性良好的FFS液晶顯示元件。Table 3-3 When the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is applied to an FFS liquid crystal display device, it is possible to obtain an FFS liquid crystal display which is capable of suppressing generation of foreign matter and having good contrast and AC afterimage characteristics. element.

[實施例108] 向安裝有攪拌翼、氮氣導入管的50 mL茄型燒瓶中秤取實施例15中合成的清漆15 2.0 g及實施例25中合成的清漆25 8.0 g,向其中添加相對於聚合物100重量份而為5.0重量份的式(1-1)所表示的化合物、相對於聚合物100重量份而為5重量份的添加劑(Ad5)的化合物、N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮5.0 g及丁基溶纖劑5.0 g,在室溫下攪拌1小時,獲得樹脂成分濃度為3 wt%的配向劑RB-41。[Example 108] The varnish 15 2.0 g synthesized in Example 15 and the varnish 25 8.0 g synthesized in Example 25 were weighed into a 50 mL eggplant type flask equipped with a stirring blade and a nitrogen introduction tube, and added thereto in relation to 100 parts by weight of the polymer, 5.0 parts by weight of the compound represented by the formula (1-1), and 5 parts by weight of the additive (Ad5) relative to 100 parts by weight of the polymer, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone 5.0 g and 5.0 g of butyl cellosolve were stirred at room temperature for 1 hour to obtain an alignment agent RB-41 having a resin component concentration of 3 wt%.

利用旋轉器將所獲得的配向劑RB-41塗布在玻璃基板上。塗布後,以80℃對基板進行3分鐘加熱,使溶劑蒸發後,使用牛尾電機(股份)製造的姆奇萊特ML-501C/B,自相對於基板而垂直的方向經由偏光板而照射紫外線的直線偏光。此時的曝光能量是使用牛尾電機(股份)製造的紫外線累計光量計UIT-150(光接收器:UVD-S365)而測定光量,以在波長365 nm下成為1.3 J/cm2 ±0.1 J/cm2 的方式調整曝光時間。以200℃進行30分鐘煅燒處理,形成膜厚大約為100 nm的液晶配向膜。對所獲得的基板的鉛筆硬度進行測定,結果為5H。The obtained alignment agent RB-41 was coated on a glass substrate by a spinner. After the application, the substrate was heated at 80 ° C for 3 minutes to evaporate the solvent, and then Mchlet ML-501C/B manufactured by Oxtail Electric Co., Ltd. was used to irradiate ultraviolet rays through a polarizing plate in a direction perpendicular to the substrate. Straight line polarization. The exposure energy at this time was measured by using an ultraviolet ray cumulative photometer UIT-150 (photoreceptor: UVD-S365) manufactured by Oxtail Motor Co., Ltd. to become 1.3 J/cm 2 ±0.1 J/ at a wavelength of 365 nm. The exposure time is adjusted in cm 2 way. The film was calcined at 200 ° C for 30 minutes to form a liquid crystal alignment film having a film thickness of about 100 nm. The pencil hardness of the obtained substrate was measured and found to be 5H.

<FFS單元的製作方法、流動配向的確認、異物產生的確認、及AC殘像測定> 利用旋轉器將所獲得的配向劑RB-41塗布在帶有SiNx/ITO梳電極的基板上,在對向側,將配向劑RB-41塗布在帶有間隔物的玻璃基板(間隔物的高度:4 μm)上。塗布後,以80℃對基板進行3分鐘加熱,使溶劑蒸發後,使用牛尾電機(股份)製造的姆奇萊特ML-501C/B,自相對於基板而垂直的方向經由偏光板而照射紫外線的直線偏光。此時的曝光能量是使用牛尾電機(股份)製造的紫外線累計光量計UIT-150(光接收器:UVD-S365)而測定光量,以在波長365 nm下成為1.3 J/cm2 ±0.1 J/cm2 的方式調整曝光時間。以200℃進行30分鐘煅燒處理,形成膜厚大約為100 nm的液晶配向膜。使兩片所述配向膜形成基板的形成有配向膜的面對向,以照射至各自的配向膜的直線偏光的偏光方向成為平行的方式,進而在對向的配向膜間形成用以注入液晶組合物的空隙後加以貼合,從而組裝成單元厚度為4 μm的空FFS單元。向所製作的空FFS單元中真空注入所述正型液晶組合物,從而製作FFS液晶顯示元件。對所獲得的液晶顯示元件中的液晶的配向進行確認,結果未觀察到流動配向。繼而,利用顯微鏡對異物試驗後的液晶顯示元件進行觀察,結果未觀察到異物的產生。另外,對對比度的值進行測定,結果為3300,對AC殘像進行測定,結果ΔB為2.3%。<Method for Producing FFS Unit, Confirmation of Flow Orientation, Confirmation of Foreign Matter Generation, and Measurement of AC Afterimage> The obtained alignment agent RB-41 was applied onto a substrate with a SiNx/ITO comb electrode by a rotator. On the side, the alignment agent RB-41 was coated on a glass substrate with a spacer (height of the spacer: 4 μm). After the application, the substrate was heated at 80 ° C for 3 minutes to evaporate the solvent, and then Mchlet ML-501C/B manufactured by Oxtail Electric Co., Ltd. was used to irradiate ultraviolet rays through a polarizing plate in a direction perpendicular to the substrate. Straight line polarization. The exposure energy at this time was measured by using an ultraviolet ray cumulative photometer UIT-150 (photoreceptor: UVD-S365) manufactured by Oxtail Motor Co., Ltd. to become 1.3 J/cm 2 ±0.1 J/ at a wavelength of 365 nm. The exposure time is adjusted in cm 2 way. The film was calcined at 200 ° C for 30 minutes to form a liquid crystal alignment film having a film thickness of about 100 nm. The alignment direction of the alignment film formed on the two alignment film forming substrates is such that the polarization directions of the linear polarizations irradiated to the respective alignment films are parallel, and the liquid crystal is injected between the opposing alignment films. The voids of the composition were then laminated to assemble an empty FFS unit having a cell thickness of 4 μm. The positive liquid crystal composition was vacuum-injected into the produced empty FFS unit to fabricate an FFS liquid crystal display element. The alignment of the liquid crystal in the obtained liquid crystal display element was confirmed, and as a result, no flow alignment was observed. Then, the liquid crystal display element after the foreign matter test was observed with a microscope, and as a result, no foreign matter was observed. Further, when the value of the contrast was measured, it was 3300, and the AC afterimage was measured. As a result, ΔB was 2.3%.

[實施例109] 變更所使用的清漆、添加劑及其使用量,除此以外,根據實施例108來進行鉛筆硬度、異物試驗、對比度、AC殘像的測定。將測定結果與實施例108一併示於表4-1。[Example 109] A pencil hardness, a foreign matter test, a contrast, and an AC afterimage were measured in accordance with Example 108 except that the varnish, the additive, and the amount thereof used were changed. The measurement results are shown together with Example 108 in Table 4-1.

表4-1 比較實施例108~實施例109與比較例5~比較例8,顯示出:只要將本發明應用於FFS液晶顯示元件,則可獲得可抑制異物產生,且對比度、AC殘像特性良好的FFS液晶顯示元件。Table 4-1 Comparing Example 108 to Example 109 with Comparative Example 5 to Comparative Example 8, it was revealed that the FFS liquid crystal display element can be applied to an FFS liquid crystal display device, and FFS liquid crystal having excellent contrast and AC afterimage characteristics can be obtained. Display component.

[噴墨法塗布用液晶配向劑] 通過適宜選擇所使用的溶劑,本發明的液晶配向劑成為適於利用噴墨法的塗布的液晶配向劑。[Liquid crystal alignment agent for inkjet coating method] The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is a liquid crystal alignment agent suitable for coating by an inkjet method by appropriately selecting a solvent to be used.

[實施例110] 秤取實施例16中合成的清漆16 2.0 g、實施例26中合成的清漆26 8.0 g,向其中添加相對於聚合物100重量份而為5重量份的式(1-1)所表示的化合物、相對於聚合物100重量份而為3重量份的式(Ad5)所表示的化合物,製備固體成分濃度為3.0 wt%且溶劑組成成為NMP/GBL/BP/EDM/BDM/DIBK=48/12/16/15/3/3的噴墨法塗布用液晶配向劑(RB-43)。[Example 110] The varnish 16 2.0 g synthesized in Example 16 and the varnish 26 8.0 g synthesized in Example 26 were weighed, and the formula (1-1) was added thereto in an amount of 5 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the polymer. The compound represented by the formula (Ad5) is 3 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the polymer, and the solid content concentration is 3.0 wt%, and the solvent composition becomes NMP/GBL/BP/EDM/BDM/ DIBK=48/12/16/15/3/3 liquid crystal alignment agent (RB-43) for inkjet coating.

[實施例111] 秤取實施例17中合成的清漆17 2.0 g、實施例28中合成的清漆28 8.0 g,向其中添加相對於聚合物100重量份而為8重量份的式(1-1)所表示的化合物、相對於聚合物100重量份而為2重量份的式(Ad1)所表示的化合物,並添加NMP 2.2 g、GBL 2.6 g、BC 1.4 g、BDM 1.0 g、及EDE 2.8 g,製備固體成分濃度為3.0 wt%且溶劑組成成為NMP:GBL:BC:BDM:EDE=48:13:17:5:14的噴墨法塗布用液晶配向劑(RB-44)。[Example 111] The varnish 17 2.0 g synthesized in Example 17 and the varnish 28 8.0 g synthesized in Example 28 were weighed, and the formula (1-1) was added thereto in an amount of 8 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the polymer. The compound represented by the formula (Ad1) is added in an amount of 2 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the polymer, and NMP 2.2 g, GBL 2.6 g, BC 1.4 g, BDM 1.0 g, and EDE 2.8 g are added. A liquid crystal alignment agent (RB-44) for inkjet coating was prepared having a solid content concentration of 3.0 wt% and a solvent composition of NMP:GBL:BC:BDM:EDE=48:13:17:5:14.

[實施例112] 利用噴墨塗布裝置(富士軟片股份有限公司製造、DMP-2831)將噴墨法塗布用液晶配向劑(RB-43)塗布在玻璃基板上,除此以外,根據實施例111來進行鉛筆硬度、異物試驗、對比度、AC殘像的測定。再者,以液晶配向膜的膜厚成為100 nm的方式調整液滴間隔、匣施加電壓。[Example 112] A liquid crystal alignment agent (RB-43) for inkjet coating was applied onto a glass substrate by an inkjet coating apparatus (manufactured by Fujifilm Co., Ltd., DMP-2831), except for Example 111. Pencil hardness, foreign matter test, contrast, and measurement of AC afterimage were performed. In addition, the droplet interval and the voltage application were adjusted so that the film thickness of the liquid crystal alignment film was 100 nm.

[實施例113] 變更所使用的配向劑,除此以外,根據實施例109來進行鉛筆硬度、異物試驗、對比度、AC殘像的測定。將測定結果與實施例112一併示於表4-2。[Example 113] A pencil hardness, a foreign matter test, a contrast, and an AC afterimage were measured in accordance with Example 109 except that the alignment agent used was changed. The measurement results are shown together with Example 112 in Table 4-2.

表4-2 顯示出:在利用噴墨法來進行塗布的情況下,只要將本發明的液晶配向劑應用於FFS液晶顯示元件,則也可獲得可抑制異物產生,且對比度、AC殘像特性良好的FFS液晶顯示元件。Table 4-2 When the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is applied to an FFS liquid crystal display device, it is also possible to obtain an FFS liquid crystal which can suppress generation of foreign matter and has good contrast and AC afterimage characteristics. Display component.

[產業上的可利用性] 確認到:本發明的液晶配向劑可形成膜硬度高、顯示出優異的液晶配向性的液晶配向膜。確認到:包括由本發明的液晶配向劑所形成的液晶配向膜的液晶顯示元件具有在觸控面板操作時難以引起異物產生、顯示出高對比、難以引起AC殘像等優異的特性。本發明的液晶配向劑特別可適宜地應用於橫向電場驅動型液晶顯示元件。[Industrial Applicability] It has been confirmed that the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention can form a liquid crystal alignment film having a high film hardness and exhibiting excellent liquid crystal alignment properties. It has been confirmed that the liquid crystal display element including the liquid crystal alignment film formed by the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention has excellent characteristics such that it is hard to cause foreign matter generation during operation of the touch panel, exhibits high contrast, and is hard to cause an AC afterimage. The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is particularly suitably applied to a lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal display element.

no

no

no

Claims (14)

一種液晶配向劑,其含有以下聚合物與由下述式(1)所表示的化合物的至少一種,所述聚合物為選自使四羧酸二酐與二胺化合物反應而獲得的聚醯胺酸及其衍生物的至少一種,式(1)中,R1 為具有在*處直接或經由連結基與N連結的下述結構的任一者的一價有機基;而且,R2 及R3 分別獨立為具有在*處直接或經由連結基與N連結的下述結構的任一者的一價有機基;A liquid crystal alignment agent comprising at least one of a polymer represented by the following formula (1), the polymer being selected from the group consisting of a polyphthalamide obtained by reacting a tetracarboxylic dianhydride with a diamine compound. At least one of an acid and a derivative thereof, In the formula (1), R 1 is a monovalent organic group having any of the following structures which are bonded to N at a position directly or via a linking group; Further, R 2 and R 3 are each independently a monovalent organic group having any of the following structures bonded directly to or via a linking group to N; . 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的液晶配向劑,其中所述式(1)的化合物為由式(1-1)~式(1-4)所表示的化合物的至少一種;式(1-3)中,R為-CH3 或-CH2 CH3The liquid crystal alignment agent according to claim 1, wherein the compound of the formula (1) is at least one of the compounds represented by the formulae (1-1) to (1-4); In the formula (1-3), R is -CH 3 or -CH 2 CH 3 . 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的液晶配向劑,其中 所述四羧酸二酐含有選自由下述式(AN-I)~式(AN-VII)所表示的化合物的群組中的至少一種; 所述二胺包括選自由下述式(DI-1)~式(DI-16)所表示的不具有側鏈的二胺、由下述式(DIH-1)~式(DIH-3)所表示的不具有側鏈的二醯肼及由下述式(DI-31)~式(DI-35)所表示的具有側鏈的二胺的群組中的至少一種;式(AN-I)、式(AN-IV)及式(AN-V)中,X獨立為單鍵或-CH2 -; 式(AN-II)中,G為單鍵、碳數1~20的伸烷基、-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO2 -、-C(CH3 )2 -、或-C(CF3 )2 -; 式(AN-II)~式(AN-IV)中,Y獨立為選自下述的三價的基的群組中的一種,結合鍵與任意的碳連結,所述基的至少一個氫可由甲基、乙基或苯基取代;式(AN-III)~式(AN-V)中,環A10 為碳數3~10的單環式烴的基或碳數6~30的縮合多環式烴的基,所述基的至少一個氫可由甲基、乙基或苯基取代,連接在環上的結合鍵與構成環的任意的碳連結,兩根結合鍵可與同一個碳連結; 式(AN-VI)中,X10 為碳數2~6的伸烷基,Me表示甲基,Ph表示苯基; 式(AN-VII)中,G10 獨立為-O-、-COO-或-OCO-,r獨立為0或1;所述式(DI-1)中,G20 為-CH2 -,至少一個-CH2 -可被-NH-、-O-取代,m為1~12的整數,伸烷基的至少一個氫可被-OH取代; 式(DI-3)及式(DI-5)~式(DI-7)中,G21 獨立為單鍵、-NH-、-NCH3 -、-O-、-S-、-S-S-、-SO2 -、-CO-、-COO-、-CONCH3 -、-CONH-、-C(CH3 )2 -、-C(CF3 )2 -、-(CH2 )m -、-O-(CH2 )m -O-、-N(-CH3 )-(CH2 )k -N(-CH3 )-、-(O-C2 H4 )m -O-、-O-CH2 -C(CF3 )2 -CH2 -O-、-O-CO-(CH2 )m -CO-O-、-CO-O-(CH2 )m -O-CO-、-(CH2 )m -NH-(CH2 )m -、-CO-(CH2 )k -NH-(CH2 )k -、-(NH-(CH2 )m )k -NH-、-CO-C3 H6 -(NH-C3 H6 )n -CO-、或-S-(CH2 )m -S-,m獨立為1~12的整數,k為1~5的整數,n為1或2; 式(DI-4)中,s獨立為0~2的整數; 式(DI-6)及式(DI-7)中,G22 獨立為單鍵、-O-、-S-、-CO-、-C(CH3 )2 -、-C(CF3 )2 -、-NH-、或碳數1~10的伸烷基; 式(DI-2)~式(DI-7)中的環己烷環及苯環的至少一個氫可由-F、-Cl、碳數1~3的烷基、-OCH3 、-OH、-CF3 、-CO2 H、-CONH2 、-NHC6 H5 、苯基、或苄基取代,並且,在式(DI-4)中,苯環的至少一個氫可由選自由下述式(DI-4-a)~式(DI-4-e)所表示的基的群組中的一個取代; 鍵結位置未固定在構成所述式中的環的碳原子上的基表示在所述環上的鍵結位置為任意; -NH2 在環己烷環或苯環上的鍵結位置為除G21 或G22 的鍵結位置以外的任意的位置;式(DI-4-a)及式(DI-4-b)中,R20 獨立為氫或-CH3式(DI-11)中,r為0或1; 式(DI-8)~式(DI-11)中,鍵結在環上的-NH2 的鍵結位置為任意的位置;式(DI-12)中,R21 及R22 獨立為碳數1~3的烷基或苯基,G23 獨立為碳數1~6的伸烷基、伸苯基或經烷基取代的伸苯基,w為1~10的整數; 式(DI-13)中,R23 獨立為碳數1~5的烷基、碳數1~5的烷氧基或-Cl,p獨立為0~3的整數,q為0~4的整數; 式(DI-14)中,環B為單環式雜芳香族,R24 為氫、-F、-Cl、碳數1~6的烷基、烷氧基、乙烯基、炔基,q獨立為0~4的整數; 式(DI-15)中,環C為含有雜原子的單環; 式(DI-16)中,G24 為單鍵、碳數2~6的伸烷基或1,4-伸苯基,r為0或1; 鍵結位置未固定在構成所述式中的環的碳原子上的基表示在所述環上的鍵結位置為任意; 式(DI-13)~式(DI-16)中,鍵結在環上的-NH2 的鍵結位置為任意的位置;式(DIH-1)中,G25 為單鍵、碳數1~20的伸烷基、-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO2 -、-C(CH3 )2 -、或-C(CF3 )2 -; 式(DIH-2)中,環D為環己烷環、苯環或萘環,所述環的至少一個氫可由甲基、乙基、或苯基取代; 式(DIH-3)中,環E分別獨立為環己烷環、或苯環,所述環的至少一個氫可由甲基、乙基、或苯基取代,Y為單鍵、碳數1~20的伸烷基、-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO2 -、-C(CH3 )2 -、或-C(CF3 )2 -; 式(DIH-2)及式(DIH-3)中,鍵結在環上的-CONHNH2 的鍵結位置為任意的位置;式(DI-31)中,G26 為單鍵、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CO-、-CONH-、-CH2 O-、-OCH2 -、-CF2 O-、-OCF2 -、或-(CH2 )m' -,m'為1~12的整數; R25 為碳數3~30的烷基、苯基、具有類固醇骨架的基、或由下述的式(DI-31-a)所表示的基,所述烷基中,至少一個氫可由-F取代,而且,至少一個-CH2 -可由-O-、-CH=CH-或-C≡C-取代,所述苯基的氫可由-F、-CH3 、-OCH3 、-OCH2 F、-OCHF2 、-OCF3 、碳數3~30的烷基或碳數3~30的烷氧基取代,鍵結在苯環上的-NH2 的鍵結位置表示在所述環中為任意的位置,式(DI-31-a)中,G27 、G28 及G29 為鍵結基,它們獨立為單鍵、或碳數1~12的伸烷基,所述伸烷基的一個以上的-CH2 -可由-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-CH=CH-取代,環B21 、環B22 、環B23 及環B24 獨立為1,4-伸苯基、1,4-伸環己基、1,3-二噁烷-2,5-二基、嘧啶-2,5-二基、吡啶-2,5-二基、哌啶-1,4-二基、萘-1,5-二基、萘-2,7-二基或蒽-9,10-二基,環B21 、環B22 、環B23 及環B24 中,至少一個氫可由-F或-CH3 取代,s、t及u獨立為0~2的整數,它們的合計為0~5,當s、t或u為2時,各個括弧內的兩個鍵結基可以相同,也可以不同,而且,兩個環可以相同,也可以不同,R26 為氫、-F、-OH、碳數1~30的烷基、碳數1~30的氟取代烷基、碳數1~30的烷氧基、-CN、-OCH2 F、-OCHF2 、或-OCF3 ,所述碳數1~30的烷基的至少一個-CH2 -可由下述式(DI-31-b)所表示的二價的基取代,式(DI-31-b)中,R27 及R28 獨立為碳數1~3的烷基,v為1~6的整數;式(DI-32)及式(DI-33)中,G30 獨立為單鍵、-CO-或-CH2 -,R29 獨立為氫或-CH3 ,R30 為氫、碳數1~20的烷基、或碳數2~20的烯基; 式(DI-33)中的苯環的至少一個氫可由碳數1~20的烷基或苯基取代; 鍵結位置未固定在構成所述式中的環的任一個碳原子上的基表示在所述環上的鍵結位置為任意; 式(DI-32)及式(DI-33)中,鍵結在苯環上的-NH2 表示在所述環上的鍵結位置為任意;式(DI-34)及式(DI-35)中,G31 獨立為-O-、-NH-或碳數1~6的伸烷基,G32 為單鍵或碳數1~3的伸烷基,R31 為氫或碳數1~20的烷基,所述烷基的至少一個-CH2 -可由-O-、-CH=CH-或-C≡C-取代,R32 為碳數6~22的烷基,R33 為氫或碳數1~22的烷基,環B25 為1,4-伸苯基或1,4-伸環己基,r為0或1,而且,鍵結在苯環上的-NH2 表示在所述環上的鍵結位置為任意。The liquid crystal alignment agent according to the above aspect, wherein the tetracarboxylic dianhydride contains a group selected from the compounds represented by the following formulas (AN-I) to (AN-VII). At least one of the group; the diamine includes a diamine having no side chain represented by the following formula (DI-1) to formula (DI-16), and is represented by the following formula (DIH-1) At least one of a group having no side chain represented by (DIH-3) and a group of diamines having a side chain represented by the following formula (DI-31) to formula (DI-35); In the formula (AN-I), the formula (AN-IV) and the formula (AN-V), X is independently a single bond or -CH 2 -; in the formula (AN-II), G is a single bond, and the carbon number is 1 to 20 alkyl, -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO 2 -, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, or -C(CF 3 ) 2 -; (AN-II)~ In (AN-IV), Y is independently one selected from the group consisting of trivalent groups, the bonding bond is bonded to any carbon, and at least one hydrogen of the group may be methyl, ethyl or phenyl. Replace In the formula (AN-III) to the formula (AN-V), the ring A 10 is a group of a monocyclic hydrocarbon having 3 to 10 carbon atoms or a group of a condensed polycyclic hydrocarbon having 6 to 30 carbon atoms. At least one hydrogen may be substituted by a methyl group, an ethyl group or a phenyl group, and a bond bonded to the ring may be bonded to any carbon constituting the ring, and the two bond bonds may be bonded to the same carbon; in the formula (AN-VI), X 10 is an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, Me represents a methyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group; in the formula (AN-VII), G 10 is independently -O-, -COO- or -OCO-, and r is independently 0. Or 1; In the formula (DI-1), G 20 is -CH 2 -, at least one -CH 2 - may be substituted by -NH-, -O-, m is an integer of from 1 to 12, and at least one hydrogen of the alkyl group is extended. which may be substituted by -OH; in, G 21 independently of formula (DI-3) and formula (DI-5) ~ of formula (DI-7) a single bond, -NH -, - NCH 3 - , - O -, - S -, -SS-, -SO 2 -, -CO-, -COO-, -CONCH 3 -, -CONH-, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, -(CH 2 m -, -O-(CH 2 ) m -O-, -N(-CH 3 )-(CH 2 ) k -N(-CH 3 )-, -(OC 2 H 4 ) m -O-, -O-CH 2 -C(CF 3 ) 2 -CH 2 -O-, -O-CO-(CH 2 ) m -CO-O-, -CO-O-(CH 2 ) m -O-CO- , -(CH 2 ) m -NH-(CH 2 ) m -, -CO-(CH 2 ) k -NH-(CH 2 ) k -, -(NH-(CH 2 ) m ) k -NH-, -CO-C 3 H 6 -(NH-C 3 H 6 ) n -CO-, or -S-(CH 2 ) m -S-, m is independently an integer from 1 to 12, and k is an integer from 1 to 5 , n is 1 or 2; in the formula (DI-4), s is independently an integer of 0 to 2; in the formula (DI-6) and the formula (DI-7), G 22 is independently a single bond, -O-, -S-, -CO-, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, -NH-, or an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms; formula (DI-2) to formula ( At least one hydrogen of the cyclohexane ring and the benzene ring in DI-7) may be -F, -Cl, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, -OCH 3 , -OH, -CF 3 , -CO 2 H, -CONH 2 , -NHC 6 H 5 , a phenyl group, or a benzyl group, and In (DI-4), at least one hydrogen of the benzene ring may be substituted with one selected from the group consisting of a group represented by the following formula (DI-4-a) to formula (DI-4-e); bonding position The group which is not fixed to the carbon atom constituting the ring in the formula means that the bonding position on the ring is arbitrary; the bonding position of -NH 2 on the cyclohexane ring or the benzene ring is G 21 or an arbitrary position other than the bonding position of the G 22; In formula (DI-4-a) and formula (DI-4-b), R 20 is independently hydrogen or -CH 3 ; In the formula (DI-11), r is 0 or 1; in the formula (DI-8) to the formula (DI-11), the bonding position of -NH 2 bonded to the ring is an arbitrary position; In the formula (DI-12), R 21 and R 22 are independently an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or a phenyl group, and G 23 is independently an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a phenyl group or an alkyl group. a phenyl group, w is an integer of 1 to 10; in the formula (DI-13), R 23 is independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or -Cl, and p is independently 0. An integer of ~3, q is an integer of 0 to 4; in the formula (DI-14), ring B is a monocyclic heteroaromatic group, and R 24 is hydrogen, -F, -Cl, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. , alkoxy, vinyl, alkynyl, q is independently an integer from 0 to 4; in the formula (DI-15), ring C is a monocyclic ring containing a hetero atom; in the formula (DI-16), G 24 is a single a bond, an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms or a 1,4-phenylene group, and r is 0 or 1; a group at which a bonding position is not fixed to a carbon atom constituting a ring in the formula is represented by the ring The bonding position on the upper side is arbitrary; in the formula (DI-13) to the formula (DI-16), the bonding position of -NH 2 bonded to the ring is an arbitrary position; In the formula (DIH-1), G 25 is a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO 2 -, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, Or -C(CF 3 ) 2 -; In the formula (DIH-2), ring D is a cyclohexane ring, a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring, and at least one hydrogen of the ring may be substituted by a methyl group, an ethyl group or a phenyl group. In the formula (DIH-3), the ring E is independently a cyclohexane ring or a benzene ring, and at least one hydrogen of the ring may be substituted by a methyl group, an ethyl group or a phenyl group, and Y is a single bond, a carbon number of 1 ~20 alkylene, -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO 2 -, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, or -C(CF 3 ) 2 -; formula (DIH-2) and In the formula (DIH-3), the bonding position of -CONHNH 2 bonded to the ring is an arbitrary position; In the formula (DI-31), G 26 is a single bond, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -CO-, -CONH-, -CH 2 O-, -OCH 2 -, -CF 2 O- -OCF 2 -, or -(CH 2 ) m' -, m' is an integer of 1 to 12; R 25 is an alkyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, a group having a steroid skeleton, or a group represented by the formula (DI-31-a) in which at least one hydrogen may be substituted by -F, and at least one -CH 2 - may be -O-, -CH=CH- or -C≡ C-substituted, the hydrogen of the phenyl group may be -F, -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -OCH 2 F, -OCHF 2 , -OCF 3 , an alkyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms or a carbon number of 3 to 30 The alkoxy group is substituted, and the bonding position of -NH 2 bonded to the benzene ring means an arbitrary position in the ring. In the formula (DI-31-a), G 27 , G 28 and G 29 are a bonding group which are independently a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and one or more of the alkyl groups are - CH 2 - may be substituted by -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -CONH-, -CH=CH-, and ring B 21 , ring B 22 , ring B 23 and ring B 24 are independently 1,4-phenylene Base, 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1,3-dioxane-2,5-diyl, pyrimidine-2,5-diyl, pyridine-2,5-diyl, piperidine-1,4- At least one hydrogen of diyl, naphthalene-1,5-diyl, naphthalene-2,7-diyl or fluoren-9,10-diyl, ring B 21 , ring B 22 , ring B 23 and ring B 24 It can be substituted by -F or -CH 3 , and s, t and u are independently an integer of 0 to 2, and their total is 0 to 5. When s, t or u is 2, the two bonding groups in each parenthesis can be The same or different, and the two rings may be the same or different, and R 26 is hydrogen, -F, -OH, an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a fluorine-substituted alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, or carbon. The alkoxy group having 1 to 30, -CN, -OCH 2 F, -OCHF 2 or -OCF 3 , and at least one -CH 2 - of the alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms may be represented by the following formula (DI- The divalent base substitution represented by 31-b), In the formula (DI-31-b), R 27 and R 28 are independently an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and v is an integer of 1 to 6; In the formula (DI-32) and the formula (DI-33), G 30 is independently a single bond, -CO- or -CH 2 -, R 29 is independently hydrogen or -CH 3 , R 30 is hydrogen, and carbon number is 1 - An alkyl group of 20 or an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms; at least one hydrogen of the benzene ring in the formula (DI-33) may be substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a phenyl group; the bonding position is not fixed in the constitution The group on any one of the carbon atoms of the ring in the formula represents any bonding position on the ring; in the formula (DI-32) and the formula (DI-33), bonded to the benzene ring - NH 2 indicates that the bonding position on the ring is arbitrary; In the formula (DI-34) and the formula (DI-35), G 31 is independently -O-, -NH- or an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and G 32 is a single bond or a carbon number of 1 to 3 An alkyl group, R 31 is hydrogen or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and at least one -CH 2 - of the alkyl group may be substituted by -O-, -CH=CH- or -C≡C-, and R 32 is carbon An alkyl group of 6 to 22, R 33 is hydrogen or an alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms, and ring B 25 is 1,4-phenylene or 1,4-cyclohexylene, and r is 0 or 1, and The -NH 2 bonded to the benzene ring indicates that the bonding position on the ring is arbitrary. 如申請專利範圍第3項所述的液晶配向劑,其中 所述四羧酸二酐為選自下述式(AN-1-1)、式(AN-1-2)、式(AN-1-13)、式(PA-1)、式(AN-3-1)、式(AN-3-2)、式(AN-4-5)、式(AN-4-17)、式(AN-4-21)、式(AN-4-29)、式(AN-4-30)、式(AN-5-1)、式(AN-7-2)、式(AN-10-1)、式(AN-11-3)、式(AN-16-1)、式(AN-16-3)、及式(AN-16-4)中的至少一種; 所述二胺為選自由下述式(DI-1-3)、式(DI-2-1)、式(DI-4-1)、式(DI-4-2)、式(DI-4-10)、式(DI-4-15)、式(DI-5-1)、式(DI-5-5)、式(DI-5-9)、式(DI-5-12)、式(DI-5-13)、式(DI-5-17)、式(DI-5-28)、式(DI-5-30)、式(DI-6-7)、式(DI-7-3)、式(DI-11-2)、式(DI-13-1)、式(DI-16-1)、式(DI-31-56)、及式(DIH-2-1)所組成的群組中的至少一種;式(AN-1-2)及式(AN-4-17)中,m獨立為1~12的整數; 式(DI-5-1)、式(DI-5-12)、式(DI-5-13)、及式(DI-7-3)中,m獨立為1~12的整數; 式(DI-5-30)中,k為1~5的整數;而且 式(DI-7-3)中,n分別獨立為1或2。The liquid crystal alignment agent according to claim 3, wherein the tetracarboxylic dianhydride is selected from the group consisting of the following formula (AN-1-1), the formula (AN-1-2), and the formula (AN-1). -13), Formula (PA-1), Formula (AN-3-1), Formula (AN-3-2), Formula (AN-4-5), Formula (AN-4-17), Formula (AN) -4-21), formula (AN-4-29), formula (AN-4-30), formula (AN-5-1), formula (AN-7-2), formula (AN-10-1) At least one of the formula (AN-11-3), the formula (AN-16-1), the formula (AN-16-3), and the formula (AN-16-4); the diamine is selected from the group consisting of (DI-1-3), formula (DI-2-1), formula (DI-4-1), formula (DI-4-2), formula (DI-4-10), formula (DI- 4-15), formula (DI-5-1), formula (DI-5-5), formula (DI-5-9), formula (DI-5-12), formula (DI-5-13), Formula (DI-5-17), formula (DI-5-28), formula (DI-5-30), formula (DI-6-7), formula (DI-7-3), formula (DI-11 -2) at least one of the group consisting of formula (DI-13-1), formula (DI-16-1), formula (DI-31-56), and formula (DIH-2-1); In the formula (AN-1-2) and the formula (AN-4-17), m is independently an integer of 1 to 12; In the formula (DI-5-1), the formula (DI-5-12), the formula (DI-5-13), and the formula (DI-7-3), m is independently an integer of 1 to 12; In -5-30), k is an integer of 1 to 5; and in the formula (DI-7-3), n is independently 1 or 2. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的液晶配向劑,其中所述聚醯胺酸及其衍生物為使所述四羧酸二酐及所述二胺的至少一種與具有光反應性結構的化合物反應而獲得的聚合物(a)。The liquid crystal alignment agent according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the polyamic acid and a derivative thereof are such that at least one of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the diamine has a photoreaction The polymer (a) obtained by reacting a compound of a sexual structure. 如申請專利範圍第5項所述的液晶配向劑,其中所述光反應性結構為選自由下述式(P-1)~式(P-7)所表示的結構所組成的群組中的至少一種;式(P-1)中,R61 獨立為氫原子、碳數1~5的烷基、或苯基。The liquid crystal alignment agent according to claim 5, wherein the photoreactive structure is selected from the group consisting of structures represented by the following formulas (P-1) to (P-7). At least one In the formula (P-1), R 61 is independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group. 如申請專利範圍第6項所述的液晶配向劑,其中具有所述光反應性結構的化合物為選自由下述式(II-1)、式(II-2)、式(III-1)、式(III-2)、式(IV-1)、式(IV-2)、式(V-1)~式(V-3)、及式(VI-1)、式(VI-2)所組成的群組中的至少一種四羧酸二酐或二胺化合物; 所述各式中,鍵結位置未固定在構成環的任一個碳原子上的基表示在所述環上的鍵結位置為任意;式(V-2)中,R6 獨立為-CH3 、-OCH3 、-CF3 、或-COOCH3 ,a分別獨立為0~2的整數;式(V-3)中,環A及環B分別獨立為選自單環式烴、縮合多環式烴及雜環的至少一種,R11 為碳數1~20的直鏈伸烷基、-COO-、-OCO-、-NHCO-或-N(CH3 )CO-,R12 為碳數1~20的直鏈伸烷基、-COO-、-OCO-、-NHCO-或-N(CH3 )CO-,R11 及R12 中,直鏈伸烷基的-CH2 -的一個或兩個可由-O-取代,R7 ~R10 分別獨立為-F、-CH3 、-OCH3 、-CF3 、或-OH,而且,b~e分別獨立為0~4的整數。The liquid crystal alignment agent according to claim 6, wherein the compound having the photoreactive structure is selected from the group consisting of the following formula (II-1), formula (II-2), and formula (III-1). Formula (III-2), Formula (IV-1), Formula (IV-2), Formula (V-1) to Formula (V-3), and Formula (VI-1) and Formula (VI-2) At least one tetracarboxylic dianhydride or diamine compound in the group consisting; In the above formula, the group in which the bonding position is not fixed to any one of the carbon atoms constituting the ring means that the bonding position on the ring is arbitrary; in the formula (V-2), R 6 is independently -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -CF 3 , or -COOCH 3 , a are each independently an integer of 0 to 2; in the formula (V-3), ring A and ring B are each independently selected from a monocyclic hydrocarbon, a condensed polycyclic ring. At least one of a hydrocarbon and a heterocyclic ring, R 11 is a linear alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, -COO-, -OCO-, -NHCO- or -N(CH 3 )CO-, and R 12 is a carbon number 1 to 20 of a linear alkyl group, -COO-, -OCO-, -NHCO- or -N(CH 3 )CO-, R 11 and R 12 , a linear alkyl group of -CH 2 - Or two may be substituted by -O-, and R 7 to R 10 are each independently -F, -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -CF 3 or -OH, and b to e are each independently an integer of 0 to 4. 如申請專利範圍第7項所述的液晶配向劑,其中具有所述光反應性結構的二胺化合物由下述式(PDI-7)表示;式(PDI-7)中,R51 分別獨立為-CH3 、-OCH3 、-CF3 、或-COOCH3 ,s分別獨立為0~2的整數。The liquid crystal alignment agent according to claim 7, wherein the diamine compound having the photoreactive structure is represented by the following formula (PDI-7); In the formula (PDI-7), R 51 is independently -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -CF 3 or -COOCH 3 , and s is independently an integer of 0 to 2, respectively. 如申請專利範圍第5項所述的液晶配向劑,其含有所述聚合物(a),並且進而含有聚合物(b),所述聚合物(b)為選自使不具有光反應性結構的四羧酸二酐及不具有光反應性結構的二胺反應而獲得的聚醯胺酸及其衍生物的至少一種。The liquid crystal alignment agent according to claim 5, which comprises the polymer (a) and further contains a polymer (b) selected from the group consisting of a photoreactive structure At least one of polyamic acid and a derivative thereof obtained by reacting a tetracarboxylic dianhydride with a diamine having no photoreactive structure. 如申請專利範圍第9項所述的液晶配向劑,其中 用於所述聚合物(b)的合成中的四羧酸二酐為選自下述式(AN-1-1)、式(AN-1-2)、式(AN-1-13)、式(PA-1)、式(AN-3-1)、式(AN-3-2)、式(AN-4-5)、式(AN-4-17)、式(AN-4-21)、式(AN-4-29)、式(AN-4-30)、式(AN-5-1)、式(AN-7-2)、式(AN-10-1)、式(AN-11-3)、式(AN-16-1)、式(AN-16-3)、及式(AN-16-4)中的至少一種; 二胺為選自由下述式(DI-1-3)、式(DI-2-1)、式(DI-4-1)、式(DI-4-2)、式(DI-4-10)、式(DI-4-15)、式(DI-5-1)、式(DI-5-5)、式(DI-5-9)、式(DI-5-12)、式(DI-5-13)、式(DI-5-17)、式(DI-5-28)、式(DI-5-30)、式(DI-6-7)、式(DI-7-3)、式(DI-11-2)、式(DI-13-1)、式(DI-16-1)、式(DI-31-56)、及式(DIH-2-1)所組成的群組中的至少一種;式(AN-1-2)及式(AN-4-17)中,m獨立為1~12的整數; 式(DI-5-1)、式(DI-5-12)、式(DI-5-13)、及式(DI-7-3)中,m獨立為1~12的整數; 式(DI-5-30)中,k為1~5的整數;而且 式(DI-7-3)中,n分別獨立為1或2。The liquid crystal alignment agent according to claim 9, wherein the tetracarboxylic dianhydride used in the synthesis of the polymer (b) is selected from the following formula (AN-1-1), formula (AN) -1-2), formula (AN-1-13), formula (PA-1), formula (AN-3-1), formula (AN-3-2), formula (AN-4-5), formula (AN-4-17), Formula (AN-4-21), Formula (AN-4-29), Formula (AN-4-30), Formula (AN-5-1), Formula (AN-7- 2), in the formula (AN-10-1), the formula (AN-11-3), the formula (AN-16-1), the formula (AN-16-3), and the formula (AN-16-4) At least one; the diamine is selected from the following formula (DI-1-3), formula (DI-2-1), formula (DI-4-1), formula (DI-4-2), formula (DI- 4-10), formula (DI-4-15), formula (DI-5-1), formula (DI-5-5), formula (DI-5-9), formula (DI-5-12), Formula (DI-5-13), formula (DI-5-17), formula (DI-5-28), formula (DI-5-30), formula (DI-6-7), formula (DI-7 -3), formula (DI-11-2), formula (DI-13-1), formula (DI-16-1), formula (DI-31-56), and formula (DIH-2-1) At least one of the group consisting of; In the formula (AN-1-2) and the formula (AN-4-17), m is independently an integer of 1 to 12; In the formula (DI-5-1), the formula (DI-5-12), the formula (DI-5-13), and the formula (DI-7-3), m is independently an integer of 1 to 12; In -5-30), k is an integer of 1 to 5; and in the formula (DI-7-3), n is independently 1 or 2. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的液晶配向劑,其進而含有選自由噁嗪化合物、噁唑啉化合物、所述式(1)所表示的化合物以外的環氧化合物、及矽烷偶合劑所組成的化合物的群組中的至少一種。The liquid crystal alignment agent according to the first or second aspect of the invention, further comprising an epoxy compound selected from the group consisting of an oxazine compound, an oxazoline compound, and a compound represented by the formula (1), and a decane. At least one of the group consisting of compounds of a coupling agent. 一種液晶配向膜,其是由如申請專利範圍第1項至第11項中任一項所述的液晶配向劑而形成。A liquid crystal alignment film which is formed by the liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of claims 1 to 11. 一種橫向電場驅動型液晶顯示元件用液晶配向膜,其是由如申請專利範圍第1項至第11項中任一項所述的液晶配向劑而形成。A liquid crystal alignment film for a lateral electric field drive type liquid crystal display device, which is formed by the liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of the first to eleventh aspects of the invention. 一種液晶顯示元件,其包括如申請專利範圍第12項或第13項所述的液晶配向膜。A liquid crystal display element comprising the liquid crystal alignment film according to claim 12 or claim 13.
TW106105159A 2016-02-18 2017-02-17 Liquid crystal aligning agents for forming liquid crystal alignment films, liquid crystal alignment films and liquid crystal display devices using the same TW201741395A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016029191 2016-02-18

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201741395A true TW201741395A (en) 2017-12-01

Family

ID=59646230

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW106105159A TW201741395A (en) 2016-02-18 2017-02-17 Liquid crystal aligning agents for forming liquid crystal alignment films, liquid crystal alignment films and liquid crystal display devices using the same

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2017146597A (en)
KR (1) KR20170097552A (en)
CN (1) CN107090300B (en)
TW (1) TW201741395A (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI815876B (en) * 2018-04-05 2023-09-21 日商Jsr股份有限公司 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal element and manufacturing method of liquid crystal element

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020196764A1 (en) * 2019-03-27 2020-10-01 株式会社カネカ Alkali-soluble polyimide and production method thereof, negative-type photosensitive resin composition, cured film, and production method of pattern cured film

Family Cites Families (15)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2006286852A (en) * 2005-03-31 2006-10-19 Sumitomo Bakelite Co Ltd Resin composition, resin layer, carrier material with resin layer and circuit board
JP4525563B2 (en) * 2005-11-16 2010-08-18 日立電線株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent
JP5130907B2 (en) * 2007-08-08 2013-01-30 Jnc株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
CN101429436B (en) * 2007-11-05 2013-03-20 比亚迪股份有限公司 Composition and film for producing polymer dispersion liquid crystal, and producing method thereof
JP4868167B2 (en) * 2007-12-12 2012-02-01 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent and liquid crystal display element
JP5482109B2 (en) * 2008-11-25 2014-04-23 Jnc株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
CN102472928B (en) * 2009-07-01 2014-07-02 日本化药株式会社 Liquid crystal sealing agent for liquid crystal dropping method and liquid crystal display cell using same
JP5556482B2 (en) * 2009-09-15 2014-07-23 Jnc株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP5672762B2 (en) * 2010-05-06 2015-02-18 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP2011123488A (en) * 2010-12-06 2011-06-23 Fujifilm Corp Resin coating for color filter
JP2013151443A (en) * 2012-01-25 2013-08-08 Shikoku Chem Corp Isocyanurate compound
JP6056187B2 (en) * 2012-05-09 2017-01-11 Jnc株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film for forming liquid crystal alignment film for photo-alignment, and liquid crystal display element using the same
JP6350852B2 (en) * 2013-03-21 2018-07-04 Jnc株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal display element, and tetracarboxylic dianhydride
TWI490253B (en) * 2013-07-12 2015-07-01 Daxin Materials Corp Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film. and liquid crystal display device
JP6337576B2 (en) * 2014-04-01 2018-06-06 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element, and method for manufacturing liquid crystal display element

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI815876B (en) * 2018-04-05 2023-09-21 日商Jsr股份有限公司 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal element and manufacturing method of liquid crystal element

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN107090300B (en) 2022-01-11
CN107090300A (en) 2017-08-25
KR20170097552A (en) 2017-08-28
JP2017146597A (en) 2017-08-24

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI692506B (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent for forming liquid crystal aligning layer, liquid crystal aligning layer and liquid crystal display device using the same
TWI609853B (en) Photosensitive diamine, polyamic acid or derivatives thereof, liquid crystal aligning agents, liquid crystal aligning film and liquid crystal display devices
TWI638856B (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film and liquid crystal display device
TWI596138B (en) Method to form liquid crystal photo-alignment film, and liquid crystal display
TWI700312B (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent for forming liquid crystal alignment film for photoalignment, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display device using the same
TWI621643B (en) Polyamic acid and derivatives thereof and usages thereof, liquid crystal aligning films for photo alignment, liquid crystal display devices and tetracarboxylic dianhydrides
TWI586709B (en) Polyamic acid and derivatives thereof, liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display device using the same
TWI592437B (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent for forming liquid crystal alignment film for photoalignment, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display device using the same
TWI612098B (en) Liquid crystal aligning agents for forming photo-aligning liquid crystal alignment layers, liquid crystal alignment layers and liquid crystal display devices using the same
TWI610965B (en) Liquid crystal aligning agents for forming photo-aligning liquid crystal alignment layers
JP6421545B2 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film and liquid crystal display element containing polyamic acid or derivative thereof
JP6720661B2 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent for forming liquid crystal alignment film for optical alignment, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display device using the same
JP6520657B2 (en) Diamine, polyamic acid or derivative thereof, liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film, and liquid crystal display device
JP6565730B2 (en) Diamine, polyamic acid or derivative thereof, liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP6516096B2 (en) Triazole-containing tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film, and liquid crystal display device
TWI705091B (en) Liquid crystal aligning agents for photoalignment, liquid crystal alignment layers, and liquid crystal display devices and lateral electric field display devices using the same
JP2015020999A (en) New diamine and polymer using the same, liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element
TW201740165A (en) Liquid crystal display element characterized in that even if the liquid crystal display element is exposed to strong light for a long time, the display quality will not decreased
TW201741395A (en) Liquid crystal aligning agents for forming liquid crystal alignment films, liquid crystal alignment films and liquid crystal display devices using the same
JP2018101122A (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent for forming liquid crystal alignment film for photo-alignment, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element using the same
JP6904216B2 (en) A liquid crystal alignment agent for forming a liquid crystal alignment film, a liquid crystal alignment film, and a liquid crystal display element using the same.
JP2020008867A (en) Tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride
JP2019007988A (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent for forming liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element using the same